7000-td002 -en-p
PowerFlex® 7000
Medium Voltage AC Drive
TECHNICAL DATA
Firmware Version 7.xxx
Table of Contents
Chapter 1
Functional
Description
Introduction ..............................................................................1-1
Description of Operation .........................................................1-2
Speed Command ......................................................................1-3
Speed Reference ......................................................................1-4
Speed Control ..........................................................................1-6
Flux Control .............................................................................1-8
Flux Control for Synchronous Motor ....................................1-10
Current Control ......................................................................1-12
Line Converter Feedback .......................................................1-14
Machine Converter Feedback ................................................1-15
Motor Model ..........................................................................1-16
Drive/Motor Protection ..........................................................1-17
Power Semiconductor Diagnostics ........................................1-19
Off-line Detection of Failed SCRs/SGCTs .....................1-20
Line Converter ..........................................................1-20
Machine Converter ...................................................1-22
On-line Detection of Failed SCRs/SGCTs ......................1-23
Test Modes .............................................................................1-24
Flying Start (Induction Motor) .............................................1-26
Flying Start (Synch Motor) ....................................................1-27
Tachometer/Encoder Option ..................................................1-28
Synchronous Transfer ............................................................1-29
Transfer to Bypass ...........................................................1-31
Transfer to Drive .............................................................1-34
PID Process Control ..............................................................1-35
Power Factor Compensation ..................................................1-38
Analog Outputs ......................................................................1-38
Analog Inputs .........................................................................1-39
Chapter 2
Parameters
Parameter Descriptions ............................................................2-1
Parameters Listed by Group ................................................2-199
Parameters Listed by Linear Number ..................................2-217
Alphabetical Index ...............................................................2-229
Linear Number Index ...........................................................2-237
Chapter 3
Troubleshooting
Documenting Shutdowns .........................................................3-1
Acronyms and Abbreviations Used in this Manual .................3-2
Drive Fault Messages ..............................................................3-3
Drive Warning Messages .......................................................3-32
Appendix A Drive Logic Command Logic Command Word – Database 7.xxx................................ A-1
and Status
Product Specific Logic Command – Firmware 7.xxx ............ A-2
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
ii
Table of Contents
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Chapter
1
PowerFlex 7000 Functional Description
Introduction
The PowerFlex 7000 is an adjustable speed ac drive in which motor
speed control is achieved through control of the motor torque. The
motor speed is estimated or measured and the torque is adjusted as
required to make the speed equal to the speed command. The motor
and load determine the stator frequency and the drive synchronizes
itself to the motor. This is in contrast to the volts/hertz ac drive in
which the drive determines the stator frequency and does not attempt
to synchronize its output to the motor.
The method of control used in PF7000 is known as direct rotor flux
oriented vector control. The term rotor flux vector control indicates
that the position of the stator current vector is controlled relative to
the motor flux vector. Direct vector control means that the motor
flux is measured, in contrast to the indirect vector control in which
the motor flux is predicted. In both control methods, the stator
current (Is) is split into flux producing component (Isd) and an
orthogonal torque producing component (Isq) which are controlled
independently. The aim of vector control is to allow a complex ac
motor to be controlled as if it were a simple dc motor with
independent, decoupled field and armature currents. This allows the
motor torque to be changed quickly without affecting the flux. For
typical Medium Voltage motors the rotor time constant is in the
range of seconds and therefore the flux cannot be changed quickly.
The PowerFlex 7000 drive can be used with either induction
(asynchronous) or synchronous motors. Synchronous motor drives
are identical to induction motor drives except for the addition of a
current regulated field supply to the synchronous drive. The features
that are unique to a synchronous motor drive are confined to the flux
control function and the encoder option.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Source
AC Line
Reactor
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Alpha
Rectifier
Idc Feedback
DC L ink
inductor
Motor filter
cap
Current
Control
Alpha
Inverter
Machine side
feedback and
gating
Inverter
Motor
Current
Flux
Control
Speed
Control
Speed
Reference
Speed
Command
Motor
Speed Feedback
Flux Feedback
Stator freq
Slip freq
Faults
Machine
Protection
Motor
Voltage
Motor
Model
Flux Range
Faults
Line
Protection
Line Voltage
Rectifier
Sync
Transfer
Tach
Feedback
Description of Operation
Line side feedback
and gating
Line
Current
Line filter
cap
1-2
Functional Description
A complete block diagram of the PF7000 control circuit is shown in
Figure 1.1. The major blocks are described in the following sections.
Inv Flux
CurCmd
InvTorque
CurCmd
Figure 1.1 – Functional Block Diagram of PF 7000 control system
Functional Description
Speed Command
1-3
The function of Speed Command block is to select one of the 10
possible speed command inputs. Parameter Speed Ref Select (7) in
conjunction with Local/Remote selector switch is used to define the
speed command input Speed Command In (276). When the selector
switch is in Local position, the default speed command is the Analog
Speed Potentiometer typically mounted on the LV panel. When the
selector switch is in Remote position, the parameter Speed Ref Select
defines the source of speed command. The options available are:
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
Local ( Speed Potentiometer)
3 DPI commands ( DPIAdapter1, DPIAdapter2, DPIAdapter5)
2 Analog Inputs configured either for 0-10V or 4-20mA (Analog
Inp1, Analog Inp2)
3 Preset speeds (Preset Spd 1, Preset Spd 2, Preset Spd 3)
1 Preset Jog
In addition, the speed command can come from a built in PID
controller. ™
The above speed commands are used when the drive is in Normal
mode of operation. However PF7000 has many special modes of
operation e.g. test modes or auto-tuning for which different speed
commands are selected. Table 1.A summarizes the speed command
during these special modes.
Table 1.A – Speed Commands for special operating modes of PF7000
Special operating modes of PF7000
Speed Command In(276)
DC test mode
Open Circuit
Open Loop
Rs autotune
Ls autotune
Flux Reg autotune
Speed Reg autotune
Sync transfer requested
Rated line frequency
Rated Line Freq (17)
0.1 x Rated Line Freq (17)
2Hz
Rated Line Freq (17)
Autotune Spd Cmd (213)
Autotune Spd Cmd (213)
Bypass Frequency (159)
The selected Speed Command In is clamped to a minimum and a
maximum level by parameter Speed Cmd Max (290) and Speed Cmd
Min (293) to give Speed Command (277). The maximum value of
Speed Command cannot be greater than 125% of Base Speed (98).
Note: Contact the factory for applications that require output
frequencies greater than 125% of the motor base speed.
™ Contact factory for the availability of this feature.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-4
Functional Description
Speed Command (cont.)
Three skip speeds Skip Speed 1(49), Skip Speed 2 (50), Skip Speed 3
(51) are provided to prevent the drive from continuously operating at
a certain speed. This feature is sometimes needed to avoid mechanical
vibrations occurring in a drive system at certain speeds. The skip
speed zone around each Skip Speed is specified by the parameter
Skip Speed Band1 (53), Skip Speed Band2 (54), Skip Speed Band3
(55) If the desired Speed Command lies in a given skip speed zone,
the Speed Command is clamped to the lowest value in the zone.
Example
If Skip Speed 1 is 45 Hz with Skip Speed Band1 as 1 Hz, then the
skip speed range extends from 44.5 Hz to 45.5 Hz. If the desired
speed command is set to 45 Hz, then the drive will avoid this speed
and run at 44.5 Hz.
The final stage in processing the command is the whether the drive
has been requested to run forward or reverse. The sign is changed if
reverse rotation is selected. The Speed Command is set to zero if the
drive is stopped.
Speed Reference
The function of the Speed Reference block is to determine the Speed
Reference (278) from the desired Speed Command (277). PF7000
provides two options:
• S-curve
• Linear Ramp
To select, S curve a non-zero value of S curve Percent (475) is
selected. Using parameter S curve Acc1 (481), the drive
automatically calculates the linear and the non-linear portions of the
S curve as shown in Figure 1.2. Following example shows how to
use S curve parameters:
Example
If S curve Accel 1 is set for 20 sec with 20% in S curve Percent, then
the total acceleration time is increased by 0.2 x 20 = 4 seconds. The
total acceleration time will now be 24 seconds with 4 seconds in the
non-linear portion of the S curve. Since the curve is symmetrical,
each of the segments will be of 2 seconds duration.
The parameters for deceleration are calculated using parameter S curve
Decel 1 (479) and S curve Percent (475) and shown in Figure 1.2.
Linear Ramp is enabled if the S curve Percent is set to zero.
Independent four section ramps are provided for acceleration and
deceleration. The ramp is specified by 4 Ramp Speeds, 4 Accel and
Decel times and is shown in Figure 1.3.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Functional Description
0.005*
S Curve Acc1
*S Curve
Percent
Non-Linear
Portion
S Curve Acc1
(481)
Linear Portion
0.005*
S Curve Acc1
*S Curve
Percent
0.005*
S Curve Dec1
*S Curve
Percent
Non-Linear
Portion
Non-Linear
Portion
S Curve Dec1
(479)
Linear Portion
1-5
0.005*
S Curve Dec1
*S Curve
Percent
Non-Linear
Portion
Figure 1.2 – Speed Reference: S-curve
Ramp Speed4
(76)
Ramp Speed3
(75)
Ramp Speed2
(74)
Ramp Speed1
(73)
Accel
Time1
(65)
Accel
Time2
(66)
Accel
Time3
(67)
Accel
Time4
(68)
Decel
Time4
(72)
Decel
Time3
(71)
Decel
Time2
(70)
Decel
Time1
(69)
Figure 1.3 – Speed Reference: Linear Ramp
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-6
Functional Description
Speed Control
The function of the speed control block is to determine the torqueproducing component (Isq) of the stator current (Is). The inputs to the
block are the Speed Reference (278) from the speed ramp and the
Stator Frequency (448) and Slip Frequency (343) from the motor
model. If drive is installed with an optional tachometer, then the
motor speed is determined by counting the tach pulses.
In Sensorless operation, the Slip Frequency is subtracted from the
Stator Frequency and filtered to determine the Speed Feedback
(289). In Pulse Tach mode, the speed is determined directly by using
Tach Feedback (349). The Speed Feedback is subtracted from the
Speed Reference to determine the Speed Error (472) which is
processed by the speed PI regulator. The gains of the regulator are
based on the Total Inertia (82) of the system and the desired Spdreg
Bandwidth (81). The output of the speed regulator is the Torque
Reference (291) whose rate of change is limited by Trq Rate Limit
(83). The calculated Torque Reference is divided by the Flux
Reference (305) and motor constant to determine the torque
component of the stator current MtrTorque CurCmd (292). To
calculate the torque producing current supplied by the inverter
InvTorque CurCmd (294), the current supplied by the motor filter
capacitor in torque production (orthogonal to motor flux) is
calculated and subtracted from MtrTorque CurCmd.
In Sensorless mode, the drive uses TrqCmd0 Sensrlss (86) and
TrqCmd1 Sensrlss (87) for an open loop start up. At frequencies
greater than 3Hz, the drive enables the speed loop and disables the
open loop start mode. In Pulse Tach mode, the drive is always in
closed loop. The maximum torque a drive can deliver in motoring
mode is determined by Trq Lmt Motoring (84). In regenerative mode
the torque is limited to Trq Lmt Braking (85). It should be noted that
at speeds above the Base Speed (98), the motor torque capability is
de-rated and varies in inverse proportion to the speed (constant
power range).
Depending open the application, a drive can be configured in
different torque control modes by setting the parameter Trq Control
Mode (90). E.g. in stand-alone drives the parameter is set as Speed
Reg allowing the drive to be in speed control mode and regulating
the torque in the motor. In torque follower applications like
conveyors, one of the drives (Master) is set in Speed Reg mode
which enables the speed regulator while the other drives (torque
followers) are set in Trq Cmd External mode. The torque reference
produced by the Master drive is then passed on to the torque follower
drives by Trq Cmd External (91). Figure 1.4 shows other various
modes of operation.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Stator Freq (448)
Slip Frequency
(343)
-
Tack Feedback (349)
+
Speed Fbk
Filter (110)
Speed Fbk Mode (89)
S: Sensorless
T: Pulse Tach
Speed Fbk
Mode (89)
S
T
SPEED MODE
SELECT
Speed
Feedback
(289)
Spdreg
Bandwidth
(81)
SPEED
FEEDBACK
FILTER
+
+
0
OL
Trq Control Speed Fbk
Mode
Mode
(89)
(90)
0
2,5 ( S ,T )
1 ,3, 4,5 (S ,T )
( OL ,S )
TORQUE
CONTROL
MODE
Trq Control Mode (90)
0: Zero Torque
1: Speed Reg
2: Ext Trq Cmd
3: Spd Trq Pos
4: Spd Trq Neg
5: Spd Sum
Trq Cmd External (91)
Total
Spdreg
Bandwidth Inertia
(82)
(81)
SPEED
REGULATOR
3 Hz
OPEN LOOP START
(OL)
Speed Error
(472)
TrqCmd1 SensrLss (87)
TrqCmd0 SensrLss (86)
Speed Reference (278)
Speed Cmd
Max
(290)
SPEED
REFERENCE
Speed Cmd
Min
Synch Reg Output (298) (293)
Speed Command In (276)
S Curve Percent
(475)
TRQ RATE
LIMIT
R Stator (129)
Motor Filter Cap (128)
Mtr Torque
CurCmd
(292)
InvTorque
CurCmd
(294)
Flux
Reference
(305)
CAP
CURRENT
CALCULATOR
Mtr Flux
CurCmd
(310)
Trq
Control Trq Rate
Mode Limit (83)
(90)
Trq Lmt
Braking
(85)
4
L Total Leakage (130)
Trq Lmt
Motoring
(84)
3
TORQUE
LIMIT
Torque Reference
(291)
Functional Description
1-7
Figure 1.4 – Speed Control
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-8
Functional Description
Flux Control
The function of the flux control block (Figure 1.5) is to determine the
magnetizing component (Isd) of the stator current (Is) needed to
maintain the desired flux profile in the motor. The inputs are Flux
Feedback (306) and Stator Freq (448) from the motor model, Speed
Feedback (289) and Torque Reference (291) from the speed control
block and the measured voltage at the input of the rectifier, Rec
Input Volt (696).
The Flux Feedback is subtracted from the Flux Reference (305) to
determine the Flux Error (307), which is the input to the flux PI
regulator. The gains are determined from desired Flxreg Bandwidth
(97) and motor parameters T Rotor (132) and Lm Rated (131). The
output of the flux regulator is FluxCurRegulator (309). An open loop
estimate of the magnetizing current FluxCur Feedfwd (308) is
determined by dividing the Flux Reference by parameter Lm Rated.
FluxCur Feedfwd and FluxCurRegulator are added to produce Mtr
Flux CurCmd (310) which is the magnetizing component of the
stator current command. To calculate the magnetizing current
supplied by the inverter Inv Flux CurCmd (312), the current supplied
by the motor filter capacitor in magnetizing is calculated and
subtracted from Mtr Flux CurCmd. It should be noted that as the
motor speed increases, Inv Flux CurCmd decreases. This is because
as the motor voltage increases more of the magnetizing current
requirement of the motor is met by the capacitor. At resonant point,
Inv Flux CurCmd is nearly zero and becomes negative at speeds
above resonance. InvTorque CurCmd (from Speed Control block)
and Inv Flux CurCmd are then passed to the Current Control block to
determine the dc link current reference (Idc Reference) and the firing
angles of the two converters (Alpha Rectifier and Alpha Inverter).
The flux profile in the drive is adjusted by the parameters Flx Cmd
No Load (103) and FlxCmd RatedLoad (100). Using these
parameters, Flux Reference is adjusted linearly with the desired
Torque Reference. At light loads motor flux is decreased allowing
reduction in losses while full flux is produced at rated load. The
maximum flux reference is limited to Flux Cmd Limit (623). This
limit is dependent on the Rec Input Volt and the motor speed (Speed
Feedback). If the drive operates at reduced line voltage, then Flux
Reference is reduced. Also if the motor is running above the Base
Speed, the flux profile is made inversely proportional to the speed of
the motor resulting in the field weakening or the constant power
mode of operation of the drive. This is accompanied by a decrease in
the motor torque capability.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Torque Reference (291)
FlxCmd No Load (103)
FlxCmd Rated Load (100)
Rec Input Volt
(696)
Speed
Feedback
(289)
Base
Speed
(98)
FLUX
LIMIT
Flux Cmd Limit
(623)
Rated Line
Volt (18)
FLUX
COMMAND
LIMIT
Rated Motor
Volt (22)
Flux
Reference
(305)
-
FluxCur
Regulator
(309) +
Lm Rated
(131)
- 1.0
Motor Filter Cap (128)
L Total Leakage (130)
CAP CURRENT
CALCULATOR
1.0
MtrFlux CurCmd
(310)
InvFlux CurCmd
(312)
EXCITATION
CURRENT
LIMIT
Stator
Frequency
(448)
MtrTorque
CurCmd
(292)
+
R Stator (129)
Flxreg T Rotor (132)
Band width
(97)
Flux Error
(307)
Flux
Feedback
(306)
+
FluxCur Feedfwd
(308)
FLUX
REGULATOR
Lm Rated
(131)
Functional Description
1-9
Figure 1.5 – Flux Control
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-10
Functional Description
Flux Control for Synchronous Most of the magnetization for a synchronous motor is supplied by
the rotor field winding, unlike an induction motor where all of the
Motor ™
magnetizing current is supplied through the stator. However, control
of the motor flux through the field current is very slow because of
the large time constant of the dc field winding and the current and
voltage limitations of the field supply. To obtain sufficiently fast
response from the flux regulator the magnetizing current is split into
transient and steady state components, with the steady state
component supplied through the rotor and the transient component
through the stator.
The additions to the flux control required for synchronous machines
are shown in the block diagram (Figure 1.6). The portion of the
motor filter capacitor current supplied by the drive is then added to
determine Inv Flux CurCmd, which is the magnetizing component of
the dc link current command.
Parameter Icd Command Gain (107) determines how the motor filter
capacitor current is split between the motor and the drive. When this
parameter is set to its minimum value of 0.0, all the capacitor current
is supplied by the drive. The line current is higher than the motor
current and the motor operates at approximately unity power factor.
When this parameter is set to its maximum value of 1.0, the motor
supplies all the capacitor current. The line current is less than the
motor current and the motor operates at a lagging power factor with
reduced field current.
™ Contact factory for the availability of synchronous motor control.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
L Total Leakage
(130)
Mtr Flux CurCmd
(131)
Motor Filter
Cap (128)
Lm Rated
(131)
CAP CURRENT
CALCULATOR
Flux
Stator
Frequency Reference
(305)
(448)
+
-
Icd Command
Gain (107)
Field Bandwidth
(106)
LOW PASS
FILTER
+
-
Lm Rated
(131)
Lmd
(418)
+
+
Field CurCmd
(314)
InvFlux CurCmd
(312)
Functional Description
1-11
Figure 1.6 – Flux Control for Synchronous Motor
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-12
Functional Description
Current Control
The function of the current control block (Figure 1.7) is to determine
the firing angles for the converters Alpha Rectifer (327) and Alpha
Inverter (328). The inputs are the torque (InvTorque CurCmd) and
flux producing (Inv Flux CurCmd) components of the dc link current
command from the speed control and flux control blocks respectively,
and the measured dc link current Idc Feedback (322).
The square root of the sum of the squares of Inv Flux CurCmd and
InvTorque CurCmd determines the dc link current reference Idc
Reference (321). This is subtracted from the measured dc current
feedback is subtracted to determine Idc Error (323). This is
processed by the current regulator to produce Vdc Error (332). To
effectively control the dc link current an estimate of the motor side
dc link voltage is done to calculate Vdc Feedfwd (333) which is
added to Vdc Error to produce the reference voltage for the line side
converter Vdc Reference (326). The line converter firing angle is the
inverse cosine of Vdc Reference. The machine converter firing angle
is determined by taking the inverse tangent of the ratio of Inv Flux
CurCmd to the InvTorque CurCmd. The quadrant of operation is
adjusted based on the signs of the current commands.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
InvTorque
CurCmd
(294)
InvFlux
CurCmd
(312)
Stator Voltage
(344)
+
-
Feedforward Fil Alpha Inverter
Line Voltage pu
(328)
(502)
(135)
cos
DCLnk
Inductance
(27)
Vdc Feedfwd
(333)
Curreg
Bandwidth
(113)
+
Vdc Error
(332) +
DC LINK
CURRENT
REGULATOR
T DC link
(115)
Idc Error
(323)
Idc feedback
(322)
Idc Reference
(321)
FEEDFORWARD
FILTER
x2+y2
tan-1
Advance Limit
Retard Limit
Vdc Reference
(326)
-1
1 cos
Alpha Inverter
(328)
Alpha Rectifier
(327)
Functional Description
1-13
Figure 1.7 – Current Control
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-14
Functional Description
Line Converter Feedback
The function of the line converter feedback block is to process (scale
and filter) the liner side voltage and current feedback signals to the
form required by the drive control software. The circuitry for
realizing this is built in the Analog Control Board (ACB).
The first Voltage Sensing Board (VSB) provides three line voltage
feedback signals (V2u, V2v, V2w), the second VSB provides two dc
(VL+, VL-) and one line side filter capacitor voltages referenced to
ground. The three line-to-ground voltages are subtracted from each
other to produce the three line-to-line voltages (V2uv, V2vw, V2wu). Two
of those line voltages (V2uv, V2vw) are filtered and sampled by
software for synchronization and protection. The three line voltages
are used to find the peak input voltage (V2-pk). This value is then
compared with trip setting (Vltrp) for instantaneous hardware ac over
voltage protection. In PWM drives, the neutral point of the line filter
capacitor is measured (Vn1) and used for line side neutral over
voltage protection. The two dc voltages are subtracted to determine
the line side dc link voltage (Vdcr1), which is then sampled by the
drive.
Current transformers (CT) in two of the ac input lines provide the
input line current feedback (I2u, I2w). Inverting and adding the two
current feedback signals reproduces the current in the remaining
phase. A Hall Effect Current Sensor (HECS) is used for monitoring
the dc link current and used for hardware overcurrent protection. In
addition the average value of the dc link current feedback is
measured using a V-f converter and used by the dc link current
controller to calculate the firing angle for the rectifier.
The preceding description applies to 6-SCR and PWM rectifier
options. For drives with the 18 pulse front-end, another VSB is daisy
chained with the first one providing additional six line-to-ground
voltages from the slave bridges. The slave 1 voltages are monitored
using (V3uv, V3vw, V3wu) while slave 2 voltage are monitored using
(V4uv, V4vw, V4wu). In addition current feedback from slave bridges I3u,
I3w and I4u, I4w are also brought in for protection. As in 6-pulse drives,
inverting and adding the two current feedback signals reproduces the
current in the remaining phase. Also for 18-pulse drives, the three ac
line-to-ground voltages are summed together to determine the neutral
to ground voltage on the input transformer.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Functional Description
Machine Converter Feedback
1-15
The function of the machine converter feedback block is to process
(scale and filter) the motor side voltage and current feedback signals
to the form required by the drive control software. The circuitry for
realizing this is built in the Analog Control Board (ACB).
The first VSB provides three motor voltage feedback signals (Vu, Vv,
Vw), the second VSB provides two dc (VM+, VM-) and one machine
side filter capacitor neutral voltage referenced to ground. The motor
line-to-ground voltages are subtracted from each other to produce the
three motor line-to-line voltages (Vuv, Vvw, Vwu). Two of those
voltages (Vuv, Vvw ) are filtered and sampled by software for
synchronization and protection. The three line voltages are used to
find peak voltage (V_pk). This value is then compared with trip setting
(Vmtrp) for instantaneous hardware ac over voltage protection. The
motor line-to-ground voltages are summed to determine the motor
neutral-to-ground voltage (Vzs) and is used for motor neutral over
voltage protection. In addition, the neutral point of the motor filter
capacitor is measured (Vn) and used for motor side neutral over
voltage protection. The two dc voltages are subtracted to determine
the machine side dc link voltage (Vdci1), which is sampled by the
drive.
Two Hall Effect Current Sensor (HECS) provide stator current
feedback from two of the motor phases (Iu, Iw). Inverting and adding
the two current feedback signals reproduces the current in the
remaining phase. The drive control software uses the sampled
voltages and currents to determine the motor flux and uses it for
synchronization.
For drives with Synchronous Transfer option, an additional VSB is
used for sensing three line-to-line bypass voltages ( Vuvs, Vvws, Vwus).
Two of these (Vuvs, Vvws) are further filtered and sampled by the
software for synchronizing the drive output voltage to the bypass
voltage.
If drive is installed with an optional tachometer, the board is plugged
into the J28. The motor speed is then determined by counting the
tach pulses in the FPGA on the DPM.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-16
Functional Description
Motor Model
The function of the motor model block (Figure 1.8) is to determine
the rotor flux position (Flux Angle), flux feedback (Flux Feedback),
applied stator frequency (Stator Freq), slip frequency (Slip
Frequency) and motor operating variables like stator current (Stator
Current), stator voltage (Stator Voltage), torque (MtrAirGap
Torque), power (MotorAirGap Power) and power factor (Mtr Pwr
Factor).
The PowerFlex 7000 uses Rotor Flux oriented control to achieve
independent control of motor flux and torque. This is achieved by
synchronizing the machine converter gating to Flux Angle. To
determine the flux feedback, stator frequency and the synchronizing
reference frame the drive uses either the Voltage or the Current
model. For speeds greater than 3Hz, the drive uses the voltage model
(from measured motor voltage and current) to calculate the Flxfbk
VoltModel, and StatFreq VoltModel. Below 3Hz, the drive uses the
current model to calculate Flxfbk CurModel, and StatFreq
CurModel. The current model is based on indirect vector control and
uses the d-q components of stator current along with motor
parameters T Rotor and Lm Rated. Based on the operating speed of
the drive and the speed feedback mode (Sensorless or Pulse Tach), a
flux select algorithm determines the model to be used. Motor model
also calculates the Slip Frequency which is used in the calculation of
the motor speed (Speed Control) in Sensorless mode and for
determining the rotor flux position in Pulse Tach mode.
The synchronously rotating frame (Flux Angle) is used in
transforming the measured motor currents and voltages into d-q
components. The direct axis components are in phase with the rotor
flux, while the quadrature axis components are displaced 90 degrees
from the rotor flux. The stator current (Stator Current) and voltage
magnitudes (Stator Voltage) are calculated by taking the square root
of the sum of the squares of the respective d-q components. The
motor Torque is calculated by multiplying the Flux Feedback and Isq
with motor torque constant. Torque multiplied by the motor speed
gives the Mtr AirGap Power. Mtr Power Factor is determined as the
ratio of motor active power and the apparent power.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Functional Description
L Total Leakage
(130)
Lm Rated
R Stator
(131)
(129)
L Total Leakage
(130)
FlxFbk VoltModel (342)
Motor Currents
Motor Voltages
1-17
3
VOLTAGE FLUX
MODEL
3
StatFrq VoltModel (485)
Flux Angle V
Flux Feedback (306)
Rotor Angle
Tach Feedback (349)
Speed Reference (278)
T Rotor (132)
FLUX
SELECTOR
Flux Reference
(305)
Stator Freq (448)
Flux Angle
Flux Angle C
CURRENT FLUX
MODEL
StatFrq CurModel (486)
FlxFbk CurModel (341)
Slip Frequency (343)
MtrFlux Current
(338)
MtrFlux
CurCmd
(310)
Flux Angle
Motor Voltages
Motor Currents
3
VECTOR
ROTATOR
3
MtrTorque
CurCmd
(292)
Stator Current (340)
Mtr Trq
Current (339 )
V sd
V sq
Mtr AirGap Power (346)
MOTOR
OPERATING
VARIABLES
Mtr Power Factor (692)
Mtr AirGap Trq (345)
Stator Voltage (344)
Figure 1.8 – Motor Model
Drive/Motor Protection
Except for the dc link overcurrent, rectifier over voltage and inverter
over voltage, the entire drive protection is realized in the software.
Adjustable parameters specifying the trip level and time delay are
provided for each fault. A detailed list of all the faults and warnings
(alarms) is provided in Chapter 3 – Troubleshooting.
The response to a drive alarm falls into three categories:
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-18
Functional Description
Drive/Motor Protection
(cont.)
For Class 1 faults (with the exception of dc link overcurrent,
rectifier overvoltage and inverter overvoltage), the line converter is
immediately phased back to retard limit until the dc link current
drops to zero. The gating for both converters is disabled and the
contactors (if installed) are opened. At this point the motor will coast
and its speed will depend on the characteristics of the load. For some
high inertia loads, the motor may coast for a long time.
The dc link overcurrent, rectifier input overvoltage and inverter
output voltage are special cases in that the fault detection is
performed by hardware because a very fast response is required. The
hardware fault detection responds to instantaneous values. Also the
drive response to these faults is different from other Class1 faults
because it freezes the SGCT gating (both converters if a PWM
rectifier based drive and only the inverter side if a 6P/18P SCR
drive) until the dc link current has dropped to zero. The gating is
then disabled and contactors are opened.
For Class 2 faults the motor is brought to a normal stop before the
gating is disabled and the contactors opened. Typical examples of
Class 2 faults are motor overload, drive overload and loss of load.
For most Warnings no action is taken and drive maintains its normal
operation. A warning could be an indication of a problem in drive
e.g. an Air Filter warning is an indication of a blocked air filter. In
addition there are a few warnings in the drive that may cause
momentary interruption in the operation of the drive e.g. Master UV,
Line Loss or Bus Transient. The action taken is similar to a Class1
fault and the normal operation is resumed once the transient
condition has disappeared. If a drive experiences Master UV or Line
Loss, then Auto Restart Dly (3) should be set to a non-zero value in
order to resume normal operation automatically.
It is important to understand how contactors (input and output)
behave in an event of fault. If the input contactor is set for Not
Running or All Faults via parameter Input CtCtr Cfg (1), then the
contactor opens on any fault (Class 1, Critical or Class 2) in the
drive. This happens after the dc link current has been brought to zero
and the gating for all converters disabled. If the contactor is set for
Critical Flt, then the contactor will open only when a critical fault
(explained above) happens in the drive. For all other faults (Class1
or Class2) the input contactor will remain closed after the drive has
been shut off. For a complete list of fault classification, refer to
Chapter 3 – Troubleshooting.
An output contactor, whose configuration is specified by Output
Ctctr Cfg (5), opens for any fault in the drive. This happens after the
dc link current has been brought to zero and the gating for all
converters disabled.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Functional Description
Power Semiconductor
Diagnostics
1-19
The PowerFlex 7000 drive tests for the failure of the power
semiconductors (SCRs or SGCTs) before running and while running.
The method used to detect failed devices is different for starting
(offline diagnostics) and for running (on-line diagnostics), but the
same hardware is used in both situations. The drive control receives
a feedback signal via a fiber-optic cable from each device gate
driver, which can indicate whether or not it is healthy. SCR
diagnostics are based on sensing the voltage across the device while
SGCT has smart diagnostics built in the gate driver board. The
feedback and the gating have a certain relationship when the device
is healthy or failed. This is shown in Figure 1.10 and will be
described in detail in following sections. The description applies to
all 6P, 18P and PWM PowerFlex 7000 drives. In the drive, the test
points are available on the OIBB for monitoring the gating and
diagnostic signals. In order to understand how the diagnostics work,
it is important to understand the relationship between fiber optic
signals and the logic levels on the test points. This is summarized in
Table 1.B and Table 1.C.
Table 1.B
OIBB Transmitter(TX)
TP_CMD on OIBB
Device Status
LIGHT
0V
ON
NO LIGHT
5V
OFF
Table 1.C
OIBB Receiver(RX)
TP_DIAG on OIBB
LIGHT
0V
NO LIGHT
5V
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-20
Functional Description
Power Semiconductor
Diagnostics (cont.)
Off-line Detection of Failed SCRs/SGCTs
ƒ
Line Converter – 6P-SCR, 18P-SCR and PWM
The rectifier diagnostics are performed when medium voltage is
first applied by closing the input contactor and when the drive
receives a start command. The drive also performs off line
diagnostics when a drive reset command is issued. These
diagnostics are capable of detecting a bad device, loss of
feedback fiber optic and loss of gating fiber optic. The
diagnostics consist of two stages. A passive diagnostic test
followed by an active diagnostic test. In the passive diagnostics
test no devices are gated.
ƒ
SCR Rectifier Passive Off-Line Diagnostics
For SCR rectifiers, when the line voltage is applied to the drive
but the drive is not running, the voltage across the line converter
thyristors is high and positive for half cycle except during
intervals around the zero of the line voltage. The gate driver
transmits light whenever the device is forward biased with a
large enough voltage as shown in Figure 1.9. On the OIBB
diagnostic test point this translates into a feedback signal at 0V
level. Since the drive is not gating (no light, 5V signal on the
OIBB gating test point) the feedback normally toggles state
every cycle of the utility voltage. However the feedback will not
toggle state if the device is shorted, or if the feedback fiber-optic
path is incomplete. This is shown in Figure 1.9. If this occurs,
the drive faults and issues an OfflineShrt fault for the device.
ƒ
PWM Rectifier Passive Off-Line Diagnostics
For PWM rectifiers the transmitter on the device should send a
light back when the device is healthy (0V on the diagnostic test
point). However the light signal will not be received if a device is
shorted or if the feedback fiber-optic path is incomplete. The
drive presumes the device has failed and determines which
devices would be safe to gate for the more detailed active offline
diagnostic test.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Functional Description
1-21
Voltage across a thyristor when medium voltage is applied
Diagnostic feedback
for a healthy SCR
+5V
0
Diagnostic
feedback low
Diagnostic
feedback high
Diagnostic feedback
for a shorted SCR
+5V
No Light
0
Figure 1.9 – Voltage across a thyristor when MV is applied
Typical SGCT Gating pattern
+5V
0
NO LIGHT
(Device Off)
LIGHT
(Device On)
Healthy Diagnostic Feedback
+5V
LIGHT
NO LIGHT
0
Gate Cathode shorted or PS problem
+5V
NO LIGHT
LIGHT
0
+5V
0
No gating received
LIGHT
No diagnostic feedback
+5V
0
NO LIGHT
Figure 1.10 – SGCT diagnostics
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-22
Functional Description
Power Semiconductor
Diagnostics (cont.)
ƒ
SCR Rectifier Active Off-Line Diagnostics
In the active diagnostic test, each device is gated at maximum
blocking voltage. For a healthy SCR, the feedback will normally
change from high to low when gated. However the drive will
receive a high state (light) both before and after gating if the
device is open-circuited, there is an incomplete gating fiber-optic
path or a damaged gate driver. When this occurs the drive will
issue an Offline Open fault for the device. If the drive receives a
low signal (no light) in both states, there may be shorted device
or an incomplete feedback fiber optic. If this occurs drive will
issue an Offline Shrt fault for the device. Failed or open-circuited
snubber connections will shift the device blocking voltage (when
not running) which may case either fault to appear. It should be
noted that during the active diagnostics stage a dc link voltage
which is close to rated voltage will appear due to interaction with
the snubber circuit.
ƒ
PWM Rectifier Active Off-Line Diagnostics
For the PWM rectifier, the active diagnostic test can differentiate
between a failed device and a broken fiber-optic path because the
gate driver toggles the feedback differently when gated as shown
in Figure 1.10. As in the SCR rectifier active offline diagnostics,
each device is gated at peak blocking voltage (if MV is available).
Devices which could cause a line to line short circuit are not
gated. If the drive detects a failed device, an Offline fault is
issued for the device. A weak gate power supply may also cause
a device fault. If the drive receives no light signal (5V on the
diagnostic test point) both before and after gating, then there
may be an incomplete feedback fiber-optic and a DiagFkbLoss
fault will be issued. A completely failed or unplugged power
supply will also cause this fault. If the drive always receives a
light signal (0V on the diagnostic test point) both before and
after gating, the device may not have received the gating signal
and a Gating Loss fault will be issued. The drive will not allow
the contactor to be closed if it detects enough failed devices to
cause a line to line short circuit.
ƒ
Machine Converter off line diagnostics
The inverter diagnostics are performed when the drive control is
powered up and when the drive receives a start command. The
drive also performs off line diagnostics when a drive reset command
is issued. These diagnostics are capable of detecting a bad device,
loss of feedback fiber optic and loss of gating fiber optic.
The inverter off-line diagnostics are similar to the PWM rectifier
diagnostics except that: no passive diagnostic is done, no
consideration is given to line-to-line short-circuits and the input
contactor is not involved. The inverter off-line diagnostics will
generate Device Flt Fbk FO Loss and Gat FO Loss faults.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Functional Description
1-23
On-line detection of Failed SCRs/SGCTs
When the gating is enabled for both converters, the feedback from the
gate drivers is constantly switching on and off, usually several times per
cycle. The diagnostics feedback signals from each device are monitored
and the protective measures are performed.
ƒ
SCR On-Line Diagnostics
For SCR rectifier drives, the drive detects both open and shorted
devices while running. Due to notching and interaction with the other
phases, the SCR feedback diagnostic changes state many times per
cycle, although it is only valid just before and after firing the device.
Just before firing a device, the drive takes several samples of the
diagnostic feedback from the SCR. If every sample indicates that the
device was on before it was fired, the drive considers that the device
may be shorted, and starts a timer. When this timer exceeds the
number of line cycles specified by the parameter Rec Dvc Diag Dly
(266) the drive generates an OnlineShrt fault. Each device has its
own timer. A delay of zero will generate a fault immediately. A
delay of 2 will generate a fault after 2 cycles which indicates that the
fault has been seen three times in a row.
Shortly after the drive fires an SCR it checks the feedback from the
gate driver boards. If the feedback shows that the device did not fire
the drive considers that the device may be open-circuited and starts a
timer. If the fault persists for 6 cycles, the drive generates an
OnlineOpen fault. As with the short circuit fault, each device has its
own timer, however the delay is not adjustable.
Both on-line device diagnostics are not available at all modes of
operation due to the nature of the feedback from the gate driver.
No diagnostics are done when the rectifier firing angle is less than 15
degrees. No diagnostics are done when the dc current is discontinuous.
ƒ
SGCT on-line diagnostics
The PWM rectifier and inverter generate only one type of on-line
diagnostic fault. Due to the intelligent gate driver board the drive is
able to check the status of every SGCT in a bridge any time a device
in the bridge is fired. The drive takes a sample of every device’s
feedback before and after firing the bridge. If both samples indicate
that the device is not functioning correctly the drive starts a timer for
that device. When this timer reaches the value specified by parameter
Rec Dvc Diag Dly (266) for the PWM rectifier, or Inv Dvc Diag Dly
(268) for the inverter, the drive generates an Online fault. The actual
time to trip will vary with the switching frequency of the bridge in
question. A bridge changes state at three times the switching
frequency. For a PWM rectifier switching at 420 Hz (7pulse at 60 Hz),
the bridge changes state at 1260 Hz. This means the delay is in
multiples of around 0.8 ms.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-24
Functional Description
Test Modes
The PowerFlex 7000 AC drive is provided with test modes to check
the functionality of the drive during commissioning. These test
modes are selected using the parameter Operating Mode in the
Feature Select group. When Test Mode is set to the default value of
Normal, the drive is in the normal operating mode. The parameter
cannot be changed while the drive is running.
Setting Operating Mode to Gate Test allows the gating checks to be
performed on the rectifier and the inverter. Both the input and output
contactors must be open and medium voltage must not be applied to
the drive. This test is carried out in conjunction with two additional
parameters Inv Gating Test and Rect Gating Test. Upon selecting
Gate Test, both the parameters are automatically set to Test Pattern.
A brief description follows in this section.
Setting Inv Gating Test to Test Pattern will fire the inverter devices
in a sequential Z pattern at a low frequency (1Hz) and is verified by
observing the LEDs on the SGCT gate driver board. Setting Inv
Gating Test to Normal Gate will result in the inverter devices firing
as in normal mode of operation. The frequency of the gating is
controlled by parameter Speed Command In (276). Setting Inv
Gating Test to Off stops the inverter test gating sequence.
In 6 or 18-pulse SCR PowerFlex drives, the gate driver boards derive
power from medium voltage. Hence to check the line converter
gating in Gate Test mode where there is no MV available, a special
power harness is required. The line converter gating is quickly
checked by setting the Rect Gating Test to Test Pattern. This will fire
the rectifier devices in a sequential Z pattern at a low frequency (1Hz)
with only one device on at a time and is verified by observing the
LEDs on the SCR gate driver boards. To set the rectifier gating in
normal operation select Normal Gate. The SCR firing is at the input
line frequency.
For 6-pulse PWM drives, no power harness is required as the SGCTs
are powered by the Gate Power Supply.
SHOCK HAZARD
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Disconnect all ends of cable before applying
medium voltage power. Failure to disconnect
cable before applying medium voltage can
result in damage to equipment, serious personal
injury or death.
Functional Description
ATTENTION
1-25
Application of medium voltage to the drive
input or output when it is operating in gate test
mode may cause severe damage to the drive.
To test the line converter and to tune the dc link current regulator and
the line commutating impedance, the drive Operating Mode is
selected as DC Current. In this test mode, the line converter
operates normally, but the machine converter gating is modified to
gate both the positive and negative legs in the same phase in order to
short-circuit the dc link current through the machine converter. The
short circuit current is slowly rotated among the three phases with
overlap between phases to ensure that an open circuit does not occur
during commutation. There is no current in the motor and the output
contactor (if installed in the drive) is opened. The dc current
command is set equal to the value specified by parameter Idc Test
Command (119) in the Current Control group. In this test mode the
line converter firing angle Alpha Rectifier (327) will be close to 90
degrees. This is because it takes very small dc voltage to build
current in a shorted dc link.
Setting Operating Mode to System Test selects the system test mode.
This mode is used to test the drive as a system, including interfaces
with external devices such as programmable controllers, without
applying power to the drive or motor. The drive behaves as if it was
running normally but device gating disabled. Since the input, output,
and bypass contactors operate normally in this mode, it must be
ensured that the drive and motor are isolated from medium voltage.
If the drive detects medium voltage in this test mode, a fault MV in
SystemTest is issued and the input contactor is opened.
ATTENTION
It is the responsibility of the operator to ensure
that the drive and motor are isolated from
medium voltage when the drive is operating in
system test mode with the input, output, and
bypass contactors closed.
Setting Operating Mode to Open Circuit, selects the open circuit test
mode. This mode is used to test the drives at rated output voltage
and frequency without connecting it to a motor. In open circuit test
mode, ac current sufficient to produce rated voltage at the drive
output is forced through the output filter capacitors. When the drive
is started in this mode, it ramps up to rated frequency and
synchronizes its output voltage with the line voltage. The current
reference is set to a value that will produce voltage at the drive
output set by the parameter FlxCmd RatedLoad (100).
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-26
Functional Description
Test Modes (cont.)
ATTENTION
Open circuit test mode should not be used
when the drive is connected to a load unless
an output contactor is provided.
Setting Operating Mode to Open Loop ™ selects a diagnostic mode
in which the drive is run in an open loop manner without closing any
of the feedback loops on the motor side (Speed and Flux regulators).
Parameters TrqCmd0 Sensrlss and TrqCmd1 Sensrlss are used to
inject motor current at a small stator frequency (typically 10% of
Rated Line Frequency). Motor will be turning in this mode and drive
analog flux feedback variables FlxFbk VoltModel (342) and
StatFrqVoltModel (485) are used to ensure the reliability of the
analog feedback.
™ This feature is available in drives running induction motors only.
Flying Start (Induction Motor) Using this feature, the PowerFlex 7000 AC drive is capable of
restarting a motor that is not stationary but is already rotating. In
normal operation, the output of the drive is synchronized with the
motor flux which is derived from the stator voltage and current
feedback. Upon starting, if there is no detectable stator voltage, the
drive assumes that the motor is stationary. The output frequency
starts from an initial value of zero and ramps up until motor flux is
detected. Significant flux is created in the motor only when the slip
frequency (i.e. the difference between the applied stator frequency
and rotor frequency) is small. When the drive is started with the
motor stationary, the initial slip frequency is small and the motor
flux builds up fairly quickly. But, if the motor is already spinning,
then very little flux will be induced until the stator frequency is quite
close to the rotor frequency, at which time the motor flux will
suddenly rise to a level sufficient for the drive to detect and
synchronize. If the drive reaches the maximum allowable speed
command without detecting any motor flux, then it will trip on a
motor stall fault. There are following possible causes of a motor stall
when starting:
1. The motor has pulled out and stalled during starting due to
insufficient torque. The remedy for this is to increase the value
of some or all of the parameters TrqCmd0 Sensrlss, TrqCmd1
Sensrlss and Accel Time 1.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Functional Description
1-27
2. The motor was already rotating but the flying start failed because
the drive passed through the low slip region too quickly to allow
the motor flux to build up. The solution to this problem is to
increase the value of parameter Accel Time 1. Most medium
voltage motors have a rotor time constant in the range of 1 to 5
seconds, and it can take a few seconds for the flux to rise to a
detectable level. Until flux is detected, the drive does not use the
normal speed ramp but continues to accelerate at the rate defined
by parameters Accel Time 1 and Ramp speed 1. If this rate exceeds
2Hz/sec, then the drive limits it internally to a maximum of 2Hz/sec.
3. The motor is rotating in the direction opposite to the commanded
direction of rotation. The slip frequency will increase instead of
decreasing as the drive accelerates and no flux will be induced in
the motor. In such cases, selecting Bidirectional flying start
feature, allows the drive to search the motor in opposite direction
before stalling. This option can be selected by enabling BiDr
FlyStrt in Special Features (99).
If the motor is coasting at a high enough speed (above about 40 Hz)
and the output contactor is closed, then the motor may self excite
with the drive motor filter capacitors and generate a high stator
voltage that the drive can detect. The drive will re-synchronize to
this voltage and quickly restart.
If the optional tachometer feedback is installed, then the drive knows
the speed of the motor at all times and can perform a flying start for
any speed or direction of rotation.
Flying Start (Synch Motor)
With a synchronous motor, flying start is much quicker and more
reliable because a detectable stator voltage is produced whenever the
field is applied and the motor is rotating, even with zero stator current.
When the drive is started, rated field current is applied to the motor
but the stator current remains at zero until the end of the ramp start
delay to allow the rotor flux to build up. If the stator frequency is
greater than about 2 Hz, sufficient stator voltage is generated to
allow the drive to detect the speed and direction of the motor and
synchronize itself to the motor flux. If the flux feedback does not
reach a minimum level of 0.2pu, the drive assumes that the motor is
stationary and starts from zero frequency.
If an optional position encoder is installed, a flying start can be
performed for any speed or direction of rotation.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-28
Functional Description
Tachometer/Encoder Option
The optional tachometer/encoder provides two significant
enhancements to the drive control:
1. Provides an accurate measurement of motor speed and direction
at all times
2. Extends closed loop speed and torque control down to nearly
zero speed.
A pulse tachometer, also called a pulse generator or incremental
encoder, produces a pulse train output with a frequency proportional
to shaft speed. By counting the number of pulses, the motor speed
can be determined. The tachometer is wired to an optional
tachometer board installed on connector J28 of the ACB.
Parameter Tach Type (233) specifies which type of tachometer has
been installed. A Quadrature tachometer provides two outputs A
and B. Using these signals the motor speed and its direction of
rotation can be determined. On other hand Single tachometer only
gives information about the speed and should be used in applications
where no reverse rotation occurs.
Counting the number of tach pulses over a certain sampling period
yields the tach output frequency, from which the shaft speed can be
calculated using the tach pulses per revolution (ppr) specified by
parameter Tach PPR (234). The tach resolution determines the
minimum motor speed that can be measured. If high starting torque or
very low speed operation is required, a high resolution such as 1024 or
2048 ppr must be provided. Otherwise, a low resolution such as 240 or
360 ppr is adequate. E.g if the tach frequency is measured to be 30 kHz,
then with a 1024 PPR, the motor speed is calculated as
The voltage model is not usable for stator frequencies less than 3 Hz.
To control flux and torque at low speeds, the PowerFlex 7000 drive
switches to current model based on indirect vector control. With
indirect control, the position of the rotor flux is not directly measured
but is indirectly predicted by adding the calculated slip angle to the
measured rotor angle. The rotor angle is obtained by integrating the
output of the pulse tach (the zero position is arbitrary). The slip
frequency required to provide the desired flux and torque is calculated
by the motor model. The slip frequency is integrated to get the slip
angle and added to the measured rotor angle to obtain the flux angle.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Functional Description
1-29
Because of its salient pole construction, the position of the rotor flux
in a synchronous machine is not arbitrary but is determined by the
physical position of the rotor. A synchronous machine therefore
requires an absolute position encoder ™ instead of an incremental
encoder for indirect vector control. The encoder must also be aligned
with the direct axis of the rotor. To avoid having to physically align
the encoder, an offset angle specified by parameter Encoder Offset
(644) is added to the encoder output to compensate for the difference
between the encoder zero and the direct axis of the rotor. To reverse
the encoder rotation in software if it does not match the rotation of
the motor, bit Rvs Encoder in Special Features (#99) should be set to
1. There is no parameter to specify the encoder resolution; it is
inferred from the number of motor poles.
™ Contact factory for the availability of this option.
Synchronous Transfer
Synchronous transfer is an optional feature of the PowerFlex 7000
drive which allows either a single or multi-motors to be transferred
between the drive and a fixed frequency supply in either direction
without stopping and with a very short interruption of power.
Compared to non-synchronous transfer in which power to the motor
is interrupted for a significant length of time, the transient drop in
motor speed is much less with synchronous transfer.
In order to perform a synchronous transfer, a drive output contactor
and a bypass contactor are required as shown in Figure 1.11. The
name bypass indicates that the function of this contactor is to connect
the motor directly to the fixed frequency supply, bypassing the drive.
An additional Voltage Sensing Board (VSB) is used to measure the
bypass voltage on the line side of the bypass contactor. These inputs
are brought in through ACB and used in synchronizing the motor
voltage directly to the bypass voltage resulting in a reliable
synchronous transfer. In addition the measurement of bypass voltage
allows certain protection features to be built in. The synchronous
transfer is automatically aborted if the drive detects an overvoltage or
undervoltage or reverse sequence in the bypass voltage.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-30
Functional Description
Synchronous Transfer
(cont.)
Input contactor
Input bus
Output contactor
PF7000
MOTOR
Bypass contactor
PF7000
CONTROL
Bypass bus
Figure 1.11 – A typical synchronous transfer set up using PF7000
For single motor applications, the drive is capable of performing
synchronous transfer without the need for a Programmable Logic
Controller (PLC). The command to close the bypass and output
contactor and their status are realized using the digital IO on ACB.
The run time commands Request to Bypass (Synch) and Transfer to
drive (De-synch) are wired to the standard XIO board. Synchronous
transfer will not be performed if the phase sequence of the bypass
voltage is not positive.
ATTENTION
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
If the phase rotation and phase angle of the
bypass voltage compared to the drive input
voltage are not correct, damage may occur to the
drive, motor, couplings and driven equipment if a
transfer to bypass is attempted.
Functional Description
1-31
For all multiple motor synchronizing applications, a PLC is used for
overall control of the synchronous transfer operation. Typically, the
PLC gives control of the bypass contactor to the drive before
performing the transfer, and takes back control after the transfer is
completed.
ATTENTION
Since the programmable controller and not the
drive controls the output and bypass contactors,
the transfer command must always go via the
PLC and never directly to the drive from another
controlling device (e.g. a Remote I/O adapter).
The following section will describe the sequence of operation on
single motor synchronous transfer without using a PLC.
Transfer to Bypass
When the motor is running on the drive and a synchronous transfer is
required, the transfer takes place in the following sequence:
1. The drive is given a Request to Bypass command, which must
remain active until the synchronous transfer is complete. If the
transfer command is removed before the bypass contactor is
requested to close, the drive will abort the transfer and return to
normal running. When the drive receives the transfer command,
it accelerates the motor up to the measured Bypass Frequency
(159). If the drive is unable to achieve synchronous speed, it
may be necessary to increase parameter Trq Lmt Motoring (84).
2. When the motor reaches synchronous speed, the synchronizing
regulator is activated whose response is controlled by parameter
Sync Reg Gain (225). It adjusts the drive Speed Reference as
required, to synchronize the motor to the bypass with the motor
voltage leading the bypass voltage by an angle specified by
parameter Sync Lead Angle (226). This parameter is used to
compensate for the drifts in the motor and bypass voltage before
the bypass contactor closes. If the phase error tends to oscillate,
it may be necessary to adjust parameters Sync Reg Gain or
Spdreg Bandwidth.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-32
Functional Description
Synchronous Transfer
(cont.)
3. When the phase error between the motor voltage and bypass
voltage has remained less than the value specified by parameter
Sync Error Max (228) for the time interval specified by
parameter Sync Time (229) the drive activates BP CONTACTOR
output on the ACB.
4. After a time delay specified by Sync Off Delay (227) the drive
shuts off. It is important that this parameter is set to the correct
value. This should be at least 1-2 cycles less than the contactor
closing time. If this time delay is set too short, the motor voltage
could drift out of phase with the bypass voltage. If the time delay
is set too long, a drive overcurrent fault may occur because the
drive is unable to control its output voltage and frequency once
the bypass contactor has closed.
ATTENTION
If parameter Sync Off Delay is set incorrectly,
damage may occur to the drive, motor,
couplings, and driven load if a transfer to
bypass is attempted.
5. When the BP CONTACTOR STATUS input indicates that the
bypass contactor has closed, the drive deactivates the OP
CONTACTOR output. When the output contactor opens, the
drive is disconnected from the motor, leaving the output filter
capacitors charged to bypass voltage.
6. The synchronous transfer is now complete and the motor is
running on bypass.
7. If in (3), the drive is unable to synchronize within the time
specified by parameter Sync Xfer Time (230) the synchronous
transfer is aborted. At this point the drive can either fault or issue
a warning. This is controlled by the parameter Drive Fault4
(370). If the bit SyncXferFail is set to 1, then the drive issues a
fault. If the bit is set to 0, then a warning is issued.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
_
+
+
Sync Reg Error
(297)
Sync Lead Angle
(226)
Motor voltage angle
Bypass voltage angle
Sync Reg Gain
(225)
SYNC XFER
REGULATOR
0
-3 H z
Sync Time
(229)
SyncXfer Enab = 1
Special Feature (99)
SyncXfer
Enab = 0
3 Hz
Sync Error max
(228)
TIME
DELAY
Sync Reg Output
(298)
Shut off drive
To Speed Control
Sync Off Delay
(227)
TIME
DELAY
Close Bypass Contactor
Functional Description
1-33
Figure 1.12 – Transfer to Bypass
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-34
Functional Description
Synchronous Transfer
(cont.)
Transfer to Drive
To transfer a motor running on the bypass back to the drive a
Transfer to Drive command is requested. Following sequence of
events take place:
1. The drive is given a Transfer to Drive command. After a normal
start command is given, the drive closes the output contactor.
After the OP CONTACTOR STATUS input on the ACB indicates
that the output contactor has closed, there is a time delay to
allow the output filter capacitors to charge to the bypass voltage.
This delay is adjustable using DeSync Start Dly (#763). Within
this time, the drive synchronizes to the capacitor voltage with the
motor still running on bypass. The drive then deactivates its
BP_CONTACTOR output.
2.
When the BP CONTACTOR STATUS input on the ACB
indicates that the bypass contactor has opened, the drive goes to
run mode. As the drive brings the motor torque up to the level
required by the load, the motor speed will drop slightly before
returning to the commanded speed.
3. The Transfer to Drive command is removed. The transfer is now
complete and the motor is running on the drive.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Functional Description
PID Process Control ™
1-35
The PID process control feature is now integrated into the PowerFlex
7000 drive. The PID controller provides a single closed loop process
control with proportional, integral and derivative control action. This
feature is designed to eliminate the need for external control devices
in applications that require control of a process.
The drive reads the Process Variable (357) from the analog input
that is fed by the customer process sensor and compares it to the
desired Process Setpoint (360). The analog I/O is either in the
voltage range of 0 -10V or in the current range of 4 – 20 mA. The
algorithm will then adjust the PID Output (356), changing the drive’s
speed command frequency to make the Process Variable equal to the
Process Setpoint. The internal PID process controller uses the
velocity form algorithm of the PID equation. This signifies that the
loop works on the change in error to adjust the output whereas a
traditional positional form algorithm works on the error directly.
The firmware provides several options as to the way the algorithm
works. Independent or dependent gain form can be chosen by the
Indpndt Gain bit in the PID Output (356). The difference should be
taken into consideration when tuning the PID parameters; PID Gain
(353), PID Integral Time (354) and PID Derivative Time (355). The
equations for the algorithms in dependent and independent gain form
are shown below:
Dependent Gain Form:
In this form of algorithm, the PID gain is working as a controller
gain. The change in the PID Gain will affect all three terms;
proportional, integral, and derivative.
⎛
E − 2 E n −1 + E n − 2
1
POn = POn −1 + K P ⎜⎜ ΔE + EΔt + Td n
Tl
Δt
⎝
⎞
⎟⎟
⎠
Independent Gain Form
In this form of algorithm, the PID gain is working as a proportional
gain. The change in the PID Gain will affect only the proportional
term.
POn = POn −1 + K P ΔE +
E − 2 E n −1 + E n − 2
1
EΔt + Td n
Tl
Δt
where: PO: PID Output
E: Error (Process Setpoint - Process Variable)
Δt : Sampling Period used by the loop
Kp: PID Gain
Tl : PID Integral Time in seconds
Td : PID Derivative Time in seconds
™ Contact factory for the availability of this feature.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-36
Functional Description
PID Process Control ™
(cont.)
The derivative term will act on the Process Variable instead of the
error by setting the DerivProcess bit in the PID Output to 1. In this
case, the derivative term in the above equation is replaced as below:
Derivative Term = −Td
PVn − 2 PVn −1 + PVn − 2
Δt
where: PV: Process Variable
The PID controller PID Output can be selected manually from the
PID Manual Input (348) when the Manual bit in the PID Output is
set to 1. When the Manual bit is set and the PID Manual input is still
at the default value of 0, the PID Output will be latched to the last
value from the PID controller and waits for the valid value to be
entered.
The control direction of the Process Variable can be changed by the
Direct bit in the PID Manual input. When this bit is set to 1 the PID
controller works in direct action, meaning that the PID Output
increases when the Process Variable is larger than the Process
Setpoint. In reverse action with the Direct bit off, the PID Output
increases when the Process Variable is smaller than the Process
Setpoint.
Figure 1.13 shows an overall control block diagram.
™ Contact factory for the availability of this feature.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Process
Setpoint (360)
LP
Filter
Process Variable (357)
Process Variable Eng (366)
-
PID Filter
(390)
Process Gain (398)
Analog I/O
PID Gain (353)
PID Integral Time (354)
PID Derivative Time (355)
PID Command (313)
PID Dead Bandwidth (352)
PID Preload (365)
PID Controller
PID Manual
Input (348)
Output
Limiter
Speed
Command
PID (59)
PID Minimum Limit (336)
PID Maximum Limit (318)
Process
Sensor
PID Output
(356)
Process
Drive Control
Functional Description
1-37
Figure 1.13 – Process PID controller
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-38
Functional Description
Power Factor Compensation ™
This feature is available in drives with PWM rectifier to compensate
leading power factor at low motor speeds with a fan/pump type load.
Leading or lagging power factor at high motor speeds (or even above
base speed) can also be compensated or improved. The control of
power factor is realized by either controlling the modulation index of
the inverter using Space Vector Modulation (SVM) gating technique
or by adjusting the motor flux profile.
™ Contact factory for the availability of this feature.
Analog Outputs
A total of seventeen programmable analog outputs are provided on
various boards. They are classified as customer use or diagnostic use.
See tables below. There are eight analog outputs on DPM which are
intended for diagnostic purposes and are available as test points for
connection to an oscilloscope or chart recorder. These analog outputs
are 8-bit, non-isolated, with a range of -10V to +10V. The ACB also
has one isolated 4-20mA analog output and 8 non-isolated analog
outputs for connection to external devices such as meters or isolation
modules. The allocation of the analog outputs is shown below:
Table 1.D – Analog Outputs Customer Use
No.
Output
Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Meter1
Meter2
Meter3
Meter4
Output1
Output2
Output3
Output4
4-20mAOut
ACB
ACB
ACB
ACB
ACB
ACB
ACB
ACB
ACB
Description
Connector J10
Connector J10
Connector J10
Connector J10
Connector J8
Connector J8
Connector J8
Connector J8
Connector J8
Table 1.E – Analog Outputs Diagnostic Use
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Output
Board
RecTstPt1
RecTstPt2
RecTstPt3
RecTstPt4
InvTstPt1
InvTstPt2
InvTstPt3
InvTstPt4
DPM
DPM
DPM
DPM
DPM
DPM
DPM
DPM
Description
RTP1
RTP2
RTP3
RTP4
ITP1
ITP2
ITP3
ITP4
Any parameter or variable can be assigned to any analog output.
Only the outputs for customer use can be scaled by using the
corresponding scaling factor.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Functional Description
Analog Inputs
1-39
A total of 3 analog inputs are provided in the drive for customer use.
Typically these inputs are used for speed command and can be
configured to be either 4-20mA or 0-10V inputs. Analog Input 1 and
Analog Input 2 are used for directly controlling the speed of the
motor (Refer to section on Speed Command) while Analog Input 3 is
used for sensing the process output for the built in PID controller.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-40
Functional Description
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Chapter
2
Parameters
PowerFlex 7000/7000L Medium Voltage AC Drive
DATABASE REVISION # 7.xxx
IMPORTANT: Please read the following information on overall
parameter configuration.
This document provides detailed description of the parameters used in drive control. The parameters are
arranged into functional groups. Each description begins with the full name of the parameter, followed by
the name displayed on the operator interface. The linear number of the parameter is given followed by
the minimum and maximum values showing the position of the decimal point and the units if applicable.
Next is the generic value that is assigned when a parameter initialization is performed. The access level
at which the parameter can be first seen is given. The access levels are Monitor, Basic, Advanced,
Service and Rockwell. At the Monitor access level, no change to the parameters are allowed. If the
parameter is first seen at a certain level (with the exception of Monitor) and it is a Read/Write type, it can
be modified at the same or a higher level. Read Only parameters are operational variables that change
with different operating conditions. Finally, there is a short functional description of the parameter.
Interpreting Bit-Encoded Parameters
Most bit-encoded parameters follow a basic format. A one (1) in an associated bit represents a true or
active condition. A zero (0) in an associated bit represents a false or inactive condition.
The methodology is best illustrated using an example:
Hardware Options 1 [HardwareOptions1]
Linear Number:
141
Default Value:
128
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter allows user to select additional hardware options.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-2
Parameter Descriptions
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Redn ConvFan
RednIsoTxFan
Redn PwrSup
Output IsoTx
Input IsoSw
Output IsoSw
Bypass IsoSw
DCNeutralVSB
Output Ctctr
Bypass Ctctr
Ambient Temp
Rec ChB Temp
Redn Dvc Inv
Redn Dvc Rec
Rockwell UPS
Customer UPS
Description
Redundant Converter Fan for Air cooled drives
Redundant Isolation Tranformer Fan
Redundant Power Supply
Output Isolation Transformer
Input Isolation Switch
Output Isolation Switch
Bypass Isolation Switch
Voltage Sensing Board for DC/Neutral voltage measurement
Output Contactor installed in the drive
Bypass Contactor installed in the drive
Ambient temperature enabled
Rectifier Channel B temperature
Redundant Inverter Device
Redundant Rectifier Device
Rockwell specified UPS installed in the drive
Customer supplied UPS installed in the drive
The description in the manual will always be structured in the same way. The top description (in this
case, Redn ConvFan) is always the least-significant bit, or right-most bit. As you move down the list of
descriptions, you move to the left on the bit-encoded word. Any unused bits in the middle of a word will
be identified, but unused bits in the middle of a word will have no description. This is why a 16-bit word
may only have a few descriptions. The rest are reserved for future expansion.
When a bit-encoded parameter is viewed in its associated group, it is actually displayed as a hexadecimal
number. The right-most four bits represent the right-most hexadecimal digit. Each subsequent group of
4 represents the next hex digit.
The following table illustrates the relationship:
Bit
Value
Example
Sums
15 14 13 12
11 10
8
4
2
1
8
4
0
1
0
1
1
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
2
1
8
4
2
1
8
4
2
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0 + 4+0+1
8 + 4+2+0
8 + 0+2+1
0 + 0+2+1
5
E
B
3
When you display a specific bit-encoded parameter, or choose to modify a bit-encoded parameter, it will
be displayed in fit format, with an individual description of each bit. When modifying a parameter,
highlighting the bit with the cursor keys will automatically pop up the description on screen.
Conversion Table
Binary
Hex
Binary
Hex
Binary
Hex
Binary
Hex
0000
0
0100
4
1000
8
1100
C
0001
1
0101
5
1001
9
1101
D
0010
2
0110
6
1010
A
1110
E
0011
3
0111
7
1011
B
1111
F
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-3
Feedback Parameters
Line Voltage pu [Line Voltage pu]
Linear Number:
135
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the estimated value of the input line voltage in per unit. This is calculated from the
measured rectifier input voltage Rect Input Volt (696) and adding the voltage drop in the input impedance
due to the measured line current Line Current pu (122). The Input Impedance (140) is determined by
auto-tuning. For 18-pulse drives, the line voltage is the summation of the estimated voltage from each of
the three bridge voltages.
Rectifier Input Volt [Rec Input Volt]
Linear Number:
696
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the measured voltage at the input of the master rectifier bridge in per unit using the
Voltage Sensing Board. For 6-PWM drive this is also the voltage across the line filter capacitor. For 18pulse drives this value represents the voltage at the input of the master bridge and will be approximately
one third of the Line Voltage pu (135). This parameter is used for protection and also by the flux controller
to adjust the flux command during input voltage sag conditions.
Rectifier DCLink Volt [Rec DCLink Volt]
Linear Number:
645
Minimum Value: -2.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured DC Link voltage in per unit on the rectifier side using the Voltage
Sensing Board.
Inverter DCLink Volt [Inv DCLink Volt]
Linear Number:
643
Minimum Value: -2.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured DC Link voltage on the inverter side in per unit using the Voltage
Sensing Board.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-4
Parameter Descriptions
Inverter Output Volt [Inv Output Volt]
Linear Number:
761
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the measured inverter output voltage in per unit using the Voltage Sensing Board
(VSB). This is the voltage across the motor filter capacitor. For non-ESP applications, the motor voltage
will be equal to the inverter output voltage. However for ESP applications, the inverter output voltage will
be higher than the motor voltage to compensate the voltage drop in the cable. A new parameter Surface
Voltage (#760) displays the inverter output voltage in Volts.
Motor Voltage pu [Motor Voltage pu]
Linear Number:
554
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the voltage across the motor terminals in per unit. For non-ESP applications, the
motor voltage will be equal to the inverter output voltage. However for ESP applications the motor voltage
is estimated from the measured output voltage Inv Output Volt (761) and compensating for the cable
resistance drop using measured motor current Motor Current pu (555).
Line Current pu [Line Current pu]
Linear Number:
122
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured value of line current in per-unit. It is measured using Current
Transformers (CT’s) installed in two phases. The drive internally reconstructs the line current in the third
phase by assuming that the sum of the line currents in a three phase system is zero. The line current is
the sum of the current flowing into the rectifier bridge and the current flowing into the line filter capacitor.
Motor Current pu [Motor Current pu]
Linear Number:
555
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured value of motor current in per-unit. It is measured using Hall Effect
Current Sensors (HECS) installed in two phases. The drive internally reconstructs the motor current in the
third phase by assuming that the sum of the motor currents in a three phase system is zero.
Rectifier Heat Sink Temp °C [Rec HSink Temp C]
Linear Number:
254
Minimum Value: -40.0 C
Maximum Value: 100.0 C
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the rectifier heat sink temperature in degrees Celsius.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-5
Rectifier Heat Sink Temp °F [Rec HSink Temp F]
Linear Number:
255
Minimum Value: -40.0 F
Maximum Value: 212.0 F
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the rectifier heat sink temperature in degrees Fahrenheit.
Inverter Heat Sink Temp °C [Inv HSink Temp C]
Linear Number:
252
Minimum Value: -40.0 C
Maximum Value: 100.0 C
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the inverter heat sink temperature in degrees Celsius.
Inverter Heat Sink Temp °F [Inv HSink Temp F]
Linear Number:
253
Minimum Value: -40.0 F
Maximum Value: 212.0 F
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the inverter heat sink temperature in degrees Fahrenheit.
Air Filter Blockage [Air Filter Block]
Linear Number:
567
Minimum Value: 0.0 %
Maximum Value: 100.0 %
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the amount of air filter blockage in %. An increasing value is an indication of air
filter blocking. The blockage is calculated from the measured Convrter AirFlow (447) and the nominal
converter air flow Conv AirFlow Nom (417). A drop in pressure sensor value is an indication of reduced
airflow in the drive due to a blocked air filter. The drive continuously monitors this value and will trip
before the air filter gets fully blocked.
Air Filter Allow [Air Filter Allow]
Linear Number:
568
Minimum Value: 0.0 %
Maximum Value: 100.0 %
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the % allowable filter blockage before the drive will trip. A decreasing value is an
indication of air filter blocking.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-6
Parameter Descriptions
Converter Air Flow [Convrter AirFlow]
Linear Number:
447
Minimum Value: -1.0 V
Maximum Value: 10.0 V
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the output of the air pressure sensor in volts. It is an indication of the airflow in
the drive. A drop in pressure value indicates either a blocked air filter or a loss of cooling fan operation.
This parameter along with Conv Airflow Nom (317), Conv AirFlow Trp (319) and Conv AirFlow Wrn (320)
are used for protection.
Integral Isolation Transformer Air Flow [IsoTx AirFlow]
Linear Number:
653
Minimum Value: -10.0 V
Maximum Value: 10.0 V
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the output of the air pressure sensor in volts installed in the Isolation
Transformer section of the A-Frame drive. This parameter operates with the same functionality as the
converter air flow pressure i.e. a decreasing value is an indication of blocked filters. This parameter
along with IsoTx AirflowNom (656), IsoTx AirFlowTrp (654) and IsoTx AirFlowWrn (655) are used for
protection. THIS PARAMETER IS ACTIVE FOR A-FRAME DRIVES ONLY.
Line Neutral Voltage [LineNeutral Volt]
Linear Number:
589
Minimum Value: -2.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the measured line side neutral to ground voltage in per unit. For PWM rectifier
drives, the drive uses the measured voltage of the line capacitor neutral. For SCR drives the drive
calculates the neutral voltage by summing the line to ground voltages from the master bridge (zerosequence).
Motor Neutral Voltage [Mtr Neutral Volt]
Linear Number:
347
Minimum Value: -2.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the measured motor neutral to ground voltage in per unit. The drive calculates
the neutral voltage by summing the line to ground motor voltages (zero-sequence).
Refer the following table for typical values of neutral voltages in the drive.
Rectifier type
18 pulse
6PWM(grounded system)
6PWM(floating system)
6PWM(Direct-to-Drive)
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Line Neutral Voltage
> 0.3pu
< 0.1pu
> 0.3pu
< 0.1pu
Motor Neutral Voltage
< 0.1pu (with grounding network)
> 0.3pu
< 0.1pu (with grounding network)
< 0.1pu
Parameter Descriptions
2-7
Master Bridge Line Voltage [Master Line Volt]
Linear Number:
136
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the estimated value of the master bridge input voltage in per unit. This is calculated
from the measured rectifier input voltage and adding the voltage drop in the input impedance due to the
measured line current Master Line Cur (382). The Input Impedance (140) is determined by auto-tuning.
Slave 1 Bridge Line Voltage [Slave1 Line Volt]
Linear Number:
137
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the estimated value of the slave 1 bridge input voltage in per unit. This parameter is
valid for 18 SCR drives only. This is calculated from the measured slave1 bridge voltage and adding the
voltage drop in the input impedance due to the measured line current Slave1 Line Cur (383). The Input
Impedance (140) is determined by auto-tuning.
Slave 2 Bridge Line Voltage [Slave2 Line Volt]
Linear Number:
138
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the estimated value of the slave 2 bridge input voltage in per unit. This parameter is
valid for 18 SCR drives only. This is calculated from the measured slave2 bridge voltage and adding the
voltage drop in the input impedance due to the measured line current Slave2 Line Cur (384). The Input
Impedance (140) is determined by auto-tuning.
Master Bridge Line Current [Master Line Cur]
Linear Number:
382
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the measured master bridge input current.
Slave 1 Bridge Line Current [Slave1 Line Cur]
Linear Number:
383
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the measured slave1 bridge input current in per unit for 18-pulse drives.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-8
Parameter Descriptions
Slave 2 Bridge Line Current [Slave2 Line Cur]
Linear Number:
384
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the measured slave2 bridge input current in per unit for 18-pulse drives.
Master Bridge Line Frequency [Master Line Freq]
Linear Number:
334
Minimum Value: -100.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the instantaneous frequency of the voltage on the Master rectifier bridge. The
sign of the frequency is negative for reverse phase sequence on that bridge.
Slave 1 Bridge Line Frequency [Slave1 Line Freq]
Linear Number:
335
Minimum Value: -100.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the instantaneous frequency of the voltage on the Slave 1 bridge for 18-pulse
drives. The sign of the frequency is negative for reverse phase sequence on that bridge.
Slave 2 Bridge Line Frequency [Slave2 Line Freq]
Linear Number:
239
Minimum Value: -100.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the instantaneous frequency of the voltage on the Slave 2 bridge for 18-pulse
drives. The sign of the frequency is negative for reverse phase sequence on that bridge.
Slave1 Bridge Phase Angle [Slave1 Angle]
Linear Number:
616
Minimum Value: -360.0 deg
Maximum Value: 360.0 deg
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the measured phase angle between the Master and the Slave 1 bridges and is
applicable for 18 SCR drives only. It should be close to –20 deg.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-9
Slave2 Bridge Phase Angle [Slave2 Angle]
Linear Number:
617
Minimum Value: -360.0 deg
Maximum Value: 360.0 deg
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the measured phase angle between the Master and the Slave 2 bridges and is
applicable for 18 SCR drives only. It should be close to +20 deg.
Harmonic Voltage [Harmonic Voltage]
Linear Number:
683
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 32.767 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter represents the calculated value of the Harmonic Voltage on the input to the rectifier. The
firmware looks at the rectifier voltage and will measure the 5th harmonic voltage only. This value is
normalized to the rated line voltage, and will trip when the harmonic voltage exceeds the setting in the
parameter Harmonic VoltTrp (675) for the time specified in Harmonic VoltDly (676).
Common Mode Peak Current [ComModeCur Peak]
Linear Number:
779
Minimum Value: 0.00 A
Maximum Value: 655.35 A
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is for Direct-to-Drives only and displays the peak value of common mode current flowing
in the neutral resistor.
Peak Transient Volt [TransientVoltMax]
Linear Number:
778
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
The peak capacitor voltage during the last bus transient is saved in the variable Peak Tran Volt #778.
Bus Transient Trip [BusTransient Trp]
Linear Number:
684
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 32.767 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter shows the internal Bus Transient Trip value.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-10
Parameter Descriptions
Bus Transient Level [BusTransient Lvl]
Linear Number:
767
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 32.767 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
The bus transient algorithm has been improved to reduce self-induced nuisance trips caused by fast dc
current, pulse number and firing angle changes. The rectifier temporarily disables the bus transient when
it determines that it may generate a transient in the input filter. This can be compared to Bus Tran Trip
#684 to determine when the transient occurs.
Diagnostics Parameters
Logic Command
Linear Number:
Access Level:
Read/Write:
[Logic Command]
257
Monitor
Read Only
This parameter specifies the logic command used by the drive control. Refer to Appendix A for detailed
implementation. The following commands are displayed, with a one representing an active command:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Not Stop
Start
Jog
Clr Flt Que
Clr Warn Que
Drive Reset
Direction
Start Profle
Stop Profle
Flash Mode
Unused
Synch
De-Synch
Force Stop
Force Fault
Unused
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Drive is ready to Run
Start the Drive
Start the drive in Jog mode
Clear the Fault queue
Clear the Warning queue
Reset the drive
Direction of rotation
Drive Start profile
Drive Stop profile
DPI Adapter in Flash Mode
Synchronous transfer to Bypass from Drive
Synchronous transfer to Drive from Bypass
Force Stop the drive (DPI)
Force Fault the drive (DPI)
Parameter Descriptions
2-11
Logic Status [Logic Status]
Linear Number:
258
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the value of logic status. A one represents an active condition, and it is bit
encoded as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Ready
Running
Command Dir
Rotation Dir
Accelerating
Decelerating
At Speed
On Bypass
Rev Enabled
Drive Fault
Drive Warn
Local Lock
Forced Stop
Speed Com1
Speed Com2
Speed Com3
Description
The drive is in Ready condition.
The drive is Running.
Commanded direction of rotation, 1 is Forward 0 is Reverse (check)
Actual Direction of rotation 1 is Forward 0 is Reverse (check)
The drive is accelerating.
The drive is decelerating.
The drive has reached commanded speed.
The drive is currently running on bypass.
Reverse rotation of the drive has been enabled (Refer Special Features)
Drive is in Fault mode
Drive is in Warning mode
An adaptor has local control of the drive
DPI adapter has issued a forced stop command
Speed reference source
Speed reference source
Speed reference source
Drive Not Ready Status Word 1 [Drive Not Ready1]
Linear Number:
262
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the status of several different conditions that can cause a Drive Not Ready
indication. ‘1’ in the corresponding bit location indicates that condition exists, and ‘0’ indicates that the
condition does not exist. The following is description of the individual bits:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Enum Text
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
No Line Sync
No Phase Chk
Inp Clse Dly
Inp IsoOpen
Out IsoOpen
Byp IsoOpen
No Out Ctctr
9
10
11
12
13
Inp IsoClsd
Out IsoClsd
Byp IsoClsd
DPI Flash
Drv Xfer Dly
14
15
Line Loss
CtrlPwr Loss
Description
A Class 1 Fault Exists
A Class 2 Fault Exists
The drive failed to synchronize with the incoming line voltage
Phasing Check on the Rectifier has not passed
The drive is waiting for the line filter capacitor to discharge.
The Drive Input Isolation Switch is Open when it should not be
The Drive Output Isolation Switch is Open when it should not be
The Drive Bypass Isolation Switch is Open when it should not be
In Open Circuit Mode, the drive will not start if the drive does not have
an Output contactor installed.
The Drive Input Isolation Switch is Closed when it should not be
The Drive Output Isolation Switch is Closed when it should not be
The Drive Bypass Isolation Switch is Closed when it should not be
The DPI Adapter is being flashed remotely
The drive is waiting for the motor filter capacitor to discharge after a
successful synchronization and will not allow de-sync
Loss of Medium Voltage
Loss of Control Power
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-12
Parameter Descriptions
Drive Not Ready Status Word 2 [Drive Not Ready2]
Linear Number:
699
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the status of several different conditions that can cause a Drive Not Ready
indication. ‘1’ in the corresponding bit location indicates that condition exists, and ‘0’ indicates that the
condition does not exist. The following is description of the individual bits:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
SCR Gate Pwr
InpCtctrOpen
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
The self powered gate drive boards for SCR drives are not charged
The Drive Input Contactor is Open when it should not be
Drive Status Flags 1 [DrvStatus Flag1]
Linear Number:
569
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the drive status flags. Each bit has 2 states, and that allows the parameter to
represent 16 conditions. They are as shown below:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0 – Enum Text
Not Ready
Not Running
Forward Rotation
No Faults
No Warnings
Fans Off
Input Open
Output Open
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1 – Enum Text
Ready
Running
Reverse Rotation
Faulted
Warnings
Fans On
Input Closed
Output Closed
Parameter Descriptions
2-13
Drive Status Flag 2 [DrvStatus Flag2]
Linear Number:
238
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the drive status flag and is used by drive control to make logical decisions. A ‘1’
represents an indicated status. The following states are displayed:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Jog
Local
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Run Req
Restart Req
Gating Enble
Drive Init
Gate Test
Shrt Cct Tst
System Tst
Open Cct Tst
Param Loaded
Inv Init
StaFlg2Bit14
Conv Fan2 On
Description
Drive is in Jog mode.
Drive is in Local Control Mode.
Drive has tripped on a Class 1 Fault.
Drive has tripped on a Class 2 Fault.
Drive start command has been issued.
Drive will restart automatically following a line loss.
Line and machine converter devices are gating.
Drive Initialization routines have been completed.
Drive is in Gate Test mode.
Drive is in DC Current Test mode.
Drive is in System Test mode.
Drive is in Open Circuit Test mode.
Drive Parameters have been loaded.
Inverter side initialization routines have been completed.
Not Used bit
Optional redundant converter cooling fan (Fan 2) has been switched on
Contactor Command [Contactor Cmd]
Linear Number:
505
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the command to close the various contactors configured with the drive (input,
output, and bypass). The contactors are specified by the parameter Hardware Options1 (141). A ‘1’
indicates that the contactor is being commanded by the drive to close.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Input Ctctr
Output Ctctr
Bypass Ctctr
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Description
Close Input contactor
Close Output contactor
Close Bypass contactor
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-14
Parameter Descriptions
Contactor Status [Contactor Status]
Linear Number:
506
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the status of the various contactors and their isolating switches configured with
the drive. A ‘1’ indicates that the contactor or the isolating switch is closed. This parameter is used by the
drive for protection. If a contactor has been commanded to close and is determined not to be closed, then
the drive will trip. Similarly depending on the Operating Mode of the drive, if the isolating switch status is
opposite to the expected then the drive will trip.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Input IsoSw
Input Ctctr
Output IsoSw
Output Ctctr
Bypass IsoSw
Bypass Ctctr
Not Used
Not Used
Description
Status of Input Isolation Switch
Status of Input Contactor
Status of Output Isolation Switch
Status of Output Contactor
Status of Bypass Isolation Switch
Status of Bypass Contactor
Rectifier Control Flag 1 [RecControl Flag1]
Linear Number:
264
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This word indicates various status bits within the rectifier control. The word can be used in trending to
assist in determining what the rectifier control is doing in a normal or abnormal situation. A 1 in a location
indicates that condition is active, and a 0 indicates the condition is inactive.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
PLL Locked
PLL Enabled
Continuous
Rvs Sequence
Slave Swap
Phasing OK
MV Isolated
RecAnlgTstDn
Rec Init
Line Loss
Slv1 RvsRotn
Slv2 RvsRotn
Diag Done
Phasing Chk
Gate Freeze
InpStdyState
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Rectifier Synchronized with the Line Voltage
Input Voltage sufficient to attempt to lock onto the Line Voltage
DC link current is continuous
The incoming line is not UVW
The Slave 1 and Slave 2 Bridges are Swapped (18P only)
The drive has no phasing problems
There is no MV on the input to the rectifier
Rectifier Analog self tests completed
Boot-Up on Rectifier is complete
There is a line loss condition present
The Slave 1 bridge is UWV (18P only)
The Slave 2 bridge is UWV (18P only)
The rectifier has completed the device diagnostics
Phasing check is in progress
The rectifier is in Gate Freeze Mode
The input voltage has reached steady state after a power up transient
Parameter Descriptions
2-15
Rectifier Control Flags 2 [RecControl Flag2]
Linear Number:
160
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This word indicates various status bits within the rectifier control. The word can be used in trending to
assist in determining what the rectifier control is doing in a normal or abnormal situation. A 1 in a location
indicates that condition is active, and a 0 indicates the condition is inactive.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
RecClass1Flt
RecClass2Flt
Rec Warning
PhsngChkDone
No PLL Error
Offline Diag
FreeWhl Rec
FreeWhl Inv
Device Short
BusTransient
FreeWhlReset
RecSGCT Pwr
RtdLimit Req
InvAdvLmtReq
Drv OL Pend
Rec Crit Flt
Description
A Rectifier Class 1 fault exists
A Rectifier Class 2 fault exists
A Rectifier Warning exists
The drive has completed the input phasing checks
There is no problems with the PLL Lock
The rectifier has completed the offline device diagnostics
The rectifier is in Free-Wheel mode (caused by Bus Transients)
The inverter is in Free-Wheel mode (caused by Bus Transients)
The Rectifier has detected a shorted device
There is a transient detected on the input of the drive
Handshake for Freewheel Mode
Rectifier SGCTs have Power
Drive is requested to go into Retard Limit
Inverter is requested to go into Advance Limit
Drive Overload is Timing
Rectifier has detected a Critical Fault
Rectifier Control Flags 3 [RecControl Flag3]
Linear Number:
368
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This word indicates various status bits within the rectifier control. The word can be used in trending to
assist in determining what the rectifier control is doing in a normal or abnormal situation. A 1 in a location
indicates that condition is active, and a 0 indicates the condition is inactive.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Enum Text
No Flt Delay
Act Dschrge
Lnk Dschrge
Lnk PDschrge
Gate Enbl Rq
SCR Gate Pwr
Inp Open Req
Gnd OC Disbl
BusTran Enbl
DvcLineShort
DvcCMVE Shrt
InpLockOut
12
InpLock5min
13
InpLockIndef
14
15
Inp Dschargd
RecFlg3Bit15
Description
Internal fault timers disabled
Active discharge
DC Link Voltage Discharge
DC Link Voltage Pre Discharge
Gate enable request
SCR Gate Power
Input Open Request
Ground OC disabled
Bus Transient enabled
Device Line to Line short
Device CMVE SC
Due to Line Over Current condition, the input contactor is being
prevented from closing (18P only)
Due to Line Over Current condition, the input contactor is being
prevented from closing for 5 minutes(18P only)
Due to Line Over Current condition, the input contactor is being
prevented from closing indefinitely (18P only).
Line filter capacitors have been discharged
Unused bit
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-16
Parameter Descriptions
Inverter Control Flags 1 [InvControl Flag1]
Linear Number:
265
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This word indicates various status bits within the inverter control. The word can be used in trending to
assist in determining what the rectifier control is doing in a normal or abnormal situation. A 1 in a location
indicates that condition is active, and a 0 indicates the condition is inactive.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Enum Text
Mtr PLL Lock
SpdRamp Enbl
Mtr Rvs Seqn
Close Loop
FlxFbk Enbl
FreqFbk Enbl
Gate Freeze
Scurve Prof
Drv Crit Flt
TrqRamp Enbl
10
11
12
13
14
15
Coast Stop
PID Enabled
TachFbk Optn
TachFbk Enbl
Torque Lmt
InvFlg1Bit15
Description
Inverter control is locked to the rotor flux position
Torque Ramp is complete and the speed ramp has been enabled
The output voltage is not UVW
The drive is operating in closed-loop mode
The drive is using the measured flux feedback from the motor
The drive is using the measured stator frequency from the motor
The inverter is in Gate Freeze mode
The drive is running with an S-Curve Speed Profile
Inverter has detected a Critical Fault
Motor Flux Time has expired and the drive is increasing the torque
reference to TrqCmd0 Snsrless or TrqCmd0 Tach
Not Currently Active
PID process control is enabled ™
The drive has a Tachometer/Encoder feedback signal available
The drive is running with Tachometer/Encoder Feedback enabled
The drive is in Torque Limit
Unused bit
™ Contact factory for availability
Inverter Control Flags 2 [InvControl Flag2]
Linear Number:
642
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This word indicates various status bits within the inverter control. The word can be used in trending to
assist in determining what the rectifier control is doing in a normal or abnormal situation. A 1 in a location
indicates that condition is active, and a 0 indicates the condition is inactive.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
InternlStart
InternalStop
AutotuneCncl
Discharging
Dvc Short
CtrlPwr Loss
AC Fail
InvAnlgTstDn
FreeWhlReset
InvSGCT Pwr
AC Pwr Fail
InvDiag Done
InvTemp Loss
VdcVnVSBInst
Mtr OL Pend
SpeedRampRvs
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Internal Start Command from Setup Wizard
Internal Stop Command from Setup Wizard
Autotune has been aborted
The Line filters capacitors are discharging (more than 50V)
The Inverter has detected a shorted SGCT
The drive is in a Control Power Loss mode
The drive has detected an AC power loss condition
Inverter Analog test is done
Handshake for Freewheel Mode
Inverter SGCTs have Power
The drive has detected an AC power loss condition from the ACB
The inverter diagnostics have been completed
The inverter temperature feedback is missing
DC and neutral voltage feedback board is installed
Motor Overload is Timing
Ramp reversing enabled
Parameter Descriptions
2-17
Inverter Control Flags 3 [InvControl Flag3]
Linear Number:
446
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This word indicates various status bits within the inverter control. The word can be used in trending to
assist in determining what the rectifier control is doing in a normal or abnormal situation. A 1 in a location
indicates that condition is active, and a 0 indicates the condition is inactive.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
PF Achieved
RestartExprd
PFC Leading
Out Dschrgd
UWV Seq
IsoTx Fan1
IsoTx Fan2
ESP Drive
Restart Mode
Cool Fans On
PFC Optimal
PFC Mod Ctrl
Flying Strt1
Flying Strt2
Flying Start
PFC FlxRange
Description
Desired power factor compensation has been achieved
AutoRestart Delay timer has expired
Leading Power factor compensation has been enabled
Motor filter capacitors have been discharged to 5% of rated
UWV Sequence enabled
Isolation Transformer 1 Fan is ON
Isolation Transformer 2 Fan is ON
ESP Drive selected
Auto Restart mode enabled
Drive Cooling Fans ON
Optimal Power factor compensation has been enabled
Power factor compensation using modulation index control
Flying Start State 1
Flyig Start State 2
Flying Start mode is active
Flux limit has been reached while compensating for line power factor
Inverter Analog Self Test Code 1 [InvAnlg SelfTst1]
Linear Number:
96
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the power-up diagnostic results on the Analog Control Board. It refers to the
signals used by the inverter (Slave) processor. If the software detects a problem with the analog signals
into the board, or the board itself, an InvAnlg SelfTest fault will appear. This parameter will help indicate
which signals are causing the problem. The action should be to investigate all the connections and
feedback paths related to that signal before changing the ACB or the DPM. This is a self-test fault that
will only occur at initial power-up.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
HECSU Offset
HECSW Offset
UV Offset
VW Offset
VSAB Offset
VSBC Offset
2UV Offset
2VW Offset
VMDC1 Offset
VMDC2 Offset
UV_2 Offset
VW_2 Offset
MFCN Offset
VZS Offset
UV_NF Offset
VW_NF Offset
Description
Phase U Motor Current Offset High
Phase V Motor Current Offset High
Phase UV Motor Voltage Offset High
Phase VW Motor Voltage Offset High
Bypass UV Voltage Offset High
Bypass VW Voltage Offset High
Master Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High (for Synch. Transfer)
Master Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High (for Synch. Transfer)
Motor Side DC Link Voltage Offset High
Motor Side DC Link Voltage Offset High ™
Phase UV Motor Voltage Offset High (used for low motor voltage)
Phase VW Motor Voltage Offset High (used for low motor voltage)
Motor Filter Capacitor Neutral Voltage Offset High
Motor Zero Sequence Voltage Offset High
Unfiltered Phase UV Motor Voltage Offset High
Unfiltered Phase VW Motor Voltage Offset High
™ Contact factory for availability
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-18
Parameter Descriptions
Inverter Analog Self Test Code 2 [InvAnlg SelfTst2]
Linear Number:
251
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the power-up diagnostic results on the Analog Control Board. It refers to the
signals used by the inverter processor. If the software detects a problem with the analog signals into the
board, or the board itself, an InvAnlg SelfTest fault will appear. This parameter will help indicate which
signals are causing the problem. The action should be to investigate all the connections and feedback
paths related to that signal before changing the ACB or the DPM. This is a self-test fault that will only
occur at initial power-up. Ignoring the faults can results in abnormal drive behavior.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
AC1 Offset
AC2 Offset
AC3 Offset
AC4 Offset
AP0 Offset
AP1 Offset
AOUT_DAC
METER_DAC
TRIP_DAC
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Offset measured on AC control power #1
Offset measured on AC control power #2
Offset measured on AC control power #3
Offset measured on AC control power #1
Offset on Converter air flow Air Pressure 0 Sensor
Offset on Isolation transformer pressure circuit.
Reserved for future use ™
Reserved for future use ™
Reserved for future use ™
™ Contact factory for availability
Rectifier Analog Self Test Code 1 [RecAnlg SelfTst1]
Linear Number:
473
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the power-up diagnostic results on the Analog Control Board. It refers to the
signals used by the rectifier (Master) processor. If the software detects a problem with the analog signals
into the board, or the board itself, a RecAnlg SelfTest fault will appear. This parameter will help indicate
which signals are causing the problem. The action should be to investigate all the connections and
feedback paths related to that signal before changing the ACB or the DPM. This is a self-test fault that
will only occur at initial power-up.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
CT2U Offset
CT2W Offset
CT3U Offset
CT3W Offset
CT4U Offset
CT4W Offset
2UV Offset
2VW Offset
3UV Offset
3UW Offset
4UV Offset
4UW Offset
2UV_NFOffset
2VW_NFOffset
3UV_NFOffset
3VW_NFOffset
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Master Bridge Phase 2U Current Offset High
Master Bridge Phase 2V Current Offset High
Slave 1 Bridge Phase 3U Current Offset High
Slave 1 Bridge Phase 3V Current Offset High
Slave 2 Bridge Phase 4U Current Offset High
Slave 2 Bridge Phase 4V Current Offset High
Master Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High
Master Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High
Slave 1 Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High
Slave 1 Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High
Slave 2 Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High
Slave 2 Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High
Unfiltered Master Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High
Unfiltered Master Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High
Unfiltered Slave 1 Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High
Unfiltered Slave 1 Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High
Parameter Descriptions
2-19
Rectifier Analog Self Test Code 2 [RecAnlg SelfTst2]
Linear Number:
474
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the power-up diagnostic results on the Analog Control Board. It refers to the
signals used by the rectifier (Master) processor. If the software detects a problem with the analog signals
into the board, or the board itself, a RecAnlg SelfTest fault will appear. This parameter will help indicate
which signals are causing the problem. The action should be to investigate all the connections and
feedback paths related to that signal before changing the ACB or the DPM. This is a self-test fault that
will only occur at initial power-up.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
HECSDC1Offst
HECSDC2Offst
LFCN1 Offset
LFCN2 Offset
VZS2 Offset
VZS3 Offset
VLDC1 Offset
VLDC2 Offset
IGND Offset
INN Offset
VNN Offset
VSPAREOffst
HECSDC1_V2F
HECSDC2_V2F
Unused
Unused
Description
DC Link Current Offset High
DC Link Current Offset High ™
Line Filter Capacitor Neutral Voltage Offset High
Line Filter Capacitor Neutral Voltage Offset High ™
Line Zero Sequence Voltage Offset High
Line Zero Sequence Voltage Offset High ™
Line Side DC Link Voltage Offset High
Line Side DC Link Voltage Offset High ™
Ground Fault Current Offset High
Common Mode Choke Current Offset High
Common Mode Choke Neutral Resistor Voltage Offset High
Reserved for future use ™
Reserved for future use ™
Reserved for future use ™
™ Contact factory for availability
Rectifier Analog Self Test Code 3 ™ [RecAnlg SelfTst3]
Linear Number:
494
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
his parameter specifies the power-up diagnostic results on the Analog Control Board. It refers to the
signals used by the rectifier (Master) processor. This parameter is currently not being used and is
intended for future use.
™ Contact factory for availability
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-20
Parameter Descriptions
Current Sensor Fault Code [Cur Sens FltCode]
Linear Number:
764
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter in Diagnostic group helps in understanding why the drive tripped with a Current Sensor
fault. This feature is active only in inverter short circuit test modes and open-loop mode. The options are:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
HECS/CTError
CT Phase Seq
CT Phs/Alpha
Cap/CT Error
Motor HECS
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
DC current measured from HECS and estimated from CT do not match
CT Phase Sequence is different from measured voltage sequence
Firing angle does not agree with phase angle of the rectifier current
Error in the measured and estimated line current
Motor HECS
Detailed explanation is as follows:
Drive compares the measured dc current feedback with the estimated dc current feedback from the line
current (capacitor compensation done on PWMR) and creates the fault Current Sensor if there is a large
difference (HECS/CTError bit in fault code). This protects the drive when starting (in test modes) with the
DC HECS unplugged, or backwards.
The phase sequence of the CT feedback (forward/reverse) is compared with the phase sequence of the
voltage feedback and a Current Sensor fault is generated if they are different (CT Phase Seq bit in fault
code).
When dc current is flowing, the drive compares the firing angle with the angle of the estimated rectifier
current and generates a Current Sensor fault if there is a large difference (CT Phs/Alpha bit in fault code).
On PWMR drives, when not gating (in short circuit and open-loop test modes) the drive compares the
measured capacitor current and expected capacitor current and generates a Current Sensor fault if there
is a large difference (Cap/CT Error bit in fault code).
In open-loop test mode, the drive compares the motor current feedback to the dc current feedback and
generates a Current Sensor fault if there is a large difference (Motor HECS bit in fault code).
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-21
Drive Overload Value [Drive Overload]
Linear Number:
551
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the normalized value of drive overload. A warning is issued when the value is
equal to the parameter Drv OvrLoad Wrn (240) and the drive is tripped when the value reaches 1.0.
Motor Overload Value [Motor Overload]
Linear Number:
550
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the normalized value of motor overload. A warning is issued when the value is
equal to the parameter Mtr OvrLoad Wrn (351) and the drive is tripped when the value reaches 1.0.
Neutral Resistor Overload Value [RNeutral OvrLoad]
Linear Number:
682
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the normalized value of the Neutral Resistor overload, and is active only for
Direct-to-Drive PF7000 drives. The drive is faulted when the value reaches 1.0.
Bypass Voltage Unbalance Value [Bypass VoltUnbal]
Linear Number:
428
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the value of voltage unbalance between the 3 phases on the top of the bypass
contactor for Synchronous Transfer applications. A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter
LineVoltUnbalTrp (271) for the duration set in LineVoltUnbalDly (272).
Master Voltage Unbalance Value [Master VoltUnbal]
Linear Number:
610
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the value of voltage unbalance between the 3 phases on the master rectifier
bridge. A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter LineVoltUnbalTrp (271) for the duration
set in LineVoltUnbalDly (272).
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-22
Parameter Descriptions
Slave 1 Voltage Unbalance Value [Slave1 VoltUnbal]
Linear Number:
611
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the value of voltage unbalance between the 3 phases on the slave 1 bridge
(18pulse drives only). A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter LineVoltUnbalTrp (271) for
the duration set in LineVoltUnbalDly (272).
Slave 2 Voltage Unbalance Value [Slave2 VoltUnbal]
Linear Number:
612
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the value of voltage unbalance between the 3 phases on the slave 2 bridge
(18pulse drives only). A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter LineVoltUnbalTrp (271) for
the duration set in LineVoltUnbalDly (272).
Master Current Unbalance Value [Master Cur Unbal]
Linear Number:
613
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the value of current unbalance between the 3 phases on the master bridge. A
fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Line CurUnbalTrp (108) for the duration set in Line
CurUnbalDly (109).
Slave 1 Current Unbalance Value [Slave1 Cur Unbal]
Linear Number:
614
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the value of current unbalance between the 3 phases on the slave 1 bridge
(18pulse drives only). A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Line CurUnbalTrp (108) for
the duration set in Line CurUnbalDly (109).
Slave 2 Current Unbalance Value [Slave2 Cur Unbal]
Linear Number:
615
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the value of current unbalance between the 3 phases on the slave 2 bridge
(18pulse drives only). A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Line CurUnbalTrp (108) for
the duration set in Line CurUnbalDly (109).
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-23
Motor Current Unbalance Value [Motor Cur Unbal]
Linear Number:
263
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the value of current unbalance between the 3 phases on the drive output
measured at the LEMs. A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Mtr CurUnbal Trp (208)
for the duration set in Mtr CurUnbal Trp (214).
Motor Flux Unbalance Value [Motor Flux Unbal]
Linear Number:
619
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the value of flux unbalance between the 3 phases on the drive output, measured
with the voltage sensing board. A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Mtr FluxUnbal
Trp (585) for the duration set in Mtr FluxUnbal Trp (586).
Fault Output [Fault Output]
Linear Number:
490
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 1
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is used for troubleshooting and allows the user to properly use a chart recorder,
oscilloscope or a similar device to trigger on a drive fault and capture useful test point data. The
parameter goes from 0 to the maximum value of 1 whenever any fault occurs. Assigning this parameter
to any one of the test points on the DPM or 0-10V outputs on the Analog Control Board, an output that will
change state from 0V to 10V on a fault will be produced. This output can be used as a trigger for
capturing other drive data from test points during a fault.
Warning Output [Warning Output]
Linear Number:
700
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 1
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is used for troubleshooting and allows the user to properly use a chart recorder,
oscilloscope or a similar device to trigger on a drive fault and capture useful test point data. The
parameter goes from 0 to the maximum value of 1 whenever any warning occurs. Assigning this
parameter to any one of the test points on the DPM or 0-10V outputs on the Analog Control Board, an
output that will change state from 0V to 10V on a warning will be produced. This output can be used as a
trigger for capturing other drive data from test points during a warning condition.
Scope Trigger [Scope Trigger]
Linear Number:
689
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 1
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is set high when the Trending is triggered. The parameter can be assigned to a Test
Point in order to trigger a scope.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-24
Parameter Descriptions
Parameter Error [Parameter Error]
Linear Number:
597
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter in the database having a value that’s out of
range. Only one parameter linear number can be specified at a time in the parameter error. This means
that more than one parameter can have an error but only one of them is specified.
Feature Select Parameters
Operating Mode [Operating Mode]
Linear Number:
4
Default Value:
Normal
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the operating modes of the drive. It is not saved and is set to Normal at power
up. This parameter cannot be changed when the drive is running. Refer to the Chapter 1 – Functional
Description in the PowerFlex 7000 User Manual for detailed description of the test modes.
The possible operating modes are:
Normal
Gate Test
DC Current
System Test
Open Circuit
Open Loop
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Normal operating mode
Gate Test mode (medium voltage off)
DC Current test mode
System Test mode (medium voltage off)
Open Circuit test mode (needs output contactor or disconnected motor)
Open Loop test mode (for induction motors only)
Parameter Descriptions
2-25
Speed Reference Select [Speed Ref Select]
Linear Number:
7
Default Value:
Local
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter selects the Speed Reference source when the selector switch is in Remote setting. The
available options are:
Internal
Value
0
1
2
3
4
Enum Text
Local
DPIAdapter 1
DPIAdapter 2
DPIAdapter 5
Analog Inp1
5
Analog Inp2
6
7
8
9
Preset Spd 1
Preset Spd 2
Preset Spd 3
Jog
Description
This selects the analog speed potentiometer mounted on the front panel
This selects the digital speed command coming from DPI adapter 1
This selects the digital speed command coming from DPI adapter 2
This selects the digital speed command coming from DPI adapter 5
This selects the speed command from Analog Input 1 which could be
0-10V or 4-20mA. Default setting is 4-20mA
This selects the speed command from Analog Input 2 which could be
0-10V or 4-20mA. Default setting is 0-10V
This selects the value specified in parameter Preset Speed 1
This selects the value specified in parameter Preset Speed 2
This selects the value specified in parameter Preset Speed 3
This selects the value specified in parameter Preset Jog Speed
The most common usage is a 4-20mA signal wired into the ACB. To activate this source, select the
parameter as Analog Inp1.
If sending a digital Speed Reference through a DPI adapter, select DPIAdapter 5.
The DPI protocol allows for a splitter, and if a splitter is installed in the drive, then use either DPIAdapter 1
or DPIAdapter 2 for speed command.
Speed Command Loss [Speed Cmd Loss]
Linear Number:
749
Default Value:
Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the action taken by the drive when a loss of speed command from either a DPI
adapter or the 4-20ma current loop is sensed by the drive. The options available are:
Internal
Value
0
1
2
3
Fault
Last Speed
Preset 1
Local
4
5
Analog Inp1
Analog Inp2
Enum Text
Description
Trip the drive on a Class 2 fault
Run the drive at the last commanded speed
Run the drive at Preset 1 speed command
Run the drive at the speed command from the Local source (door pot)
™
Run the drive at the speed command from the Analog Input 1 ™
Run the drive at the speed command from the Analog Input 2 ™
™ Contact factory for availability
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-26
Parameter Descriptions
Coast Speed [Coast Speed]
Linear Number:
60
Default Value:
2.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 1.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the speed at which the drive stops gating and allows the motor to come to a
coast stop. For large inertia systems like ID Fan, the motor may come to a stop after a long interval of time.
Automatic Restart Delay [Auto Restart Dly]
Linear Number:
3
Default Value:
0.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 10.0 sec
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time interval following a line under-voltage, line loss or a control power loss
event during which the drive will automatically restart if the conditions are restored; assuming that the
drive was running at the time of the outage and the control power is maintained. This is typically done by
having a UPS feeding the power to the control boards.
Input Contactor Configuration [Input Ctctr Cfg]
Linear Number:
1
Default Value:
All Faults
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the conditions under which the input contactor will be commanded to open by
the drive. The possible contactor configurations specified by this parameter are listed below.
Not Running
All Faults
Critical Flt
Open the contactor when not running
Open the contactor for any fault condition in the drive
Open the contactor for critical faults only. For a complete list of Critical
faults refer to Appendix.
Input Contactor Open Delay [InpCtctr OpenDly]
Linear Number:
10
Default Value:
0.0 min
Minimum Value: 0.0 min
Maximum Value: 60.0 min
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time delay between the drive shutting off, and the input contactor opening, if
the contactor is configured to open when the drive is not running. The purpose of this delay is to keep a
harmonic filter energized if the drive is stopped for a short time, and not have to wait for the filter
capacitors to discharge before restarting.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-27
Output Contactor Configuration [Output Ctctr Cfg]
Linear Number:
5
Default Value:
Not Running
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the conditions under which the output contactor will be commanded to open by
the drive. The possible contactor configurations specified by this parameter are:
Not Running
All Faults
Open the contactor when not running
Open the contactor for any fault condition in the drive
Special Features [Special Features]
Linear Number:
99
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter is used to enable features in the drive. The options available are:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Rvs Enable
ActDischarge
UWV Ph Rot'n
FrceCool Mtr
Rvs Encoder
SyncXfr Enab
Metric Units
BiDr FlyStrt
Heavy Duty
UltraHvyDuty
LineVoltSync
EnergySaving
Process PID
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Drive Reverse mode is enabled
Active Discharge mode is enabled**
UWV as Forward Phase Rotation
Force Cooled Motor**
Reverse Encoder direction(for Sync motor drives only)**
Synchronous transfer is enabled
Use metric units
Bidirectional flying start is enabled
Drive is designed for Heavy Duty Applications
Drive is designed for Ultra Heavy Duty (>150%) Application enabled
Use Line Voltage for Synchronous transfer
Enable Unity Power Factor compensation ™
Enable Process PID controller ™
™ Contact factory for availability
Load Loss Detection [Load Loss Detect]
Linear Number:
199
Default Value:
Disabled
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the response of the drive to a loss of load condition. This parameter is
specifically designed for down-hole pump applications, where the user would normally not want to run
with a loss of load, as that is not a normal condition for this type of pump application. Refer to Motor
Protection group for parameters needed to configure this feature. This parameter has the following options:
Disabled
Warning
Fault
The drive will operate normally in the event of a Load Loss condition
The drive will run with a warning indication in the event of a load loss condition
The drive will shutdown on a Class2 fault in the event of a load loss condition
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-28
Parameter Descriptions
Rectifier Gating Test [Rec Gating Test]
Linear Number:
590
Default Value:
Off
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter selects the various rectifier gating test sequences. The drive should be isolated from
medium voltage. The following options are available:
Off
Test Pattern
Normal Gate
This stops the rectifier gating test sequence.
This parameter applies a pattern that fires the devices sequentially at
low frequency ™
This parameter applies a normal gating pattern to the Rectifier Bridge ™
™ For 6 and 18-pulse SCR drives, ensure that the special power harness is connected to the gating boards of
all devices. A detailed description is provided in Chapter 1 – Functional Description of the PowerFlex 7000
User Manual.
Inverter Gating Test [Inv Gating Test]
Linear Number:
591
Default Value:
Off
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter selects the various inverter gating test sequences. The drive should be isolated from
medium voltage. The following options are available:
Off
Test Pattern
Normal Gate
This stops the rectifier gating test sequence.
This parameter applies a pattern that fires the devices sequentially at
low frequency
This parameter applies a normal gating pattern to the Rectifier Bridge. š
š The frequency of the gating pattern is controlled by the speed potentiometer if the drive is in Local mode.
A detailed description is provided in Chapter 1 of the PowerFlex 7000 User Manual.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-29
Setup Wizard [Setup Wizard]
Linear Number:
13
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the progress of the Setup Wizard. A ‘1’ indicates that the step has been
completed by the setup wizard. Until all the steps are completed, you will always be prompted to continue
with the process each time control power is cycled. The following steps are displayed:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Path Picked
Gating Test
Motor Data
Features
Speed Ref
Analog Calib
Ext Faults
System Test
Phasing Chck
Autotuning
DC Test
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
For Internal use only
Perform gating checks on the drive
Enter motor nameplate data
Enter Feature Select parameters
Enter Speed Profile parameters
Calibrate analog system
Configure the External Faults
Perform System Test
Performed phasing check for an 18-pulse drive
Autotune drive and motor parameters
Run the drive in DC Current Test Mode
Extended Trend [Extended Trend]
Linear Number:
702
Default Value:
Enabled
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter refers to the trending function which can be set up and accessed through the
programming terminal. The drive comes with 2 options for the size of the trend buffer. It can be set for
either 100 samples or 1000 samples. Using 1000 samples allows more data to be collected although it
may slow down the non-critical background tasks. Also the 1000 sample trending cannot be viewed on
the programming terminal. It can be accessed through the serial port on the DPM. Contact factory for
more information on how to use this feature.
The parameter can be changed while running, but because the memory needs to be reconfigured, the
option will not change until control power is cycled. In the interim, the parameter will be set to Pend
Disable or Pend Enable to let the user know control power needs to be cycled for the change to take
effect. The options for this parameter are as follows:
Disabled
Enabled
Pend Disable
Pend Enable
100 Samples for Trend Buffer
1000 Samples for Trend Buffer
Temporary Setting after Disabling Trend. Need to Cycle Power
Temporary Setting after Enabling Trend. Need to Cycle Power
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-30
Parameter Descriptions
Power Factor Compensation Method [PowerFactor Comp] ™
Linear Number:
300
Default Value:
Disable
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter selects the type of power factor compensation. Following options are available
Disable
Leading Only
Optimal
Disable power factor compensation
Leading power factor compensation only
Optimal power factor compensation
Leading only will compensate the line power factor only when the drive is drawing leading vars.
Optimal technique will compensate for both lagging and leading vars.
™ Contact factory for availability.
PFC Access Code [PFC Access Code] ™
Linear Number:
299
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
™ This access code allows the user to enable Power Factor compensation method in the drive.
Fan 1 Run Time [Fan1 Run Time]
Linear Number:
491
Default Value:
30.0 Days
Minimum Value: 0.1 Days
Maximum Value: 60.0 Days
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is used for Redundant Fan drives only. The parameter sets the amount of run time that
the Fan 1 will be the active fan. When this time expires, the drive will automatically switch to Fan 2, and
will run on that fan for the time set in Fan 2 Run Time. It will then cycle back to Fan 1 after Fan 2 Run
Time expires. The purpose of this control feature is to get a periodic check of the second, redundant fan.
The parameters can also be used to even the run time between the fans.
Fan 2 Run Time [Fan2 Run Time]
Linear Number:
493
Default Value:
0.1 Days
Minimum Value: 0.1 Days
Maximum Value: 60.0 Days
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is used for Redundant Fan drives only. The parameter sets the amount of run time that
the Fan 2 will be the active fan. When this time expires, the drive will automatically switch to Fan 1, and
will run on that fan for the time set in Fan 1 Run Time. It will then cycle back to Fan 2 after Fan 1 Run
Time expires. The purpose of this control feature is to get a periodic check of the second, redundant fan.
The parameters can also be used to even the run time between the fans.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-31
Passcode 0 [Passcode 0]
Linear Number:
11
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the scrambled password for Basic level access. If the password is lost or
corrupted, the value of the pass number can be determined from the encoded value by consulting the
factory. This parameter is 0 out of the factory.
Passcode 1 [Passcode 1]
Linear Number:
12
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the scrambled password for Advanced level access. If the password is lost or
corrupted, the value of the pass number can be determined from the encoded value by consulting the
factory. This parameter is 0 out of the factory.
Passcode 2 [Passcode 2]
Linear Number:
38
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the scrambled password for Service level access. If the password is lost or
corrupted, the value of the pass number can be determined from the encoded value by consulting the
factory.
Passcode 3 [Passcode 3]
Linear Number:
39
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the scrambled password for Rockwell level access. If the password is lost or
corrupted, the value of the pass number can be determined from the encoded value by consulting the
factory.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-32
Parameter Descriptions
Drive Hardware Parameters
DC Link Inductance [DCLnk Induct pu]
Linear Number:
114
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 10.00 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the per unit dc link inductance calculated from the nameplate link inductance and
the voltage and current ratings of the drive. It is recalculated when any of the parameters affecting its
value is changed. This normal value of this parameter varies based on the drive rectifier type. This
parameter applies for both standard drives and drives with Direct-to-Drive technology. A warning DC Link
Range will be displayed if this parameter is greater than 2.0 per unit or less than the minimum expected
as given by:
For 6-PWM minimum value is 0.55pu
For 18-pulse SCR, minimum value is 0.42pu
For 6-pulse SCR, minimum value if 0.82pu.
Line Reactor pu [Line Reactor pu]
Linear Number:
625
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 1.00 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the per unit ac line reactor value calculated from the parameter Line Reactor and
the voltage and current ratings of the drive. It is recalculated when any of the parameters affecting its
value is changed. Typical value is around 0.1pu.
Line Filter Capacitor [Line Filter Cap]
Linear Number:
133
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 2.00 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the per unit line filter capacitance for the PWM rectifier. It is calculated from the
capacitor nameplate parameters (total kVAR, frequency and the voltage rating). This parameter is
recalculated when any of the parameters affecting its value is changed. The normal range for this
parameter is 0.35 to 0.55pu. A warning Line Cap Range will be displayed if this parameter is outside the
range.
Motor Filter Capacitor [Motor Filter Cap]
Linear Number:
128
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 2.00 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the per unit motor filter capacitance calculated from the capacitor nameplate
parameters (total kVAR, frequency and the voltage rating). It is recalculated when any of the parameters
affecting its value are changed. The normal range for this parameter is 0.26 to 0.55pu. A warning Motor
Cap Range will be displayed if this parameter is outside the range.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-33
Drive VSB Gain [Drive VSB Gain]
Linear Number:
648
Minimum Value: 0.0 V/V
Maximum Value: 6553.5 V/V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter represents the ratio between the motor and line voltages at medium voltage level to the
corresponding voltages sampled by the drive control software. It includes the gain of the resistor divider
network on the Voltage Sensing Board and the circuitry for signal processing on the Analog Control
Board. The voltage measured on the Analog Control Boards multiplied by this parameter will give the
value at medium voltage level.
Drive Voltage Sensing Board Tap [Drive VSB Tap]
Linear Number:
649
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the tap setting of all drive Voltage Sensing Boards. Based on the Rated Line
Voltage (18) and Rectifier Type (153) parameters, the drive knows which tap is used on the VSB. There
are 4 taps labeled A, B, C, and D. The following table shows the tap settings and gains for different input
voltage to the drive:
Rated Line Voltage (18)
100-1450
1450-2500
2500-4800
4800-7200
Drive VSB Tap (649)
D
C
B
A
Drive VSB Gain (648)
311.3
533.4
1021.8
1554.7
Input filter Cut Off Frequency [InpFilCutOffFreq]
Linear Number:
192
Minimum Value: 0.0
Maximum Value: 100.0
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the corner frequency in per unit of the input LC filter used in PWM rectifier drives.
It is determined from parameters Line Filter Cap (133) and Input Impedance (140). Multiply the value by
Rated Line Freq (17) to get the value in Hz.
Drive Model [Drive Model]
Linear Number:
176
Default Value:
B Frame
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the PF7000 Model Type, or Drive Type. There are two specific Air-cooled
drives: the ‘A’ Frame and the ‘B’ Frame. The ‘B’ Frame is the standard drive, and the ‘A’ Frame is a smaller
version used for limited horsepower applications. There is also a liquid-cooled version of the drive which
is the C-Frame. The D-Frame is reserved for future use, and will be used for parallel drive applications.
B Frame
C Frame
A Frame
D Frame
‘B’ Frame PowerFlex 7000 (standard)
‘C’ Frame PowerFlex 7000 Liquid-Cooled
‘A’ Frame PowerFlex 7000 (limited HP/kW)
Future Use – Parallel PowerFlex 7000 drives
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-34
Parameter Descriptions
Rated Drive Amps [Rated Drive Amps]
Linear Number:
19
Default Value:
159 A
Minimum Value: 10 A
Maximum Value: 1750 A
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the maximum continuous RMS current rating of the drive. This should be
obtained from the dimensional drawing or the drive nameplate.
Rated Line Frequency [Rated Line Freq]
Linear Number:
17
Default Value:
60 Hz
Minimum Value: 50 Hz
Maximum Value: 60 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the rated input line frequency of the drive, and must be set to either 50Hz or 60Hz.
Rated Line Voltage [Rated Line Volts]
Linear Number:
18
Default Value:
4160 V
Minimum Value: 100 V
Maximum Value: 7200 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the rated input line voltage fed to the drive. It is used for normalizing the line
voltage calculations and also used in determining the voltage tap and the voltage gain.
Rectifier Type [Rectifier Type]
Linear Number:
153
Default Value:
6 PWM
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the power circuit topology of the rectifier used in the drive design. PF7000
currently provides three different rectifier configurations:
6 PWM
6 SCR
18 SCR
12 SCR
This parameter selects control for a 6-pulse PWM rectifier.
This parameter selects control for a 6-pulse SCR rectifier.
This parameter selects control for an 18-pulse SCR rectifier.
This parameter selects control for a 12-pulse SCR rectifier ™
™ Contact factory for availability
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-35
Line Capacitor Frequency [Line Cap Freq]
Linear Number:
32
Default Value:
60 Hz
Minimum Value: 50 Hz
Maximum Value: 60 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the rated nameplate frequency of the line filter capacitors. This parameter only
applies to drives with a PWM rectifier.
Line Capacitor kVAR [Line Cap kVAR]
Linear Number:
15
Default Value:
400 kvar
Minimum Value: 1 kvar
Maximum Value: 7500 kvar
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the total three-phase nameplate kVAR of the line filter capacitors. This
parameter only applies to drives with a PWM rectifier.
Line Capacitor Voltage [Line Cap Volts]
Linear Number:
16
Default Value:
4160 V
Minimum Value: 100 V
Maximum Value: 10000 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the nameplate voltage rating of the line filter capacitors. This parameter applies
to only drives with a PWM rectifier.
Line Reactor Inductance [Line Reactor]
Linear Number:
624
Default Value:
0.00 mH
Minimum Value: 0.00 mH
Maximum Value: 50.00 mH
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the value of the AC side line reactor in mH. Refer to the nameplate mounted on
the reactor, or to the dimensional drawings.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-36
Parameter Descriptions
DC Link Inductance [DCLnk Inductance]
Linear Number:
27
Default Value:
24.0 mH
Minimum Value: 1.0 mH
Maximum Value: 500.0 mH
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the value of the DC Link inductance in mH. This can be obtained from the DC
Link reactor nameplate on the dimensional drawings, from the nameplate on the DC Link, or from the
duplicate nameplate mounted externally on the DC Link access panel.
This parameter also applies to Direct-to Drive technology drives, and the inductance is obtained from the
nameplate of the Common-Mode Choke. For these drives, this value corresponds to the lower of the two
values specified on the name plate. The larger value is the common mode inductance and is not required
for drive control.
Motor Capacitor Frequency [Motor Cap Freq]
Linear Number:
28
Default Value:
60 Hz
Minimum Value: 50 Hz
Maximum Value: 90 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the rated nameplate frequency of the motor filter capacitors.
Motor Capacitor kVAR [Motor Cap kVAR]
Linear Number:
20
Default Value:
400 kvar
Minimum Value: 1 kvar
Maximum Value: 7500 kvar
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the total three-phase nameplate kVAR of the motor filter capacitors.
Motor Capacitor Voltage [Motor Cap Volts]
Linear Number:
21
Default Value:
4160 V
Minimum Value: 100 V
Maximum Value: 10000 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the nameplate voltage rating of the motor filter capacitors.
CT Burden Ground Fault [CT Burden Gndflt]
Linear Number:
158
Default Value:
1000 ohms
Minimum Value: 10 ohms
Maximum Value: 10000 ohms
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistor used for the ground fault current feedback.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-37
CT Ratio Ground Fault [CT Ratio Gndflt]
Linear Number:
157
Default Value:
2000
Minimum Value: 10
Maximum Value: 10000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transformer used to measure the ground fault (zero
sequence) current at the input of the drive.
CT Burden Line [CT Brden Line]
Linear Number:
151
Default Value:
5.0 ohms
Minimum Value: 1.0 ohms
Maximum Value: 100.0 ohms
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistors for the line current feedback. The default value
of burden resistor on the CT input connector is 5 ohms. For drives with a higher current rating, 2.5 ohms
may be required. This is accomplished by placing a 5-ohm resistor in parallel.
CT Ratio Line [CT Ratio Line]
Linear Number:
149
Default Value:
1000
Minimum Value: 10
Maximum Value: 10000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transformers used for the line current feedback.
Hall Effect Current Sensor Burden DC Link [HECS Brden DCLnk]
Linear Number:
285
Default Value:
50.0 ohms
Minimum Value: 1.0 ohms
Maximum Value: 100.0 ohms
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistor for the DC link reactor current feedback. The
default value of burden resistor on the HECS input connector is 50 ohms. For drives with a higher current
rating, 25 ohms may be required. This is accomplished by placing a 50-ohm resistor in parallel.
Hall Effect Current Sensor Ratio DC Link [HECS Ratio DCLnk]
Linear Number:
284
Default Value:
4000
Minimum Value: 10
Maximum Value: 10000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transducer used for the DC link reactor current feedback.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-38
Parameter Descriptions
Hall Effect Current Sensor Burden Motor [HECS Brden Motor]
Linear Number:
152
Default Value:
50.0 ohms
Minimum Value: 1.0 ohms
Maximum Value: 100.0 ohms
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistor for the motor current feedback. The default
value of burden resistor on the HECS input connector is 50 ohms. For drives with a higher current rating,
25 ohms may be required. This is accomplished by placing a 50-ohm resistor in parallel.
Hall Effect Current Sensor Ratio Motor [HECS Ratio Motor]
Linear Number:
150
Default Value:
4000
Minimum Value: 10
Maximum Value: 10000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transducers used for the motor current feedback.
Rectifier Device Rating [RecDvc CurRating]
Linear Number:
144
Default Value:
800 A
Minimum Value: 0 A
Maximum Value: 3500 A
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the current rating of the power semiconductor device used in the line converter.
The 6 SCR and 18 SCR drives use Silicon Controlled Rectifier (SCR) while the 6 PWM drives use
Symmetric Gate Commutated Thyristor (SGCT). SCRs are typically 350A or 810A, while SGCT ratings
can be 400A or 800A or 1500A.
Inverter Device Rating [InvDvc CurRating]
Linear Number:
143
Default Value:
800 A
Minimum Value: 0 A
Maximum Value: 3500 A
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the current rating of the power semiconductor device (SGCT) used in the
machine side converter. SGCT ratings can be 400A or 800A or 1500A.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-39
Series Rectifier Devices [Series RecDvc]
Linear Number:
145
Default Value:
2
Minimum Value: 1
Maximum Value: 6
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the number of series power semiconductor devices (SCR or SGCT) in each of
the 6 legs (6 Pulse or PWM) or 18 legs (18 Pulse) of the line converter. SGCTs are used in drives with
PWM rectifier front end.
Series Inverter Devices [Series InvDvc]
Linear Number:
146
Default Value:
2
Minimum Value: 1
Maximum Value: 6
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the number of SGCT devices connected in series in each of the 6 legs of the
machine converter.
Neutral Resistor Value [Neutral Resistor]
Linear Number:
680
Default Value:
0.0 ohms
Minimum Value: 0.0 ohms
Maximum Value: 6553.5 ohms
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter is for Direct-to-Drives only and defines the resistance of the Neutral Resistor in ohms. If
the value if 0 (default value) then the software configures the drive to be without a common mode choke.
Neutral Resistor Power Rating [RNeut Pwr Rating]
Linear Number:
681
Default Value:
1500 W
Minimum Value: 0 W
Maximum Value: 65535 W
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter is for Direct-to-Drives only and defines the rated wattage of the Neutral Resistor. This
parameter is used in the thermal protection of the Neutral Resistor.
Hall Effect Current Sensor Ratio for Neutral Current ™ [HECS Ratio RNeut]
Linear Number:
198
Default Value:
4000
Minimum Value: 10
Maximum Value: 10000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transducer used to measure the current in the neutral
resistor (Direct-to-Drive only). This parameter is reserved for future use only.
™ Contact factory for availability
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-40
Parameter Descriptions
Hall Effect Current Sensor Burden for Neutral Current ™ [HECS Brden RNeut]
Linear Number:
197
Default Value:
50.0 ohms
Minimum Value: 1.0 ohms
Maximum Value: 100.0 ohms
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistor to measure the current in the neutral resistor
(Direct-to-Drive only). This parameter is reserved for future use only.
™ Contact factory for availability
Hardware Options 1 [HardwareOptions1]
Linear Number:
141
Default Value:
0000000010000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter allows user to select additional hardware options. A ‘1’ indicates that the option is
installed in the drive.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Redn ConvFan
RednIsoTxFan
Redn PwrSup
Output IsoTx
Input IsoSw
Output IsoSw
Bypass IsoSw
DCNeutralVSB
Output Ctctr
Bypass Ctctr
Ambient Temp
Rec ChB Temp
Redn Dvc Inv
Redn Dvc Rec
Rockwell UPS
Customer UPS
™ Contact factory for availability
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Redundant converter cooling fan for Air cooled drives
Redundant cooling fan for drives with integral Isolation Transformer
Redundant AC/DC power supply.
Output Isolation Transformer
Input Isolation Switch
Output Isolation Switch
Bypass Isolation Switch
Voltage Sensing Board for DC/Neutral voltage measurement
Output Contactor installed in the drive
Bypass Contactor installed in the drive
Ambient temperature measurement enabled ™
Rectifier Channel B temperature
Redundant Inverter Device
Redundant Rectifier Device
Rockwell specified UPS installed in the drive
Customer supplied UPS installed in the drive
Parameter Descriptions
2-41
Hardware Options 2 [HardwareOptions2]
Linear Number:
274
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter allows the user to select additional hardware options. The options available are:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Intgrl IsoTx
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Integral Isolation Transformer installed in the drive
Number of Power Supplies [Number PwrSup]
Linear Number:
575
Default Value:
1
Minimum Value: 1
Maximum Value: 4
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the total number of AC/DC power supplies installed in the drive. This number
includes the redundant power supply (if installed). In a multi power supply system there can only be one
redundant power supply.
Motor Ratings Parameters
Rated Motor Current [Rated Motor Amps]
Linear Number:
23
Default Value:
159 A
Minimum Value: 10 A
Maximum Value: 1500 A
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the rated full load current of the motor. This parameter is internally scaled and
used as the base value in all the drive per-unit calculations.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-42
Parameter Descriptions
Rated Motor Frequency [Rated Motor Freq]
Linear Number:
29
Default Value:
60 Hz
Minimum Value: 25 Hz
Maximum Value: 90 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the nameplate frequency corresponding to the parameter Rated Motor RPM.
This value could be different from the input frequency Rated Line Freq (17).
Rated Motor Horsepower [Rated Motor HP]
Linear Number:
25
Default Value:
1250 hp
Minimum Value: 10 hp
Maximum Value: 20000 hp
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the rated power of the motor in Imperial unit. This parameter and the Rated
Motor kW both specify the motor rating. If imperial unit is selected (default option) from Special Features
(99), then this parameter becomes the independent parameter while the Rated Motor kW will be
calculated by using the following relationship
RatedMotor kW =
RatedMotor HP × 746
1000
Rated Motor kW [Rated Motor kW]
Linear Number:
24
Default Value:
933 kW
Minimum Value: 10 kW
Maximum Value: 15000 kW
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the rated power of the motor in Metric unit. This parameter and the Rated Motor
HP both specify the motor rating. If Metric Units is selected from Special Features (99), then this
parameter becomes the independent parameter while the Rated Motor HP will be calculated by using the
following relationship
Rated Motor RPM [Rated Motor RPM]
Linear Number:
26
Default Value:
1192.0 RPM
Minimum Value: 150.0 RPM
Maximum Value: 3600.0 RPM
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the rated full load speed of the motor in RPM. It is equal to synchronous speed
for a synchronous motor and slightly less than synchronous speed for an induction motor.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-43
Rated Motor Voltage [Rated Motor Volt]
Linear Number:
22
Default Value:
4000 V
Minimum Value: 100 V
Maximum Value: 8000 V
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the rated line to line voltage of the motor. This parameter is internally scaled and
used as the base value in all the drive per unit calculations. The motor rated voltage should be specified
as 2300/4000V and not 2400/4160V to ensure that the line voltage is slightly higher than the motor
voltage. Since the motor voltage is limited by the line voltage, increasing the motor rated voltage in an
attempt to get more out of the drive will only force the drive to go into field weakening at a lower speed.
Service Factor [Service Factor]
Linear Number:
31
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.75
Maximum Value: 1.25
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the service factor of the motor. Because the motor parameters are normalized
to the service factor, changing this parameter allows the motor rating to be changed without affecting the
drive tuning.
Drive Motor Type [Motor Type]
Linear Number:
30
Default Value:
Induction
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the type of motor connected to the drive. If this parameter is changed, the
control power must be turned off and on before the new value takes effect.
Induction
Sync Brush
Sync BshlsAC
Sync BshlsDC
Induction (asynchronous) motor
Synchronous Brush-type motor
Synchronous Brushless Motor with AC exciter
Synchronous Brushless Motor with DC exciter
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-44
Parameter Descriptions
Autotuning Parameters
Autotune Warning [Autotune Warning]
Linear Number:
377
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the warnings which can be displayed during auto-tuning. A ‘1’ indicates a
warning has occurred during the test. The following warnings are displayed:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Tuning Abort
Drv TestMode
Reg in Limit
RStator High
Time Limit
Inertia High
L Input Low
L Input High
T DCLnk Low
T DCLnk High
LLeakageLow
LLeakageHigh
L Magn Low
L Magn High
T Rotor Low
T Rotor High
Description
Auto tuning has been aborted.
Drive is in test mode
Flux or Speed Regulator is in limit
Stator Resistance high
Autotune time limit of 2 minutes has expired.
Inertia high
Input Impedance low
Input Impedance high
DC link time constant low
DC link time constant high
Leakage Inductance low
Leakage Inductance high
Magnetizing Inductance low
Magnetizing Inductance high
Rotor Time Constant low
Rotor Time Constant high
Autotune Select [Autotune Select]
Linear Number:
209
Default Value:
Off
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the auto-tuning function to be performed. The value of this parameter is set to
default (Off) after completion of the selected function.
Off
Rectifier
Mtr Impednce
FluxSpeedReg
SyncFieldReg
Auto-tuning off
Rectifier tuning (Input impedance and DC Link time constant)
Motor Impedance (Stator Resistance and Stator Leakage)
Flux and Speed regulator (Magnetizing inductance, Rotor time constant
and Inertia)
Synchronous Field Regulator ™
™ Contact factory for availability
To change the selected auto-tune function to another without completing, set to Off and then select the
desired function.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-45
Autotune Input Impedance [Autotune L Input]
Linear Number:
217
Default Value:
0.00 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 1.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of input impedance determined during auto-tuning. If the auto-tuning is
successful, then parameter Input Impedance (140) in the Current Control group is set equal to the value
of this parameter.
Autotune DC Link Time Constant [Autotune T DCLnk]
Linear Number:
218
Default Value:
0.000 sec
Minimum Value: 0.000 sec
Maximum Value: 0.150 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of dc link reactor time constant determined during auto-tuning. If the
dc link time constant measurement is successful, then parameter T DC Link (115) in the Current Control
group is set equal to the value of this parameter.
Autotune Stator Resistance [Autotune RStator]
Linear Number:
219
Default Value:
0.00 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 0.50 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of motor stator resistance determined during auto-tuning. If the stator
resistance auto-tuning is successful, then parameter R Stator (129) in the Motor Model group is set equal
to the value of this parameter.
Autotune Leakage Inductance [Autotune LLeakge]
Linear Number:
220
Default Value:
0.00 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 0.50 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of motor leakage inductance determined during auto-tuning. If the
leakage inductance auto-tuning is successful, then parameter L Total leakage (130) in the Motor Model
group is set equal to the value of this parameter.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-46
Parameter Descriptions
Autotune Magnetizing Inductance [Autotune L Magn]
Linear Number:
221
Default Value:
0.00 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 15.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of motor magnetizing inductance determined during flux regulator
auto-tuning. If the magnetizing inductance measurement is successful, then parameter Lm Rated (131)
in the Motor Model group is set equal to the value of this parameter.
Autotune Rotor Time Constant [Autotune T Rotor]
Linear Number:
222
Default Value:
0.00 sec
Minimum Value: 0.00 sec
Maximum Value: 10.00 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of rotor time constant determined during flux regulator auto-tuning. If
the rotor time constant measurement is successful, then parameter T Rotor (132) in the Motor Model
group is set equal to the value of this parameter.
Autotune Inertia [Autotune Inertia]
Linear Number:
223
Default Value:
0.00 sec
Minimum Value: 0.00 sec
Maximum Value: 100.00 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of total system mechanical inertia measured during auto-tuning. If the
inertia measurement is successful, then parameter Total Inertia (82) in the Speed Control group is set
equal to the value of this parameter.
Autotune D-axis Magnetizing Inductance ™ [Autotune Lmd]
Linear Number:
224
Default Value:
0.00 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 10.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of d-axis magnetizing inductance for synchronous machines
determined during flux regulator auto-tuning. If the magnetizing inductance measurement is successful,
then parameter Lmd (418) in the Motor Model group is set equal to the value of this parameter. This
parameter is not used for induction motors.
™ Contact factory for availability
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-47
Autotune Q-axis Magnetizing Inductance [Autotune Lmq]
Linear Number:
325
Default Value:
100 pu
Minimum Value: 0 pu
Maximum Value: 1000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of q-axis magnetizing inductance for synchronous machines
determined during flux regulator auto-tuning. If the magnetizing inductance measurement is successful,
then parameter Lmq (296) in the Motor Model group is set equal to the value of this parameter. If the
magnetizing inductance measurement fails, then parameter Lmq is not changed. This parameter is not
used for induction motors.
Autotune DC Current Bandwidth [Autotune Idc BW]
Linear Number:
212
Default Value:
50.0 r/s
Minimum Value: 10.0 r/s
Maximum Value: 100.0 r/s
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the bandwidth of the current regulator during auto-tuning of the dc link reactor
time constant. A lower bandwidth is used during auto-tuning than during normal operation because a
slower response can be measured more accurately. The bandwidth is set to original value after
completion of auto-tune.
Autotune DC Current Command [Autotune Idc Cmd]
Linear Number:
210
Default Value:
0.500 pu
Minimum Value: 0.100 pu
Maximum Value: 0.900 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the dc current command used during auto-tuning of the dc link time reactor
constant. If the value of this parameter is set too low, the dc link current may become discontinuous and
the auto-tuning may produce invalid results.
Autotune DC Current Step [Autotune Idc Stp]
Linear Number:
211
Default Value:
0.250 pu
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 0.500 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of the step that is added to the dc current command during auto-tuning
of the dc link reactor time constant. If the value of this parameter is set too high relative to the dc current
command, the dc link current may become discontinuous and the auto-tuning may produce invalid
results.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-48
Parameter Descriptions
Autotune Isd Step ™ [Autotune Isd Stp]
Linear Number:
216
Default Value:
0.100 pu
Minimum Value: 0.010 pu
Maximum Value: 0.200 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the size of the step that is added to the magnetizing current command during
auto-tuning of the flux regulator for synchronous machines. It is not used for induction motors.
™ Contact factory for availability
Autotune Speed Command [Autotune Spd Cmd]
Linear Number:
213
Default Value:
30.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 20.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 60.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the speed command used during auto-tuning of the flux regulator and total
inertia. The overall drive Speed Command Minimum and Maximums are still active during auto-tuning.
Autotune Torque Step [Autotune Trq Stp]
Linear Number:
215
Default Value:
0.100 pu
Minimum Value: 0.050 pu
Maximum Value: 0.500 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the size of the torque step that is added to the torque command during autotuning of the total inertia. A value of 1.000 corresponds to rated torque. The overall Torque Command
Limits are still active during auto-tuning.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-49
Autotune Complete [AutotuneComplete]
Linear Number:
375
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter indicates the completion of the following auto-tune functions selected by the parameter
Autotune Select:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Rectifier
Mtr Impednce
FluxSpeedReg
SyncFieldReg
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Rectifier Tuning
Motor Impedance
Flux Speed Regulator
Synchronous Field Regulator ™
™ Contact factory for availability
Motor Model Parameters
Stator Current [Stator Current]
Linear Number:
340
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the calculated stator current magnitude. This is a parameter for display purposes.
Stator Voltage [Stator Voltage]
Linear Number:
344
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the calculated stator voltage magnitude. It varies with both speed and torque, and if
the flux command is set correctly, should be about 1.0 pu at rated speed and rated load. The stator
voltage may be less than 1.0 pu at rated speed if the load torque is less than rated or the line voltage is
low.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-50
Parameter Descriptions
Stator Frequency
Linear Number:
Minimum Value:
Maximum Value:
Access Level:
Read/Write:
[Stator Frequency]
448
0.00 Hz
120.00 Hz
Service
Read Only
This parameter is the measured stator frequency of the motor. It is displayed as an absolute value
regardless of the direction of rotation.
Rotor Frequency
Linear Number:
Minimum Value:
Maximum Value:
Access Level:
Read/Write:
[Rotor Frequency]
337
0.00 Hz
120.00 Hz
Monitor
Read Only
This parameter specifies the measured rotor frequency. It is displayed as an absolute value regardless of
the direction of rotation.
Slip Frequency [Slip Frequency]
Linear Number:
343
Minimum Value: -2.00 Hz
Maximum Value: 2.00 Hz
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the calculated slip frequency of the motor. It is positive for motoring and negative for
regenerating. For synchronous motors, this parameter is always equal to zero.
Motor Power [Mtr AirGap Power]
Linear Number:
346
Minimum Value: -4.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the calculated motor power. A value of 1.000 corresponds to rated power. It is positive
for motoring and negative for regenerating regardless of the direction of rotation.
Motor Torque [Mtr AirGap Trq]
Linear Number:
345
Minimum Value: -4.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the calculated motor torque. A value of 1.000 corresponds to rated torque. It is positive
for forward torque and negative for reverse torque.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-51
Motor Power Factor [Mtr Power Factor]
Linear Number:
692
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured motor power factor. It is calculated as the ratio of the real power
(kW) to total power (kVA). The motor will always be a lagging power factor (unless it is a synchronous
motor) and the parameter value is valid when the drive is running in closed-loop mode with valid
frequency feedback.
Stator Q-Axis (Torque) Current [MtrTrq Current]
Linear Number:
339
Minimum Value: -4.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the calculated Q-axis or torque component of the stator current. It is positive for
motoring and negative for regenerating.
Stator D-Axis (Magnetizing) Current [MtrFlux Current]
Linear Number:
338
Minimum Value: -4.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the calculated D-axis or magnetizing component of the stator current. It is positive for
magnetizing and negative for de-magnetizing. This current is provided from the inverter output and the
motor filter capacitor.
Stator Frequency from Voltage Model [StatFrqVoltModel]
Linear Number:
485
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the value of stator frequency determined from the voltage model. This parameter
is particularly useful in Open Loop Test Mode, when we are testing all the feedback paths to ensure the
integrity of the system.
Stator Frequency from Current Model [StatFrqCurModel]
Linear Number:
486
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the applied stator frequency determined from the Current Model. For Sensorless
drives, during start up, the frequency is equal to the desired speed reference plus the calculated slip
frequency Slip Frequency (343). For Pulse Tach drives, the frequency is equal to the measured speed
feedback plus the slip frequency. The Slip Frequency is calculated using the indirect vector control model.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-52
Parameter Descriptions
Flux Feedback from Voltage Model [FlxFbk VoltModel]
Linear Number:
342
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the measured motor flux feedback from the voltage model. The voltage model
uses measured motor voltage and current along with known motor parameters to calculate the rotor flux.
This is used above 3 Hz for flux feedback.
Flux Feedback From Current Model [FlxFbk CurModel]
Linear Number:
341
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the estimated motor flux from the current feedback. The drive uses an indirect
method of calculating rotor flux. This is used in the lower speed ranges (0-3 Hz) for the flux feedback.
Magnetizing Inductance Predicted [Lm Predicted]
Linear Number:
701
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 15.00 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter represents the expected Magnetizing Inductance for the given load and flux operating
conditions. This parameter comes from an extrapolation of the Magnetizing Inductance parameters for
different loads and speeds. But for most applications, this parameter will simply be the Magnetizing
Inductance value from the Autotune results.
Magnetizing Inductance Measured [Lm Measured]
Linear Number:
134
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 15.00 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter represents the motor magnetizing inductance measured by the drive control. It is obtained
by dividing the measured flux feedback by the magnetizing current. This parameter is continuously
calculated when the drive is running.
Magnetizing Inductance Rated [Lm Rated]
Linear Number:
131
Default Value:
3.50 pu
Minimum Value: 1.00 pu
Maximum Value: 15.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the per unit motor magnetizing inductance. Typical values of this parameter are
in the range 2.0 pu to 6.0 pu for induction motors and 1.0 pu to 2.0 pu for synchronous motors.
Magnetizing inductance can change significantly with changes in load and flux. This parameter
represents the value at rated flux and rated load. This parameter can be set manually or by auto-tuning.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-53
Magnetizing Inductance Regen [Lm Regen]
Linear Number:
693
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.50
Maximum Value: 2.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter represents the ratio between the Magnetizing Inductance of the motor when running at
full regeneration to the Rated Magnetizing Inductance. Since a motor is a non-linear device, Magnetizing
Inductance is the parameter that changes the most with load and flux levels, and for applications with
Tachometer enabled and Low Speed, High Torque operating conditions, this parameter may need to be
used to extrapolate Magnetizing Inductance for any load and flux reference. For most standard
applications, the default value of 1.00 is acceptable.
Magnetizing Inductance No Load Flux Min [Lm Noload FlxMin]
Linear Number:
694
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.50
Maximum Value: 2.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter represents the ratio between the Magnetizing Inductance of the motor at no load and
minimum flux command to the Rated Magnetizing Inductance. Since a motor is a non-linear device,
Magnetizing Inductance is the parameter that changes the most with load and flux levels, and for
applications with Tachometer enabled and Low Speed, High Torque operating conditions, this parameter
may need to be used to extrapolate Magnetizing Inductance for any load and flux reference. For most
standard applications, the default value of 1.00 is acceptable.
Magnetizing Inductance No Load Flux Max [Lm Noload FlxMax]
Linear Number:
695
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.50
Maximum Value: 2.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter represents the ratio between the Magnetizing Inductance of the motor at no Load and
maximum flux to the Rated Magnetizing Inductance. Since a motor is a non-linear device, Magnetizing
Inductance is the parameter that changes the most with load and flux levels, and for applications with
Tachometer enabled and Low Speed, High Torque operating conditions, this parameter may need to be
used to extrapolate Magnetizing Inductance for any load and flux reference. For most standard
applications, the default value of 1.00 is acceptable.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-54
Parameter Descriptions
Stator Resistance [R Stator]
Linear Number:
129
Default Value:
0.0000 pu
Minimum Value: 0.0000 pu
Maximum Value: 0.5000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the per unit stator resistance of the motor. It is used in the calculation of the
stator voltage and in the software reconstruction of the rotor flux. Stator resistance is usually less than
0.01 pu unless the motor is very small or the motor cables are very long. This parameter can be set
manually or by auto-tuning.
Warning: An excessively high stator resistance may cause the drive to become unstable at low speed
and high load.
Total Leakage Inductance [L Total Leakage]
Linear Number:
130
Default Value:
0.25 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 0.75 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the per-unit total leakage, short circuit, or transient inductance (Ls') of the motor.
It is approximately equal to the sum of the stator and rotor leakage inductances, and the cable
inductance, and has a typical value of 0.20 pu. The leakage inductance parameter is used in the
calculation of the stator voltage and in the software reconstruction of the rotor flux. This parameter can
be set manually or by auto-tuning.
Warning: An excessively high leakage inductance may cause the drive to become unstable at high speed
and high load.
Rotor Time Constant [T Rotor]
Linear Number:
132
Default Value:
1.50 sec
Minimum Value: 0.10 sec
Maximum Value: 10.00 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the rotor time constant of the motor. Typical value is in the range 1.0 to 2.0 sec.
The rotor time constant varies significantly with rotor temperature (due to the change in rotor resistance),
which has some effect on the response of the flux regulator and the calculation of the slip frequency for
induction motors. This parameter can be set manually or by auto-tuning.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-55
D-Axis Magnetizing Inductance ™ [Lmd]
Linear Number:
418
Default Value:
1.00 pu
Minimum Value: 0.10 pu
Maximum Value: 10.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the d-axis magnetizing inductance for synchronous motors. It can be set
manually or by auto-tuning. This parameter is not used for induction motors.
™ Contact factory for availability
Q-Axis Torque Inductance [Lmq]
Linear Number:
296
Default Value:
1.00 pu
Minimum Value: 0.10 pu
Maximum Value: 10.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the q-axis torque inductance for synchronous motors. It can be set manually or
by auto-tuning. This parameter is not used for induction motors.
Speed Command Parameters
Speed Command [Speed Command]
Linear Number:
277
Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the drive speed command, which is the input to the speed ramp. It is set to zero when
the drive is not running.
Speed Command Input [Speed Command In]
Linear Number:
276
Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the value of the selected speed command input. It is valid whether the drive is running
or not.
Control Reference [Control Refernce]
Linear Number:
275
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 6553.5 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the control reference value used by the drive regulators. This value is selected
from a local, remote or digital reference command as indicated by the parameter Speed Ref Select (7).
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-56
Parameter Descriptions
Control Feedback [Control Feedback]
Linear Number:
273
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 6553.5 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the actual control reference feedback value measured by the drive.
Speed Command Potentiometer [SpdCmd Pot]
Linear Number:
47
Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the speed command value in Hz from the speed potentiometer.
Speed Command Analog Input 1 [SpdCmd Anlg Inp1]
Linear Number:
48
Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the speed command value in Hz from Analog Input 1.
Speed Command Analog Input 2 [SpdCmd Anlg Inp2]
Linear Number:
56
Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the speed command value in Hz from Analog Input 2.
Speed Command DPI [SpdCmd DPI]
Linear Number:
58
Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the value of the speed command in Hz coming from the DPI adapter.
Speed Command PID [SpdCmd PID]
Linear Number:
59
Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays value of the speed command in Hz coming from the process controller (PID) in
the drive.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-57
Speed Command Minimum [Speed Cmd Min]
Linear Number:
293
Default Value:
6.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the minimum value of the Speed Command. When the drive is running, the
absolute value of the Speed Command (which is obtained from the active Reference Command, either
Local, Remote, or Digital) is limited by this parameter and the Speed Command will not drop below this
level regardless of any of the Reference Command Min levels.
Speed Command Maximum [Speed Cmd Max]
Linear Number:
290
Default Value:
60.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the maximum value of the Speed Command. When the drive is running, the
absolute value of the Speed Command (which is obtained from the active Reference Command, either
Local, Remote, or Digital) is limited by this parameter and the Speed Command will not exceed this level
regardless of any of the Reference Command Max levels.
Reference Command Potentiometer Min [RefCmd Pot Min]
Linear Number:
41
Default Value:
6.0 Hz
Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the minimum value of speed command in Hz that could come from the
potentiometer mounted on the door. Along with RefCmd Pot Max (42) this parameter is used in
determining the slope for interpolating the speed command coming from the potentiometer.
Reference Command Potentiometer Max [RefCmd Pot Max]
Linear Number:
42
Default Value:
60.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the maximum value of speed command in Hz that could come from the
potentiometer mounted on the door. Along with RefCmd Pot Min (41) this parameter is used in
determining the slope for interpolating the speed command coming from the potentiometer.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-58
Parameter Descriptions
Reference Command Analog Input Min [RefCmdAnlgInpMin]
Linear Number:
43
Default Value:
6.0 Hz
Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the minimum value of speed command in Hz that could come from Analog Input
1 or Analog Input 2. Along with RefCmdAnlgInpMax (44) this parameter is used in determining the slope
for interpolating the speed command coming from Analog Inputs.
Reference Command Analog Input Max [RefCmdAnlgInpMax]
Linear Number:
44
Default Value:
60.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the maximum value of speed command in Hz that could come from Analog Input
1 or Analog Input 2. Along with RefCmdAnlgInpMin (43) this parameter is used in determining the slope
for interpolating the speed command coming from Analog Inputs.
Reference Command DPI Min [RefCmd DPI Min]
Linear Number:
45
Default Value:
6.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the minimum value of speed command in Hz that could come from the DPI
adapter. Along with RefCmd DPIMax (46) this parameter is used in determining the slope for interpolating
the digital speed command.
Reference Command DPI Max [RefCmd DPI Max]
Linear Number:
46
Default Value:
60.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the maximum value of speed command in Hz that could come from the DPI
adapter. Along with RefCmd DPIMin (45) this parameter is used to in determining the slope for
interpolating the digital speed command.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-59
Preset Jog Speed [Preset Jog Speed]
Linear Number:
40
Default Value:
6.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 1.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 60.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the preset jog speed command, which is selected by the parameter Speed Ref
Select (7).
Preset Speed 1 [Preset Speed 1]
Linear Number:
33
Default Value:
30.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.5 Hz
Maximum Value: 75.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the preset speed 1 command which is selected by the parameter Speed Ref
Select (7).
Preset Speed 2 [Preset Speed 2]
Linear Number:
34
Default Value:
35.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.5 Hz
Maximum Value: 75.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the preset speed 2 command which is selected by the parameter Speed Ref
Select (7).
Preset Speed 3 [Preset Speed 3]
Linear Number:
35
Default Value:
40.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.5 Hz
Maximum Value: 75.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the preset speed 3 command which is selected by the parameter Speed Ref
Select (7).
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-60
Parameter Descriptions
Speed Control Parameters
Speed Reference [Speed Reference]
Linear Number:
278
Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the drive speed reference, which is the output of the speed ramp.
Speed Feedback [Speed Feedback]
Linear Number:
289
Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the calculated speed feedback after filtering. For Sensorless drives, the speed is
calculated from the applied stator frequency while for Pulse Tach drives, the speed is measured from the
tachometer feedback. The speed feedback is positive for forward rotation and negative for reverse
rotation.
Speed Error [Speed Error]
Linear Number:
472
Minimum Value: -10.00 Hz
Maximum Value: 10.00 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the speed error obtained by subtracting the speed feedback from the speed reference.
It is useful for checking the step response of the speed loop.
Stator Q-Axis Current Command [MtrTorque CurCmd]
Linear Number:
292
Minimum Value: -4.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the Q-axis or torque-producing Stator current command obtained by dividing the
torque reference by the flux reference. It is positive for motoring and negative for regenerating.
Inverter Torque Current Command [InvTorque CurCmd]
Linear Number:
294
Minimum Value: -4.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the inverter torque current command and is obtained from Stator Q-Axis Current
Command. The inverter produces almost all of the torque-producing current to the motor.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-61
Total Acceleration Time [Total Accel Time]
Linear Number:
61
Default Value:
32.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the drive will take to accelerate to rated speed. It is used in conjunction
with the parameter Load Inertia to automatically calculate the acceleration and deceleration times. Any
changes to the individual acceleration ramp times will automatically change this value to reflect the new
sum, and changes to this parameter will in turn be reflected in automatic changes to the acceleration
ramp times. This parameter is not active if S-Curve percentage is any value other than 0%.
Total Deceleration Time [Total Decel Time]
Linear Number:
62
Default Value:
32.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the drive will take to decelerate from rated speed to standstill. It is used
in conjunction with parameter Load Inertia to automatically calculate the acceleration and deceleration
times. Any changes to the individual deceleration ramp times will automatically change this value to
reflect the new sum, and changes to this parameter will in turn be reflected in automatic changes to the
deceleration ramp times. If the drive reaches the coast speed parameter value during a stop command
deceleration, the drive will stop gating and coast to a stop. This parameter is not active if S-Curve
percentage is any value other than 0%.
Load Inertia Type [Inertia Type]
Linear Number:
63
Default Value:
Low
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the type of load inertia. It is used in conjunction with parameters Total Decel
Time and Total Accel Time to calculate the acceleration and deceleration times. Some examples of low
inertia applications include pumps and refiners. Some examples of high inertia loads include fans and
banbury mixers. By setting this parameter from low to high, you will increase the default acceleration and
deceleration times by a factor of 5.
The available options are:
Low
High
The application is a low inertia load
The application is a high inertia load
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-62
Parameter Descriptions
Total Inertia [Total Inertia]
Linear Number:
82
Default Value:
1.00 sec
Minimum Value: 0.10 sec
Maximum Value: 50.00 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the total inertia of the motor and load, which is defined as the time in seconds
required to accelerate to the rated speed at the rated torque. In conjunction with Speed Regulator
Bandwidth, it is used to calculate the gains for the speed regulator.
Speed Feedback Mode [Speed Fbk Mode]
Linear Number:
89
Default Value:
Sensorless
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the type of speed feedback used. The available options are:
Sensorless
Pulse Tach
Stator Frequency with Slip Compensation
Tachometer/Encoder
The drive automatically switches to stator frequency feedback when a Tach Loss warning occurs. If the
Tach Loss warning is successfully cleared the drive switches back automatically to tachometer feedback
mode.
Speed Regulator Bandwidth [SpdReg Bandwidth]
Linear Number:
81
Default Value:
1.0 r/s
Minimum Value: 0.1 r/s
Maximum Value: 15.0 r/s
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the small signal bandwidth of the speed control loop. It is used in the calculation
of the speed regulator gains. This parameter affects only the response time of the speed regulator and
not the overshoot.
Speed Reference Step [Speed Ref Step]
Linear Number:
88
Default Value:
0.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 2.0 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the magnitude of the step that is added to the speed error to demonstrate the
step response of the speed loop. It is not saved and is initialized to zero at power up.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-63
Speed Profile Parameters
Acceleration Time 1 [Accel Time 1]
Linear Number:
65
Default Value:
5.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to increase from zero to Ramp Speed 1. In
conjunction with Ramp Speed 1 (73), it is used to determine the rate at which drive will ramp the output
stator frequency during flying starts. For details refer to section of flying re-start in Chapter 1 – Functional
Description.
Acceleration Time 2 [Accel Time 2]
Linear Number:
66
Default Value:
3.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to increase from Ramp Speed 1 to Ramp
Speed 2.
Acceleration Time 3 [Accel Time 3]
Linear Number:
67
Default Value:
14.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to increase from Ramp Speed 2 to Ramp
Speed 3.
Acceleration Time 4 [Accel Time 4]
Linear Number:
68
Default Value:
10.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to increase from Ramp Speed 3 to Ramp
Speed 4.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-64
Parameter Descriptions
Deceleration Time 1 [Decel Time 1]
Linear Number:
69
Default Value:
5.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to decrease from Ramp Speed 1 to zero.
Deceleration Time 2 [Decel Time 2]
Linear Number:
70
Default Value:
3.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to decrease from Ramp Speed 2 to Ramp
Speed 1.
Deceleration Time 3 [Decel Time 3]
Linear Number:
71
Default Value:
14.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to decrease from Ramp Speed 3 to Ramp
Speed 2.
Deceleration Time 4 [Decel Time 4]
Linear Number:
72
Default Value:
10.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to decrease from Ramp Speed 4 to Ramp
Speed 3.
Ramp Speed 1 [Ramp Speed 1]
Linear Number:
73
Default Value:
5.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 5.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the first break point in the speed ramp. In conjunction with Accel Time 1 (65), it
is used to determine the rate at which the drive will ramp the output stator frequency during flying starts.
For details refer to section of flying re-start in Chapter 1 – Functional Description.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-65
Ramp Speed 2 [Ramp Speed 2]
Linear Number:
74
Default Value:
12.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 5.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the second break point in the speed ramp. It must be greater than Ramp Speed 1.
Ramp Speed 3 [Ramp Speed 3]
Linear Number:
75
Default Value:
54.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 5.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the third break point in the speed ramp. It must be greater than Ramp Speed 2.
Ramp Speed 4 [Ramp Speed 4]
Linear Number:
76
Default Value:
60.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 5.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the fourth break point in the speed ramp. It must be greater than Ramp Speed 3.
S Curve Percent [S Curve Percent]
Linear Number:
475
Default Value:
0%
Minimum Value: 0 %
Maximum Value: 100 %
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the non-linear part of the S-curve acceleration profile expressed as percentage
of the total S-curve profile. Set this parameter to 0% to disable S-curve Profile and allow Ramp Profile to
be the active profile.
S Curve Acceleration Time 1 [S Curve Accel 1]
Linear Number:
481
Default Value:
20.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the total acceleration time when the S-Curve starting profile is selected, and the
acceleration 1 time is chosen through DPI logic command. This is the default time when S-Curve is
enabled.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-66
Parameter Descriptions
S Curve Acceleration Time 2 [S Curve Accel 2]
Linear Number:
482
Default Value:
20.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the total acceleration time when the S-Curve starting profile is selected, and the
acceleration 2 time is chosen through DPI logic command.
S Curve Deceleration Time 1 [S Curve Decel 1]
Linear Number:
479
Default Value:
20.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the total deceleration time when the S-Curve starting profile is selected, and the
deceleration 1 time is chosen through DPI logic command. This is the default time when S-Curve is
enabled.
S Curve Deceleration Time 2 [S Curve Decel 2]
Linear Number:
480
Default Value:
20.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1200.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the total deceleration time when the S-Curve starting profile is selected, and the
deceleration 2 time is chosen through DPI logic command.
Skip Speed Band 1 [Skip Speed Band1]
Linear Number:
53
Default Value:
0.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 5.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the width of skip speed zone 1.
Skip Speed Band 2 [Skip Speed Band2]
Linear Number:
54
Default Value:
0.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 5.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the width of skip speed zone 2.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-67
Skip Speed Band 3 [Skip Speed Band3]
Linear Number:
55
Default Value:
0.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 5.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the width of skip speed zone 3.
Skip Speed 1 [Skip Speed 1]
Linear Number:
49
Default Value:
90.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 1.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 90.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the center of skip speed zone 1 and is used to avoid mechanical resonances at
certain speeds.
Skip Speed 2 [Skip Speed 2]
Linear Number:
50
Default Value:
90.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 1.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 90.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the center of skip speed zone 2 and is used to avoid mechanical resonances at
certain speeds.
Skip Speed 3 [Skip Speed 3]
Linear Number:
51
Default Value:
90.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 1.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 90.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the center of skip speed zone 3 and is used to avoid mechanical resonances at
certain speeds.
Ramp Test Step [Ramp Test Step]
Linear Number:
80
Default Value:
0.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 30.0 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the magnitude of the step that is added to the speed command to demonstrate
the response of the speed ramp. If this parameter is set to a non-zero value, the drive will continuously
ramp up and down between a maximum speed equal to the speed command plus the value of this
parameter, and a minimum value equal to the speed command minus the value of this parameter. The
ramp test function is intended for use in factory test only. This parameter is not saved and is initialized to
zero at power up.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-68
Parameter Descriptions
Current Control Parameters
DC Current Reference [Idc Reference]
Linear Number:
321
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the dc link current reference.
DC Current Feedback [Idc Feedback]
Linear Number:
322
Minimum Value: -2.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the measured dc link current feedback.
DC Current Error
Linear Number:
Minimum Value:
Maximum Value:
Access Level:
Read/Write:
[Idc Error]
323
-1.000 pu
1.000 pu
Advanced
Read Only
This parameter is the dc current error obtained by subtracting the dc current feedback from the dc current
reference.
DC Voltage Reference [Vdc Reference]
Linear Number:
326
Minimum Value: -1.000
Maximum Value: 1.000
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the dc voltage reference, which is the output of the current regulator after the advance
limit and retard limit have been applied. A value of 1.000 corresponds to maximum positive voltage
(motoring) and a value of –1.000 corresponds to maximum negative voltage (regenerating) regardless of
the direction of motor rotation.
Alpha Rectifier [Alpha Rectifier]
Linear Number:
327
Minimum Value: 0.0 deg
Maximum Value: 180.0 deg
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the rectifier firing angle relative to the input line voltage. It is equal to the inverse
cosine of the dc voltage reference, Vdc Reference (326). It is in the range 0 to 90 degrees for motoring
and 90 to 180 degrees for regenerating.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-69
DC Current Reference Limit Motor [IdcRefLmt Motor]
Linear Number:
773
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This is the maximum allowable dc current reference the rectifier will use based on the DC Over current
trip and dc-current ripple.
DC Current Reference Limit in DC Test [IdcRefLmt DCTest]
Linear Number:
260
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays maximum DC current reference allowed during DC test mode.
DC Current Reference Limit in Auto-tuning [IdcRefLmt Autotn]
Linear Number:
261
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 4.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays maximum DC current reference allowed during Auto-tuning.
Current Regulator Bandwidth [CurReg Bandwidth]
Linear Number:
113
Default Value:
200.0 r/s
Minimum Value: 50.0 r/s
Maximum Value: 2000.0 r/s
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the small signal bandwidth of the current control loop. It is used in the
calculation of the current regulator gain. This parameter affects only the response time of the current
regulator and not the overshoot. It is normally set to 200 radian/second.
DC Current Test Command [Idc Test Command]
Linear Number:
119
Default Value:
0.000 pu
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 1.500 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of the dc current command when the drive is operating in dc current
test mode. It is not saved and is initialized to zero at power up.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-70
Parameter Descriptions
DC Current Reference Step [Idc Ref Step]
Linear Number:
120
Default Value:
0.000 pu
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 1.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the magnitude of the step that is added to the dc current command to
demonstrate the step response of the current loop. It is not saved and is initialized to zero at power-up.
DC Link Time Constant [T DC Link]
Linear Number:
115
Default Value:
0.040 sec
Minimum Value: 0.015 sec
Maximum Value: 0.150 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time constant of the dc link reactor. It affects both the response time and
overshoot of the regulator, and should be adjusted to produce a step response that has zero or a very
small overshoot. This parameter can be set manually or by auto-tuning.
Input Impedance [Input Impedance]
Linear Number:
140
Default Value:
0.0500 pu
Minimum Value: 0.0000 pu
Maximum Value: 1.0000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the input impedance between the drive and the source, including the isolating
transformer if present, expressed in the per unit system of the drive. It is used in the calculation of the
retard limit for the line converter, and reconstruction of the line voltage parameters. This parameter can
be set manually or by auto-tuning.
Feedforward Filter [Feedforward Fil]
Linear Number:
502
Default Value:
2.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 12.0 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the corner frequency of the filter used in calculating the inverter side dc link
voltage from the measured stator voltage. This value is used a feed-forward term in the current regulator
to determine the firing angle for the line side converter. This parameter is useful in load-sharing conveyor
applications, where it can be used to effectively dampen system mechanical resonance.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-71
PFC Leading Limit ™ [PFC LeadingLimit]
Linear Number:
301
Default Value:
0.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter refers to the allowable leading vars to be drawn by the drive and not have the drive
compensate for the power factor. The default value on power up is set to 0.02pu. This means that the
drive will compensate for the power factor only when the measured Line Vars are bigger than 0.02pu.
PFC Lagging Limit ™ [PFC LaggingLimit]
Linear Number:
302
Default Value:
0.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter refers to the allowable lagging vars to be drawn by the drive and not have the drive
compensate for the power factor. The default value on power up is set to 0.05pu. This means that the
drive will compensate for the power factor only when the measured Line Vars are less than -0.05pu.
™ Contact factory for availability
Torque Control Parameters
Torque Reference [Torque Reference]
Linear Number:
291
Minimum Value: -4.000
Maximum Value: 4.000
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the value of the drive torque command obtained from the speed regulator.
Active Torque Limit [Active Trq Limit]
Linear Number:
147
Minimum Value: -4.000
Maximum Value: 4.000
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the torque limit which the drive will use in limiting its torque output. The
parameter could have a value different than the specified Trq Lmt Motoring (84) or Trq Lmt Braking (85).
It is because the drive adjusts the torque limit based on either field weakening, overload or input voltage
sag conditions.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-72
Parameter Descriptions
Torque Command 0 Sensorless [TrqCmd0 SensrLss]
Linear Number:
86
Default Value:
0.40
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 4.00
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of the torque command at zero speed used in starting mode. It may be
higher or lower than TrqCmd1 Snsrless (87). If this parameter is set too low the motor may not start. If it
is set too high the start will be excessively rough and noisy. A value of 1.00 corresponds to rated motor
torque. This parameter has no effect if the optional tachometer or encoder feedback is enabled.
Torque Command 1 Sensorless [TrqCmd1 SensrLss]
Linear Number:
87
Default Value:
0.40
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 4.00
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of the torque command at the speed when the drive switches to closeloop after an open loop start. It may be higher or lower than TrqCmd0 Snsrless. In starting mode, the
torque command changes linearly from TrqCmd0 Snsrless at zero speed to TrqCmd1 Snsrless at closeloop speed. When the drive switches from starting mode to normal running mode and the speed regulator
is released, the torque command is initially equal to the value of this parameter. If it is set too low, the
motor may stall before the speed regulator has time to increase the torque command. If it is set too high,
the motor will accelerate very rapidly after the transition until the speed regulator is able to decrease the
torque command to the value required to follow the speed ramp. A value of 1.00 corresponds to rated
motor torque. This parameter has no effect if the optional tachometer or encoder feedback is enabled.
Torque Command External [Trq Cmd External]
Linear Number:
91
Default Value:
0.000
Minimum Value: -4.000
Maximum Value: 4.000
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the external torque command. The function of this parameter depends on the
parameter Torque Control Mode. A value of 1.00 corresponds to rated motor torque. Note that motoring
torque is positive for forward rotation and negative for reverse rotation.
Torque Control Mode Setting
Zero Torque
Speed Regulation
External Torque Command
Speed Torque Positive
Speed Torque Negative
Speed Summation
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Torque Command External effect
None
None
Used as the External Torque Command
Sets Positive Torque Limit
Sets Negative Torque Limit
Added to the Speed Regulator Output
Parameter Descriptions
2-73
Torque Control Mode [Trq Control Mode]
Linear Number:
90
Default Value:
Speed Reg
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the different torque control modes in the drive. Depending on the parameter
selection, the drive determines different torque command values. This parameter is used in conjunction
with an external torque command Trq Cmd External (91). This parameter is used for determining drive’s
torque output or torque limits. Typically the external torque command is linked to a PLC output. The
parameter is defined as:
Internal
Value
0
1
Enum Text
Zero Torque
Speed Reg
2
Ext Torq Cmd
3
Spd Trq Pos
4
5
Spd Trq Neg
Spd Sum
Description
The drive issues zero torque command.
The drive uses the speed regulator to determine the torque
command.
The drive uses the external torque command and bypasses the
speed regulator. This mode is also referred to as “Slave” or “Torque
follower” mode.
The drive uses the speed regulator with an external motoring torque
limit.
The drive uses the speed regulator with an external braking torque limit.
The torque command is sum of speed regulator and the external
torque command.
Torque Limit Motoring [Trq Lmt Motoring]
Linear Number:
84
Default Value:
1.05
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 4.00
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the maximum value of the torque command when motoring. A value of 1.00
corresponds to rated motor torque.
Torque Limit Braking [Trq Lmt Braking]
Linear Number:
85
Default Value:
0.50
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 4.00
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the maximum value of the torque command when braking or regenerating. A
value of 1.00 corresponds to rated motor torque.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-74
Parameter Descriptions
Torque Limit Overload [Trq Lmt Overload]
Linear Number:
658
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 4.00
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is used to prevent the drive from tripping on an overload fault. For a drive programmed
with a Torque Limit Motoring greater than 1.00 (it may be needed for starting or other certain intermittent
load conditions), when the drive reaches 90% of its maximum thermal capability, it will automatically limit
the torque to the value specified in the parameter Trq Lmt Overload. This may prevent the drive from
tripping on overload and will keep the process running. Please note that this will result in the motor
slowing down. This parameter should be set to 1.00 pu, and setting it to a value equal to or greater than
Torque Limit Motoring would lead to a drive trip on overload.
Power Limit Motoring [Pwr Lmt Motoring]
Linear Number:
747
Default Value:
1.50
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 4.00
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the maximum motor power when motoring. The torque command will be
reduced as required to keep the motor power from exceeding this limit. A value of 1.00 corresponds to
rated motor power.
Power Limit Braking [Pwr Lmt Braking]
Linear Number:
748
Default Value:
1.50
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 4.00
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the maximum motor power when braking or regenerating. The torque command
will be reduced as required to keep the motor power from exceeding this limit. A value of 1.00
corresponds to rated motor power.
Torque Command 0 Tachometer [TrqCmd0 Tach]
Linear Number:
641
Default Value:
0.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 4.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the initial torque when starting with a tachometer. The default value allows the
drive to start providing zero torque and ramp up to the required torque determined by the speed control
loop. By setting this to a value above 0.00 provides more torque until the control loops can take over.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-75
Flux Control Parameters
Flux Reference [Flux Reference]
Linear Number:
305
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the rotor flux reference, which varies between a minimum value set by
parameter FlxCmd No Load (103) and a maximum value set by parameter FlxCmd RatedLoad (100).
The flux reference varies directly with torque at all speeds, and decreases with speed above Base Speed.
The flux reference is also automatically reduced if the current regulator approaches advance limit or
retard limit, which can occur when running at high speed and high torque with low line voltage.
Flux Feedback [Flux Feedback]
Linear Number:
306
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the value of flux feedback which can come from either FlxFbk VoltModel (342) or
FlxFbk CurModel (341) or a combination of both. For Sensorless drives running below 3 Hz, flux from the
Current Model is used to calculate Flux Feedback and above 3Hz flux from the Voltage Model is used.
For drives with Pulse Tach, below 7.5 Hz flux from the Current Model is used while above 7.5Hz flux from
the Voltage Model is used to calculate Flux Feedback. Refer to section on Motor Model in Chapter 1.
Flux Error [Flux Error]
Linear Number:
307
Minimum Value: -2.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the flux error obtained by subtracting the flux feedback from the flux reference.
Motor Flux Current Command [Mtr Flux CurCmd]
Linear Number:
310
Minimum Value: -2.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the magnetizing or D-axis stator current command, which is the sum of a
feedforward term FluxCur Feedfwd (308) and the current from the flux regulator FluxCurRegulator (309).
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-76
Parameter Descriptions
Flux Current Feedforward [FluxCur Feedfwd]
Linear Number:
308
Minimum Value: -2.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the feed-forward component of the magnetizing or D-axis stator current
command. It is an estimate of the steady state D-axis current and is always positive. This value should
represent the baseline magnetizing current of the motor, determined from the Magnetizing Inductance of
the motor.
Flux Current Regulator [FluxCurRegulator]
Linear Number:
309
Minimum Value: -2.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the closed loop correction component of the magnetizing or D-axis stator
current command. It is the output of the flux regulator and may be positive or negative. This is the
correction to the magnetizing current based on the operating conditions of the motor.
Inverter Flux Current Command [Inv Flux CurCmd]
Linear Number:
312
Minimum Value: -2.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the magnetizing current command for the inverter obtained from Mtr Flux
CurCmd (310) and a motor filter capacitor model. It is positive for lagging current and negative for
leading current.
Alpha Inverter [Alpha Inverter]
Linear Number:
328
Minimum Value: -360.0 deg
Maximum Value: 360.0 deg
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the inverter firing angle relative to the measured motor flux. It is calculated from
the torque component of the inverter output current InvTorque CurCmd (294) and the flux component of
the inverter output current Inv Flux CurCmd (312).
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-77
Field Current Command ™ [Field CurCmd]
Linear Number:
314
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the current command for the synchronous motor field supply. For synchronous
drives, this parameter must be assigned to one of the ACB analog outputs. An analog output of 10.0 V
corresponds to maximum field current, which should be somewhat higher than rated field current. The
scaling of the field current command can be adjusted to match the scaling of the field supply current
reference input using the associated analog output scaling parameter. For induction motors this
parameter is always equal to zero.
™ Contact factory for availability
Field Current ™ [Field Current]
Linear Number:
57
Minimum Value: -2.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the measured field current.
™ Contact factory for availability
Flux Command Limit [Flux Cmd Limit]
Linear Number:
623
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 1.500 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the maximum value of flux reference which the drive can use. It is a constantly
changing value based on the operating speed of the motor and the input bridge voltage. For most
applications in normal speed range, this value should be greater than FluxCmd Rated Load (100). This
parameter is used to prevent the current regulator from hitting advance limits.
PFC Flux Command ™ [PFC Flux Command]
Linear Number:
304
Minimum Value: -1.500 pu
Maximum Value: 1.500 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the flux command from the PFC controller needed to optimize the drive input
power factor. The final flux command will be sum of the original flux profile without power factor
compensation and the flux command from the PFC controller. The parameter can have a negative value.
™ Contact factory for availability
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-78
Parameter Descriptions
Flux Regulator Bandwidth [FlxReg Bandwidth]
Linear Number:
97
Default Value:
10.0 r/s
Minimum Value: 1.0 r/s
Maximum Value: 30.0 r/s
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the small signal bandwidth of the flux control loop. It is used in the calculation of
the flux regulator gain. The maximum bandwidth possible for stable flux control tends to decrease as
motor size increases.
Flux Command Rated Load [FlxCmd RatedLoad]
Linear Number:
100
Default Value:
0.900 pu
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 1.500 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of the flux command at rated load. The flux command will never be
greater than this parameter, which can be set manually or by auto-tuning.
Flux Command No Load [FlxCmd No Load]
Linear Number:
103
Default Value:
0.700 pu
Minimum Value: 0.400 pu
Maximum Value: 1.500 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of the flux command at no load. The flux command will change
linearly from FlxCmd No Load (103) to FlxCmd Rated Load (100) as Torque Reference (291) changes
from 0.00 to 1.00. Reducing the motor flux improves efficiency when running for extended periods at less
than full load. The maximum torque capability of the drive is reduced in proportion to the reduction in flux.
If the load increases suddenly when the drive is running with reduced flux, there may be a large drop in
speed until the flux can be restored to its normal level. If FlxCmd No Load is set higher than FlxCmd
Rated Load, the flux command will not vary with load.
Motor Flux Time [Motor Flux Time]
Linear Number:
78
Default Value:
3.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 10.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time interval during which the motor is being magnetized. The purpose of
the delay is to allow flux to be established in the motor before attempting to accelerate. If the torque
required at starting is very low, then this parameter can be set to a small value such as 1 second, but
should be set to a higher value if high starting torque is required. This parameter is active even when tach
feedback is enabled.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-79
Capacitor Current Command Gain ™ [Icd Command Gain]
Linear Number:
107
Default Value:
0.5
Minimum Value: 0.0
Maximum Value: 1.0
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the gain of the capacitor current compensation for synchronous motors. When
this parameter is set to its minimum value of 0.0, all the current for the motor filter capacitor is supplied by
the drive. The line current is higher than the motor current and the motor operates at approximately unity
power factor. When this parameter is set to its maximum value of 1.0, the motor supplies all the current
for the motor filter capacitor. The line current is less than the motor current and the motor operates at a
lagging power factor with reduced field current. When this parameter is set to its default value of 0.5,
approximately half the motor filter capacitor current is supplied by the drive and half by the motor. The
line current and the motor current are approximately equal and the motor power factor is slightly lagging.
This parameter is not used for induction motors.
™ Contact factory for availability
Field Current Command Bandwidth ™ [Field Bandwidth]
Linear Number:
106
Default Value:
10.0 r/s
Minimum Value: 0.1 r/s
Maximum Value: 100.0 r/s
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the bandwidth of the field current command for synchronous motors. It should
be set to a value that is less than the bandwidth of both the flux regulator and the field current control.
™ Contact factory for availability
Base Speed [Base Speed]
Linear Number:
98
Default Value:
60.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 25.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the frequency at which field weakening begins. Base Speed is normally set
equal to the rated frequency of the motor. It can be set to a lower value only if the motor is specially
designed to operate at a higher than normal flux level without saturating.
Flux Reference Step [Flux RefStep]
Linear Number:
102
Default Value:
0.000 pu
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 0.100 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the magnitude of the step that is added to the flux reference to demonstrate the
step response of the flux loop. It is not saved and is initialized to zero at power-up. This parameter is
also used during manual drive tuning.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-80
Parameter Descriptions
Alarm Config Parameters
Input Protection 1 Fault Class [InputProt1 Class]
Linear Number:
440
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of one of the possible protective devices installed to provide line
protection. This is usually an overload or protective relay on the input isolation transformer or line
reactor. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
Transformer/Line Reactor Over Temperature Fault Class [TxReacOvrTmpClss]
Linear Number:
441
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the isolation transformer or the line reactor protective signal. This is
usually a thermal switch in the isolation transformer or AC Line reactor winding. The following options are
available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
DC Link Over Temperature Fault Class [DCLnkOvrTmpClass]
Linear Number:
442
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the dc link protection scheme. This is usually a thermal switch in the
DC link reactor or Common-Mode Choke. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
Parameter Descriptions
2-81
Motor Protection Fault Class [Motor Prot Class]
Linear Number:
443
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the motor protective device. This is usually a protective relay on the
motor. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
Input Protection 2 Fault Class [InputProt2 Class]
Linear Number:
444
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the second of the possible protective devices installed to provide
line protection. This is usually an overload or protective relay on the input isolation transformer or line
reactor, or from a source further upstream. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
Auxiliary Protection Class [Aux Prot Class]
Linear Number:
445
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of any other protective device that is used in the drive system. This
essentially is a spare input for any customer-specific protective device. The following options are
available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-82
Parameter Descriptions
Standard XIO Fault Mask [Stnd XIOFlt Mask]
Linear Number:
435
Default Value:
11111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies if the alarm is set to trigger a Warning/Fault. A ‘1’ represents enabled fault, a ‘0’
represents disabled fault. The following faults are maskable:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Input Protn1
TxReacOvrTmp
DCLinkOvrTmp
Motor Protn
Input Protn2
Aux Protn
Unused
Unused
Description
Input Protection 1 fault
Isolation Transformer/Line Reactor Over temperature fault
DC Link / Common-Mode Choke Over temperature fault
Motor Protection fault
Input Protection 2 fault
Auxiliary Protection fault
External Fault Select [Ext Fault Selct]
Linear Number:
651
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies whether the external fault inputs are coming from the optional XIO card or the
PLC. The parameter allows the user to choose whether the faults come from the XIO board, or from a
PLC, or from a combination of the 2 sources. By setting the bit to a 1, the associated external fault
comes from the PLC. Setting the bit to a zero allows the external fault to come from the XIO board.
External Fault 1 Class [ExtFault1 Class]
Linear Number:
200
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 1. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
External Fault 2 Class [ExtFault2 Class]
Linear Number:
201
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 2. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
Parameter Descriptions
2-83
External Fault 3 Class [ExtFault3 Class]
Linear Number:
202
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 3. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
External Fault 4 Class [ExtFault4 Class]
Linear Number:
203
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 4. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
External Fault 5 Class [ExtFault5 Class]
Linear Number:
204
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 5. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
External Fault 6 Class [ExtFault6 Class]
Linear Number:
205
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 6. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-84
Parameter Descriptions
External Fault 7 Class [ExtFault7 Class]
Linear Number:
206
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 7. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
External Fault 8 Class [ExtFault8 Class]
Linear Number:
207
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 8. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
External Fault 9 Class [ExtFault9 Class]
Linear Number:
410
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 9. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
External Fault 10 Class [ExtFault10 Class]
Linear Number:
411
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 10. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
Parameter Descriptions
2-85
External Fault 11 Class [ExtFault11 Class]
Linear Number:
412
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 11. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
External Fault 12 Class [ExtFault12 Class]
Linear Number:
413
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 12. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
External Fault 13 Class [ExtFault13 Class]
Linear Number:
414
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 13. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
External Fault 14 Class [ExtFault14 Class]
Linear Number:
415
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 14. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-86
Parameter Descriptions
External Fault 15 Class [ExtFault15 Class]
Linear Number:
416
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 15. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
External Fault 16 Class [ExtFault16 Class]
Linear Number:
417
Default Value:
Class2 Fault
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 16. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board
is installed. The following options are available:
Disable
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Warning
This disables the fault input.
The drive will shut down immediately
The drive will perform a controlled shut down
The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed
External Fault Mask [Ext Fault Mask]
Linear Number:
564
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the masks for the external faults. A ‘1’ represents enabled fault, a ‘0’ represents
disabled fault. There are 16 available faults, from External1 to External16. The user can modify the name
of each external input.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
External1
External2
External3
External4
External5
External6
External7
External8
External9
External10
External11
External12
External13
External14
External15
External16
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
External Fault Input 1
External Fault Input 2
External Fault Input 3
External Fault Input 4
External Fault Input 5
External Fault Input 6
External Fault Input 7
External Fault Input 8
External Fault Input 9
External Fault Input 10
External Fault Input 11
External Fault Input 12
External Fault Input 13
External Fault Input 14
External Fault Input 15
External Fault Input 16
Parameter Descriptions
2-87
Drive Fault Mask 1 [Drv Fault1 Mask]
Linear Number:
394
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the mask for the first fault word corresponding to drive protection.
represents an enabled fault; a ‘0’ represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Line OvrCur
DCLnkOvrCur
Gnd OvrCur
RNeut OvrCur
Line OvrVolt
Rec OvrVolt
LineNeuOvVol
LineHarmonic
MstrVolUnBal
Slv1VolUnBal
Slv2VolUnBal
MstrCurUnBal
Slv1CurUnBal
Slv2CurUnBal
Slv1 Phasing
Slv2 Phasing
A ‘1’
Description
Line Over Current Fault
DC Link Over Current Fault
Ground Over current Fault
Neutral Resistor Over Current Fault
Line Over Voltage Fault
Rectifier Over Voltage Fault
Line Neutral Over Voltage Fault
Line Harmonic Fault
Master Bridge Voltage Unbalance Fault
Slave1 Bridge Voltage Unbalance Fault
Slave2 Bridge Voltage Unbalance Fault
Master Bridge Current Unbalance Fault
Slave1 Bridge Current Unbalance Fault
Slave2 Bridge Current Unbalance Fault
Slave1 Bridge Phasing fault
Slave2 Bridge Phasing fault
Drive Fault Mask 2 [Drv Fault2 Mask]
Linear Number:
395
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the mask for the second fault word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’
represents an enabled fault; a ‘0’ represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
RecAnaSlfTst
RecFbrOptCfg
Unused
Rec A2D Conv
InvHeartbeat
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Rectifier Analog Self Test Fault
Rectifier Fiber Optic Configuration Fault
Rectifier Analog to Digital Converter Fault
Inverter Heartbeat Fault
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-88
Parameter Descriptions
Drive Fault Mask 3 [Drv Fault3 Mask]
Linear Number:
396
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the mask for the third fault word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’
represents an enabled fault; a ‘0’ represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Drv OvrLoad
RNeutOvrLoad
RecHSnkOvTmp
RecHSnkLoTmp
RecHSnkFbrOp
RecHSnk Sens
RecChB OvTmp
RecChB LoTmp
RecChB FbrOp
RecChB Sens
Dvc AK/Snubb
Current Sens
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Drive Overload Fault
Line Neutral to Ground Overvoltage Fault
Rectifier Heatsink Over Temperature Fault
Rectifier Heatsink Low Temperature Fault
Rectifier Heatsink Fiber Optic Cable Loss Fault
Rectifier Heatsink Sensor Loss Fault
Rectifier Channel B Over Temperature Fault
Rectifier Channel B Low Temperature Fault
Rectifier Heatsink Channel B Fiber Optic Cable disconnected Fault
Rectifier Channel B Sensor Loss Fault
Device anode-Cathode or Snubber Fault
Current Sensor Fault
Drive Fault Mask 4 [Drv Fault4 Mask]
Linear Number:
562
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the mask for the fourth fault word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’
represents an enabled fault; a ‘0’ represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Inv OvrVolt
Drv Out Open
SyncXferFail
Tach Loss
MV Sys Test
MV Gate Test
InpCtctrOpen
OutCtctrOpen
BypCtctrOpen
No Out Ctctr
Inp IsoOpen
Out IsoOpen
Byp IsoOpen
Inp IsoClsd
Out IsoClsd
Byp IsoClsd
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Inverter Over Voltage Fault
Drive Output Contactor Open Fault
Synchronous Transfer Failed
Tachometer Loss Fault
Medium Voltage applied to drive in System Test Fault
Medium Voltage applied to drive in Gating Test Fault
Input Contactor Open Fault
Output Contactor Open Fault
Bypass Contactor Open Fault
No Output Contactor Fault
Input Isolation Switch Open Fault
Output Isolation Switch Open Fault
Bypass Isolation Switch Open Fault
Input Isolation Switch Closed Fault
Output Isolation Switch Closed Fault
Bypass Isolation Switch Closed Fault
Parameter Descriptions
2-89
Drive Fault Mask 5 [Drv Fault5 Mask]
Linear Number:
563
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the mask for the fifth fault word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’
represents an enabled fault; a ‘0’ represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Conv AirFlow
IsoTxAirFlow
InvHSnkOvTmp
InvHSnkLoTmp
InvHSnkFbrOp
InvHSnk Sens
Amb OvTmp
Amb LoTmp
Amb FbrOp
Amb Sens
InvAnaSlfTst
InvFbrOptCfg
Unused
Inv A2D Conv
RecHeartbeat
Idc HECS Con
Description
Converter Air Flow Pressure Value Fault
Isolation Transformer Air Flow Pressure Value Fault
Inverter Heatsink Over Temperature fault
Inverter Heatsink Low Temperature fault
Inverter Heatsink Fiber Optic Cable Fault
Inverter Heatsink Sensor Fault
Ambient Over Temperature Fault
Ambient Low Temperature Fault
Ambient Fiber Optic Cable Fault
Ambient Temperature Sensor Fault
Inverter Self Analog Test Fault
Inverter Fiber Optic Configuration Fault
Inverter Analog to Digital Converter Fault
Rectifier Heartbeat Fault
DC Current HECS Connector Fault
Drive Fault Mask 6 [Drv Fault6 Mask]
Linear Number:
8
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the mask for the sixth fault word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’
represents an enabled fault; a ‘0’ represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
DAN Comm
Mstr Xfr Err
PDCapcityLow
Main VSB
Sync VSB
DC Neut VSB
InpLock5min
InpLockIndef
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
ProcVarLossF
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Drive Area Network Communication Fault – Parallel Drive Application
Master Transfer Error– Parallel Drive Application
Parallel Drive capacity is low– Parallel Drive Application
Main Voltage Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB
Bypass Voltage Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB
DC and Neutral Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB
Input contactor is locked out for 5 minute (line over current)
Input contactor is locked out indefinitely (line over current and PLL
error)
Process Variable from the customer process sensor is lost
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-90
Parameter Descriptions
Motor Fault Mask 1 [Mtr Fault1 Mask]
Linear Number:
561
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
his parameter specifies the mask for the first fault word corresponding to motor protection. A ‘1’
represents an enabled fault; a ‘0’ represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is:
Bit
Enum Text
Mtr OvrCur
Mtr OvrVolt
MtrNeuOvrVol
Mtr FlxUnbal
Mtr CurUnbal
Mtr OvrLoad
Mtr OvrSpeed
Mtr Stall
Mtr LoadLoss
SynFieldLoss
MtrSlipRange
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Motor Over current Fault
Motor Overvoltage Fault
Motor Neutral Over Voltage Fault
Motor Flux Unbalance Fault
Motor Current Unbalance Fault
Motor Overload Fault
Motor Over Speed Fault
Motor Stall Fault
Motor Load Loss Fault
Synchronous Field Loss Fault ™
Motor Slip Out of Range Fault
™ Contact factory for availability
Drive Warning Mask 1 [Drv Wrn1 Mask]
Linear Number:
397
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
his parameter specifies the mask for the first warning word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’
represents an enabled warning; a ‘0’ represents a disabled warning. The bit assignment is:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Drv OvrLoad
Mstr UndVolt
Slv1 UndVolt
Slv2 UndVolt
DCLnk OvrCur
Rec OvrVolt
Line Synch
InpCtctr Fbk
Unused
Line Loss
RecHSnkOvTmp
RecChB OvTmp
BusTransient
LineCapRange
RAM Batt Low
DCLink Range
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Drive Overload warning
Master Bridge Under Voltage warning
Slave1 Bridge Under Voltage warning
Slave2 Bridge Under Voltage warning
DC Link Over Current warning
Rectifier Over Voltage Fault
Loss of line synchronization
Drive Input Contactor Feedback Status Loss with MV present
Loss of medium voltage or loss of medium voltage frequency
Rectifier Heatsink Over Temperature warning
Rectifier Channel B Over Temperature warning
Bus Transient warning
Line Filter Capacitor pu value outside normal range
RAM Battery Low
DC Link pu value outside normal range
Parameter Descriptions
2-91
Drive Warning Mask 2 [Drv Wrn2 Mask]
Linear Number:
647
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the mask for the second warning word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’
represents an enabled warning; a ‘0’ represents a disabled warning. The bit assignment is:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
RecHSnk Sens
RecChB Sens
RecHSnkFbrOp
RecChB FbrOp
RecDCCurGain
Rec Gate Pwr
RecACCurGain
Stack Depth
BlkBox NVRAM
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Rectifier Heatsink sensor Loss Warning
Rectifier Channel B Sensor Loss Warning
Rectifier Heatsink Fiber Optic Loss Warning
Rectifier Channel B Fiber Optic Loss Warning
Rectifier DC Current Gain Warning
Rect Gate Power Supply Warning
Rectifier AC Current Gain Warning
Black Box Stack Depth
Black Box NVRAM Cleared Warning
Drive Warning Mask 3 [Drv Wrn3 Mask]
Linear Number:
423
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the mask for the third warning word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’
represents an enabled warning; a ‘0’ represents a disabled warning. The bit assignment is:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
InpCtctrOpen
InpCtctrClsd
OutCtctrOpen
OutCtctrClsd
BypCtctrOpen
BypCtctrClsd
Inp IsoOpen
Out IsoOpen
Byp IsoOpen
Inp IsoClsd
Out IsoClsd
Byp IsoClsd
No Out Ctctr
InpClose Dly
Unused
Unused
Description
Input Contactor Open warning
Input Contactor Closed warning
Output Contactor Open warning
Output Contactor Closed warning
Bypass Contactor Open warning
Bypass Contactor Closed warning
Drive Input Isolation Switch Open warning
Drive Output Isolation Switch Open warning
Bypass Isolation Switch Open warning
Input Isolation Switch Closed warning
Output Isolation Switch Closed warning
Bypass Isolation Switch Closed warning
No Output contactor installed Warning
Input Contactor Close Delay
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-92
Parameter Descriptions
Drive Warning Mask 4 [Drv Wrn4 Mask]
Linear Number:
468
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the mask for the fourth warning word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’
represents an enabled warning; a ‘0’ represents a disabled warning. The bit assignment is:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
ConvFn1Ctctr
ConvFn2Ctctr
Iso Fn1Ctctr
Iso Fn2Ctctr
Conv AirFlow
Iso AirFlow
Conv FansOn
IsoTxFans On
ConvFan1Loss
ConvFan2Loss
IsoFan1 Loss
IsoFan2 Loss
Drv Maintain
Inv Gate Pwr
Unused
Unused
Description
Converter Fan 1 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning
Converter Fan 2 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning
Isolation Transformer Fan 1 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning
Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning
Converter Air Flow Pressure Value Warning
Isolation Transformer Air Flow Pressure Value Warning
Converter Cooling Fans On Warning
Isolation Transformer Cooling Fans On Warning
Converter Fan 1 Loss Warning
Converter Fan 2 Loss Warning
Isolation Transformer Fan 1 Loss Warning
Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Loss Warning
Drive Maintenance Warning
Inverter Gating Power Loss Warning
Drive Warning Mask 5 [Drv Wrn5 Mask]
Linear Number:
707
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the mask for the fifth warning word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’
represents an enabled warning; a ‘0’ represents a disabled warning. The bit assignment is:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Enum Text
InvHSnkOvTmp
Amb OvTmp
InvHSnk Sens
Amb Sens
InvHSnkFbrOp
Amb FbrOp
Inv OvrVolt
InvACCurGain
Unused
Unused
Unused
PFC IdcLimit
12
PFC FlxLimit
13
14
15
ProcVarLossW
Unused
Unused
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Inverter Heat Sink Over Temperature Warning
Ambient Over Temperature Warning
Inverter Heat Sink Sensor Warning
Ambient Sensor Warning
Inverter Heat Sink Fiber Optic Cable Warning
Ambient Fiber Optic Warning
Inverter Over Voltage Warning
Inverter AC Current Gain Warning
Idc Limit has been reached while compensating for input power
factor
Flux Limit has been reached while compensating for input power
factor
Process variable loss has been detected
Parameter Descriptions
2-93
Motor Warning Mask 1 [Mtr Wrn1 Mask]
Linear Number:
565
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the mask for the first warning word corresponding to motor protection. A ‘1’
represents an enabled warning; a ‘0’ represents a disabled warning. The bit assignment is:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Mtr OvrLoad
Mtr CapRange
Mtr LoadLoss
Mtr OvrVolt
MtrSlipRange
Byp OvrVolt
Byp UndrVolt
Byp Unbal
Byp Phs Seq
SyncXferFail
Desync Delay
Tach Loss
Tach Dir
TachPhA Loss
No Tach
TachPhB Loss
Description
Motor Overload warning
Motor Filter Capacitor pu value outside normal range
Motor Load Loss Warning
Motor Over Voltage Warning
Motor Slip out of Range Warning
Bypass Over Voltage Warning
Bypass Under Voltage Warning
Bypass Voltage Unbalance Warning
Bypass Phase Sequence Warning
Synchronous Transfer Failed
De-synchronization delay Warning
Tach Loss Warning
Tach Direction is latched to the one before tach phase loss
Tach Phase A Loss Warning
No Tach Installed Warning
Tach Phase B Loss Warning
Control Power Fault Mask [Ctrl Pwr FltMask]
Linear Number:
104
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the fault mask for the various components used in protecting the control power
system feeding the drive. The following faults are maskable:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
ACDC#1DCFail
ACDC#2DCFail
ACDC#3DCFail
ACDC#4DCFail
Ctrl56V Loss
IGDPS56VLoss
Ctrl5V Loss
Ctrl15V Loss
HECS PwrLoss
Ctrl PwrLoss
ACDC#1ACFail
ACDC#2ACFail
ACDC#3ACFail
ACDC#4ACFail
UPS Fault
Isol24V Loss
Description
Loss of 56V DC Power to DC/DC#1 Converter
Loss of 56V DC Power to DC/DC#2 Converter
Loss of 56V DC Power to DC/DC#3 Converter
Loss of 56V DC Power to DC/DC#4 Converter
Loss of 56V DC Control to DC/DC Converter
Loss of 56V DC Control to IGDPS
Loss of Non-Redundant 5V to DPM
Loss of Non-Redundant 15V to ACB
Loss of control power to HECS Connectors
120V AC Control Power Loss
Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#1 Power Supply
Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#2 Power Supply
Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#3 Power Supply
Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#4 Power Supply
UPS Fault
Loss of Isolated 24V power supply
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-94
Parameter Descriptions
Control Power Warning Mask [Ctrl Pwr WrnMask]
Linear Number:
105
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the warning mask for the various components used in protecting the control
power system feeding the drive. The following warnings are maskable:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
ACDC#1 Redn
ACDC#2 Redn
ACDC#3 Redn
ACDC#4 Redn
ACDC#1ACFail
ACDC#2ACFail
ACDC#3ACFail
ACDC#4ACFail
CtrlPwr Loss
UPS onBypass
UPS on Batt
UPS Batt Low
UPS Failed
XIO Pwr Loss
Ctrl5V Redn
Unused
Description
Redundant AC/DC#1 Supply Module failure Warning
Redundant AC/DC#1 Supply Module failure Warning
Redundant AC/DC#1 Supply Module failure Warning
Redundant AC/DC#1 Supply Module failure Warning
Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#1 Power Supply
Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#2 Power Supply
Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#3 Power Supply
Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#4 Power Supply
Loss of 120V AC Control Power
UPS running on bypass
UPS running on battery
UPS battery low
UPS has an internal failure
XIO power loss
Loss of Redundant 5V
DPI Loss Mask [DPI Loss Mask]
Linear Number:
175
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the masks for detecting loss of individual DPI adapters. The default value for
this parameter enables a Warning for an adapter loss. Changing the corresponding bit to 1 will change
the drive response from Warning to Fault.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Adapter1Loss
Adapter2Loss
Adapter3Loss
Adapter4Loss
Adapter5Loss
Adapter6Loss
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Loss of Adapter 1
Loss of Adapter 2
Loss of Adapter 3
Loss of Adapter 4
Loss of Adapter 5
Loss of Adapter 6
Parameter Descriptions
2-95
Liquid Cooled Fault Mask [Liq Cool Mask]
Linear Number:
703
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter represents the faults that can be masked in the PowerFlex C-Frame drive. These are typically
masked only in a sensor failure condition, as opposed to a true fault. The following faults are maskable:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Unused
ExtCool Loss
CoolTemp Low
CoolTempHigh
Unused
CoolLevelLow
CabTempHigh
Pump/Fan Pwr
DC Link Flow
TempFbk Loss
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Loss of External Cooling (Heat Exchanger Failure)
Coolant Temperature Low
Coolant Temperature High
Coolant Level Low
Cabinet Temperature High
Pump and Fan Power Off
DC Link Flow
Loss of Coolant Temperature Feedback
Device Diagnostic Fault Mask [DvcDiag Flt Mask]
Linear Number:
420
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the masks for the device diagnostic faults (SCR and SGCT). A one represents
enabled fault, a zero represents disabled fault. The bit definition is as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Enum Text
RecOffLnOpen
RecOffLnShrt
RecOnLnOpen
RecOnLnShrt
Rec Gating
Rec Diag Fbk
Rec Offline
7
Rec Online
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Inv Gating
Inv Diag Fbk
Inv Offline
Inv Online
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
SCR Rectifier – Diagnostic, Open Circuit Detection (before running)
SCR Rectifier – Diagnostic, Short Circuit Detection (before running)
SCR Rectifier – Running, Open Circuit Detection
SCR Rectifier – Running, Short Circuit Detection
PWM Rectifier – Diagnostic, Gate Fiber Optic Loss (before running)
PWM Rectifier – Diagnostic, Feedback Fiber Optic Loss (before running)
PWM Rectifier – Diagnostic, Gate-Cathode Short/Power Supply Loss
(before running)
PWM Rectifier – Running Gate/Cathode Short, Power Supply Loss or
fiber optic loss
Inverter – Diagnostic, Gate Fiber Optic Loss (before running)
Inverter – Diagnostic, Feedback Fiber Optic Loss (before running)
Inverter – Diagnostic, Gate-Cathode Short/Power Supply Loss (before running)
Inverter – Running Gate/Cathode Short, Power Supply Loss or fiber optic loss
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-96
Parameter Descriptions
Parallel Drive Warning Mask [PD Wrn Mask]
Linear Number:
759
Default Value:
1111111111111111
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
These are the parallel drive warning Mask.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Hub Comm Wrn
Duplcte Mstr
Dclnd Mstr
Slv RfsdMstr
InvldMstrReq
Xfer Disable
Unused
Unused
Slave 0 Comm
Slave 1 Comm
Slave 2 Comm
Slave 3 Comm
Slave 4 Comm
Slave 5 Comm
Slave 6 Comm
Slave 7 Comm
Description
Hub (PLC) Communications Loss
Duplicate Master-master only
Slave Declined Master-slave only
Slave Refused Master-master only
Invalid Master Request-slave only
Transfer Disabled-master only
Slave 0 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 1 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 2 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 3 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 4 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 5 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 6 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 7 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Alarms Parameters
Standard XIO Fault [Stnd XIO Fault]
Linear Number:
433
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies those inputs on the standard XIO card, which have been configured as faults
(Class 1 or Class 2). A ‘1’ represents an active fault as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Input Protn1
TxReacOvrTmp
DCLinkOvrTmp
Motor Protn
Input Protn2
Aux Protn
Unused
Unused
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Input Protection 1 fault
Isolation Transformer/Line Reactor Overtemperature fault
DC Link / Common-Mode Choke Overtemperature fault
Motor Protection fault
Input Protection 2 fault
Auxiliary Protection fault
Parameter Descriptions
2-97
Standard XIO Warning [Stnd XIO Warning]
Linear Number:
434
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies those inputs on the standard XIO card, which have been configured as
warnings. A ‘1’ represents an active warning as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Input Protn1
TxReacOvrTmp
DCLinkOvrTmp
Motor Protn
Input Protn2
Aux Protn
Unused
Unused
Description
Input Protection 1 warning
Isolation Transformer/Line Reactor Overtemperature warning
DC Link / Common-Mode Choke Overtemperature warning
Motor Protection warning
Input Protection 2 warning
Auxiliary Protection warning
External Fault XIO [External Fault]
Linear Number:
372
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies those inputs on the optional XIO card, which have been configured as faults
(Class1 or Class2). A ‘1’ indicates an active fault on the card. There are a total of 16 external faults from
External1 to External16. The user can modify the text associated with each fault.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
External1
External2
External3
External4
External5
External6
External7
External8
External9
External10
External11
External12
External13
External14
External15
External16
Description
External Fault 1
External Fault 2
External Fault 3
External Fault 4
External Fault 5
External Fault 6
External Fault 7
External Fault 8
External Fault 9
External Fault 10
External Fault 11
External Fault 12
External Fault 13
External Fault 14
External Fault 15
External Fault 16
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-98
Parameter Descriptions
External Warning
Linear Number:
Access Level:
Read/Write:
[External Warning]
429
Service
Read Only
This parameter specifies those inputs on the optional XIO card, which have been configured as warnings.
A ‘1’ indicates an active warning on the card. There are a total of 16 external warnings from External1 to
External16. The user can modify the text associated with each warning.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
External1
External2
External3
External4
External5
External6
External7
External8
External9
External10
External11
External12
External13
External14
External15
External16
Description
External Warning 1
External Warning 2
External Warning 3
External Warning 4
External Warning 5
External Warning 6
External Warning 7
External Warning 8
External Warning 9
External Warning 10
External Warning 11
External Warning 12
External Warning 13
External Warning 14
External Warning 15
External Warning 16
Drive Fault Word 1 [Drive Fault1]
Linear Number:
279
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the bit assignment on the first fault word corresponding to drive protection.
These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2 faults. A ‘1’ represents an active fault as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Line OvrCur
DCLnkOvrCur
Gnd OvrCur
RNeut OvrCur
Line OvrVolt
Rec OvrVolt
LineNeuOvVol
LineHarmonic
MstrVolUnBal
Slv1VolUnBal
Slv2VolUnBal
MstrCurUnBal
Slv1CurUnBal
Slv2CurUnBal
Slv1 Phasing
Slv2 Phasing
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Line Over Current
DC Link Over Current Fault
Ground Fault Over Current Fault
Neutral Resistor Over Current Fault
Line Over Voltage
Rectifier Over Voltage Fault
Line to Neutral Over Voltage Fault
Line Harmonic Fault
Master Bridge Line Voltage Unbalance
Slave1 Bridge Line Voltage Unbalance
Slave2 Bridge Line Voltage Unbalance
Master Bridge Line Current Unbalance
Slave1 Bridge Line Current Unbalance
Slave2 Bridge Line Current Unbalance
Slave1 bridge phasing fault
Slave2 bridge phasing fault
Parameter Descriptions
2-99
Drive Fault Word 2 [Drive Fault2]
Linear Number:
280
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the bit assignment on the second fault word corresponding to drive protection.
These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A ‘1’ represents an active fault as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
RecAnaSlfTst
RecFbrOptCfg
Unused
Rec A2D Conv
InvHeartbeat
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Rectifier Self analog Test Fail
Rectifier Fiber Optic Cable Configuration Fault
Rectifier A2D Converter Fault
Inverter Heartbeat Fault
Drive Fault Word 3 [Drive Fault3]
Linear Number:
281
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the bit assignment on the third fault word corresponding to drive protection.
These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A ‘1’ represents an active fault as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Drv OvrLoad
RNeutOvrLoad
RecHSnkOvTmp
RecHSnkLoTmp
RecHSnkFbrOp
RecHSnk Sens
RecChB OvTmp
RecChB LoTmp
RecChB FbrOp
RecChB Sens
Dvc AK/Snubb
Current Sens
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Drive Overload fault
Line Neutral to Ground Overvoltage fault
Rectifier Heatsink Over Temperature fault
Rectifier Heatsink Low Temperature Fault
Rectifier Heatsink Fiber Optic Cable
Rectifier Heatsink Sensor Disconnected Fault
Rectifier Channel B Over Temperature fault
Rectifier Channel B Low Temperature fault
Rectifier Heatsink Channel B Fiber Optic Cable
Rectifier Channel B Sensor Disconnected Fault
Device Anode Cathode or Snubber fault
Current Sensor Fault
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-100
Parameter Descriptions
Drive Fault Word 4 [Drive Fault4]
Linear Number:
370
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the bit assignment on the fourth fault word corresponding to drive protection.
These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A ‘1’ represents an active fault as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Inv OvrVolt
Drv Out Open
SyncXferFail
Tach Loss
MV Sys Test
MV Gate Test
InpCtctrOpen
OutCtctrOpen
BypCtctrOpen
No Out Ctctr
Inp IsoOpen
Out IsoOpen
Byp IsoOpen
Inp IsoClsd
Out IsoClsd
Byp IsoClsd
Description
Inverter Over Voltage Fault
Drive Output Contactor Open fault
Synchronous Transfer Fail Fault
Tach Loss Fault
Medium Voltage System Test Fault
Medium Voltage Gate Test Fault
Input Contactor Open Fault
Output Contactor Open Fault
Bypass Contactor Open Fault
No Output Contactor Fault
Input Isolation Switch Open Fault
Output Isolation Switch Open Fault
Bypass Isolation Switch Open Fault
Input Isolation Switch Closed Fault
Output Isolation Switch Closed Fault
Bypass Isolation Switch Closed Fault
Drive Fault Word 5 [Drive Fault5]
Linear Number:
371
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the bit assignment on the fifth fault word corresponding to drive protection.
These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A ‘1’ represents an active fault as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Conv AirFlow
IsoTxAirFlow
InvHSnkOvTmp
InvHSnkLoTmp
InvHSnkFbrOp
InvHSnk Sens
Amb OvTmp
Amb LoTmp
Amb FbrOp
Amb Sens
InvAnaSlfTst
InvFbrOptCfg
Unused
Inv A2D Conv
RecHeartbeat
Idc HECS Con
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Converter Air Flow Pressure Fault (A-Frame Only)
Isolation Transformer Air Pressure Value Fault
Inverter Heat Sink Over Temperature Fault
Inverter Heat Sink Low Temperature Fault
Inverter Heat Sink Fiber Optic Cable Fault
Inverter Heat Sink Sensor Fault
Ambient Over Temperature Fault
Ambient Low Temperature Fault
Ambient Fiber Optic Cable Fault
Ambient Sensor Fault
Inverter Self Analog Test Fault
Inverter Heatsink Fiber Optic Cable Fault
Inverter Analog to Digital Converter Fault
Rectifier Heartbeat Fault
DC Current HECS Connector Fault
Parameter Descriptions
2-101
Drive Fault Word 6 [Drive Fault6]
Linear Number:
9
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the bit assignment on the sixth fault word corresponding to drive protection.
These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A ‘1’ represents an active fault as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Enum Text
DAN Comm
Mstr Xfr Err
PDCapcityLow
Main VSB
Sync VSB
DC Neut VSB
InpLock5min
7
InpLockIndef
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
ProcVar Loss
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Drive Area Network Communication Fault – Parallel Drive Application
Master Transfer Error
Parallel Drive capacity is low
Main Voltage Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB
Bypass Voltage Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB
DC and Neutral Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB
Input contactor is locked out for 5 minute (line over current in 18-pulse
drives)
Input contactor is locked out indefinitely (line over current and PLL
error in 18-pulse drives)
Process Variable from the customer process sensor is lost
Motor Fault Word 1 [Motor Fault1]
Linear Number:
369
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the bit assignment on the first fault word corresponding to motor side fault
detection. These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A ‘1’ represents an active fault as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Mtr OvrCur
Mtr OvrVolt
MtrNeuOvrVol
Mtr FlxUnbal
Mtr CurUnbal
Mtr OvrLoad
Mtr OvrSpeed
Mtr Stall
Mtr LoadLoss
SynFieldLoss
MtrSlipRange
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Motor Over current fault
Motor Overvoltage fault
Drive Output contactor fault
Motor Flux Unbalance Fault
Motor Current Unbalance Fault
Motor Over Load Fault
Motor Over Speed
Motor Stall fault
Motor Load Loss Fault
Synchronous Field Loss Fault ™
Motor Slip Out of Range Fault
™ Contact factory for availability
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-102
Parameter Descriptions
Drive Warning Word 1 [Drive Warning1]
Linear Number:
282
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the bit assignment on the first warning word corresponding to drive fault
detection. A ‘1’ represents an active warning as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Drv OvrLoad
Mstr UndVolt
Slv1 UndVolt
Slv2 UndVolt
DCLnk OvrCur
Rec OvrVolt
Line Synch
InpCtctr Fbk
Unused
Line Loss
RecHSnkOvTmp
RecChB OvTmp
BusTransient
LineCapRange
RAM Batt Low
DCLink Range
Description
Drive Overload warning
Master Bridge Under Voltage warning
Slave1 Bridge Under Voltage warning
Slave2 Bridge Under Voltage warning
DC Link Over Current warning
Rectifier Over Voltage Warning
Line synchronization Warning
Drive Input Contactor Feedback Status Loss with MV present
Loss of medium voltage or loss of medium voltage frequency
Rectifier Heatsink Over Temperature warning
Rectifier Heatsink Low Temperature warning
Bus Transient Protection
Line Filter Capacitor pu value outside normal range
RAM Battery Low Warning
DC Link pu value outside normal range
Drive Warning Word 2 [Drive Warning2]
Linear Number:
646
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the bit assignment on the second warning word corresponding to drive fault
detection. A ‘1’ represents an active warning as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
RecHSnk Sens
RecChB Sens
RecHSnkFbrOp
RecChB FbrOp
RecDCCurGain
Rec Gate Pwr
RecACCurGain
Stack Depth
BlkBox NVRAM
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
™ Contact factory for availability
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Rectifier Heat Sink Sensor Loss Warning
Rectifier Channel B Sensor Loss Warning
Rectifier Heat Sink Fiber Optic Loss Warning
Rectifier Channel B Fiber Optic Loss Warning
Rectifier DC Current Gain Warning
Rectifier Gate Power Warning
Rectifier AC Current Gain Warning
Stack Depth Warning ™
Black Box NVRAM Warning ™
Parameter Descriptions
2-103
Drive Warning Word 3 [Drive Warning3]
Linear Number:
374
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the bit assignment on the third warning word corresponding to drive fault
detection. A ‘1’ represents an active warning as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
InpCtctrOpen
InpCtctrClsd
OutCtctrOpen
OutCtctrClsd
BypCtctrOpen
BypCtctrClsd
Inp IsoOpen
Out IsoOpen
Byp IsoOpen
Inp IsoClsd
Out IsoClsd
Byp IsoClsd
No Out Ctctr
InpClose Dly
Unused
Unused
Description
Input Contactor Open Warning
Input Contactor Closed Warning
Output Contactor Open Warning
Output Contactor Closed Warning
Bypass Contactor Open Warning
Bypass Contactor Closed Warning
Input Isolation Switch Open Warning
Output Isolation Switch Open Warning
Bypass Isolation Switch Open Warning
Input Isolation Switch Closed Warning
Output Isolation Switch Closed Warning
Bypass Isolation Switch Closed Warning
No Output Contactor Warning
Input Contactor Close Delay Warning
Drive Warning Word 4 [Drive Warning4]
Linear Number:
467
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the bit assignment on the fourth warning word corresponding to drive fault
detection. A ‘1’ represents an active warning as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
ConvFn1Ctctr
ConvFn2Ctctr
Iso Fn1Ctctr
Iso Fn2Ctctr
Conv AirFlow
Iso AirFlow
Conv FansOn
IsoTxFans On
ConvFan1Loss
ConvFan2Loss
IsoFan1 Loss
IsoFan2 Loss
Drv Maintain
Inv Gate Pwr
Unused
Unused
Description
Converter Fan 1 Contactor Warning
Converter Fan 2 Contactor Warning
Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Contactor Warning
Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Contactor Warning
Converter Air Pressure Value Warning
Isolation Transformer Air Pressure Value Warning
Converter Fans On Warning
Isolation Transformer Fans On Warning
Converter Fan 1 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning
Converter Fan 2 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning
Isolation Transformer Fan 1 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning
Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning
Drive Maintenance Warning
Inverter Gate Power Loss Warning
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-104
Parameter Descriptions
Drive Warning Word 5 [Drive Warning5]
Linear Number:
706
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the bit assignment on the fifth warning word corresponding to drive fault
detection. A ‘1’ represents an active warning as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Enum Text
InvHSnkOvTmp
Amb OvTmp
InvHSnk Sens
Amb Sens
InvHSnkFbrOp
Amb FbrOp
Inv OvrVolt
InvACCurGain
AIn1 Cal Err
AIn2 Cal Err
AIn3 Cal Err
PFC IdcLimit
12
PFC FlxLimit
13
14
15
ProcVar Loss
Unused
Unused
Description
Inverter Heat Sink Over Temperature Warning
Ambient Over Temperature Warning
Inverter Heat Sink Sensor Warning
Ambient Sensor Warning
Inverter Heat Sink Fiber Optic Cable Warning
Ambient Fiber Optic Warning
Inverter Over Voltage Warning
Inverter AC Current Gain Warning
Idc Limit has been reached while compensating for input power
factor
Flux Limit has been reached while compensating for input power
factor
Process variable loss has been detected
Motor Warning Word 1 [Motor Warning1]
Linear Number:
373
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the bit assignment on the first warning word corresponding to motor side fault
detection. A ‘1’ represents an active warning as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Mtr OvrLoad
Mtr CapRange
Mtr LoadLoss
Mtr OvrVolt
Unused
Byp OvrVolt
Byp UndrVolt
Byp Unbal
Byp Phs Seq
SyncXferFail
Desync Delay
Tach Loss
Tach Dir
TachPhA Loss
No Tach
TachPhB Loss
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Motor Overload warning
Motor Capacitor Out of Range Warning
Motor Load Loss Warning
Motor Over Voltage Warning
Bypass Contactor Over Voltage Warning
Bypass Contactor Under Voltage Warning
Bypass Contactor Unbalance Warning
Bypass Contactor Phase Sequence Warning
Synchronous Transfer Fail Warning
De-synchronization delay Warning
Tach Loss Warning
Tach Direction is latched to the one before tach phase loss
Tach Phase A Loss Warning
No Tach Installed Warning
Tach Phase B Loss Warning
Parameter Descriptions
PD Warning Flag
Linear Number:
Access Level:
Read/Write:
2-105
[PD Warning]
758
Service
Read Only
These are the parallel drive warning flags.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Hub Comm Wrn
Duplcte Mstr
Dclnd Mstr
Slv RfsdMstr
InvldMstrReq
Xfer Disable
Unused
Unused
Slave 0 Comm
Slave 1 Comm
Slave 2 Comm
Slave 3 Comm
Slave 4 Comm
Slave 5 Comm
Slave 6 Comm
Slave 7 Comm
Description
Hub (PLC) Communications Loss
Duplicate Master-master only
Slave Declined Master-slave only
Slave Refused Master-master only
Invalid Master Request-slave only
Transfer Disabled-master only
Slave 0 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 1 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 2 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 3 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 4 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 5 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 6 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Slave 7 DAN Communications Loss-master only
Control Power Fault [Ctrl Pwr Fault]
Linear Number:
287
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies which of the various components used in protecting the control power system
feeding the drive have faulted. A ‘1’ indicates an active fault.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
ACDC#1DCFail
ACDC#2DCFail
ACDC#3DCFail
ACDC#4DCFail
Ctrl56V Loss
IGDPS56VLoss
Ctrl5V Loss
Ctrl15V Loss
HECS PwrLoss
Ctrl PwrLoss
ACDC#1ACFail
ACDC#2ACFail
ACDC#3ACFail
ACDC#4ACFail
UPS Fault
Isol24V Loss
Description
AC/DC#1 56V DC Output Loss Fault
AC/DC#2 56V DC Output Loss Fault
AC/DC#3 56V DC Output Loss Fault
AC/DC#4 56V DC Output Loss Fault
Control Power 56V Loss Fault
IGDPS 56V Loss Fault
Loss of Non-Redundant 5V to DPM
Loss of Non-Redundant 15V to ACB
HECS Connector Power Loss
Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC
AC/DC#1 120V AC Loss Fault
AC/DC#2 120V AC Loss Fault
AC/DC#3 120V AC Loss Fault
AC/DC#4 120V AC Loss Fault
UPS Faulted
Isolator 24V Loss
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-106
Parameter Descriptions
Control Power Warning [Ctrl Pwr Warning]
Linear Number:
288
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies which of the various components used in protecting the control power system
feeding the drive are issuing a warning. A ‘1’ indicates an active warning.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
ACDC#1 Redn
ACDC#2 Redn
ACDC#3 Redn
ACDC#4 Redn
ACDC#1ACFail
ACDC#2ACFail
ACDC#3ACFail
ACDC#4ACFail
CtrlPwr Loss
UPS onBypass
UPS on Batt
UPS Batt Low
UPS Failed
XIO Pwr Loss
Ctrl5V Redn
Unused
Description
Loss of AC/DC#1 Redundant Power Supply
Loss of AC/DC#2 Redundant Power Supply
Loss of AC/DC#3 Redundant Power Supply
Loss of AC/DC#4 Redundant Power Supply
Loss of 120V AC to AC/DC#1 Power Supply
Loss of 120V AC to AC/DC#2 Power Supply
Loss of 120V AC to AC/DC#3 Power Supply
Loss of 120V AC to AC/DC#4 Power Supply
Loss of 120V AC Control Power to AC/DC Power Supply
UPS running on bypass
UPS running on battery
UPS battery low
UPS has an internal failure
XIO power loss
Loss of Redundant 5V to DPM
DPI Loss Fault [DPI Loss Fault]
Linear Number:
93
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the DPI adapter loss fault. DPI is a polled communication network and if that
link is lost, the associated fault will occur. A ‘1’ represents an active fault.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Spd Cmd Loss
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Adapter 1 Loss Fault
Adapter 2 Loss Fault
Adapter 3 Loss Fault
Adapter 4 Loss Fault
Adapter 5 Loss Fault
Adapter 6 Loss Fault
Speed Command Loss Fault
Parameter Descriptions
2-107
Adapter Loss Warning [DPI Loss Warning]
Linear Number:
148
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the DPI adapter loss warning. DPI is a polled communication network and if
that link is lost, the associated warning will occur. A ‘1’ represents an active warning.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Adapter1Loss
Adapter2Loss
Adapter3Loss
Adapter4Loss
Adapter5Loss
Adapter6Loss
Spd Cmd Loss
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Adapter 1 Loss Warning
Adapter 2 Loss Warning
Adapter 3 Loss Warning
Adapter 4 Loss Warning
Adapter 5 Loss Warning
Adapter 6 Loss Warning
Speed Command Loss Warning
XIO Adapter Loss [XIO Adaptr Loss]
Linear Number:
596
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the XIO adapter loss. There are 6 possible XIO slots, from Slot 1 to Slot 6. ‘1’
means the adapter is lost, ‘0’ means the adapter is still active if installed in the drive.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
XIO Card #1
XIO Card #2
XIO Card #3
XIO Card #4
XIO Card #5
XIO Card #6
Unused
Unused
Description
Loss of XIO Board connected to Slot #1
Loss of XIO Board connected to Slot #2
Loss of XIO Board connected to Slot #3
Loss of XIO Board connected to Slot #4
Loss of XIO Board connected to Slot #5
Loss of XIO Board connected to Slot #6
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-108
Parameter Descriptions
External Fault PLC [Ext Fault PLC]
Linear Number:
650
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the external inputs coming from the PLC. The parameter External Fault Select
allows the user to choose whether the faults come from the XIO board, or from a PLC, or from a
combination of the 2 sources. These have been configured as faults (Class1 or Class2). A ‘1’ indicates
an active fault on the card or PLC. There are a total of 16 external faults from External1 to External16.
The user can modify the text associated with each fault.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
External1
External2
External3
External4
External5
External6
External7
External8
External9
External10
External11
External12
External13
External14
External15
External16
Description
External Fault 1
External Fault 2
External Fault 3
External Fault 4
External Fault 5
External Fault 6
External Fault 7
External Fault 8
External Fault 9
External Fault 10
External Fault 11
External Fault 12
External Fault 13
External Fault 14
External Fault 15
External Fault 16
Liquid Cooling System Fault [Liquid Cool Flt]
Linear Number:
358
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the faults associated with liquid cooling system in ‘C Frame’ drives. A ‘1’
represents an active liquid cooling system fault. The following faults are displayed:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
PressureLoss
ExtCool Loss
CoolTemp Low
CoolTempHigh
Conduct Hi
CoolLevelLow
CabTempHigh
Pump/Fan Pwr
DC Link Flow
TempFbk Loss
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Loss of System Pressure (not maskable)
Loss of External Cooling (Heat Exchanger Issue)
Coolant Temperature Low
Coolant Temperature High
High Conductivity in the Coolant (not maskable)
Coolant Level Low
Cabinet Temperature High
Pump and Fan Power Off
DC Link Flow
Loss of Coolant Temperature Feedback
Parameter Descriptions
2-109
Liquid Cooling System Warning [Liquid Cool Wrn]
Linear Number:
359
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the warnings associated with liquid cooling system in ‘C Frame’ drives. A ‘1’
represents an active liquid cooling system warning. The following warnings are displayed:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Pump Failed
HxFan Failed
CoolTemp Low
CoolTempHigh
ConductHigh
CoolLevelLow
Unused
Unused
Unused
TempFbk Loss
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Pump Failure
Heat Exchanger Fan Fail
Coolant Temperature Low Warning
Coolant Temperature High Warning
High Conductivity in the Coolant (not maskable)
Coolant Level Low Warning
Coolant Temperature Feedback Loss
Drive Protection Parameters
DC Link Over Current Trip [DCLnk OvrCur Trp]
Linear Number:
169
Default Value:
1.75 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 4.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level the dc link current must exceed before a dc link over current fault is
indicated.
DC Link Over Current Delay [DCLnk OvrCur Dly]
Linear Number:
170
Default Value:
10 msec
Minimum Value: 0 msec
Maximum Value: 100 msec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the dc link current must remain above the trip level before a dc link over
current fault is indicated.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-110
Parameter Descriptions
Line Over Current Trip [Line OvrCur Trp]
Linear Number:
161
Default Value:
1.75 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 4.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level the line current must exceed before a line over current fault is
indicated. For 18-pulse drives, a line over current trip will prevent the input contactor from closing for five
minutes. Depending on the severity of line over current trip, the contactor may be locked out indefinitely.
This is being done to prevent damages to the input transformer.
Line Over Current Delay [Line OvrCur Dly]
Linear Number:
162
Default Value:
10 msec
Minimum Value: 0 msec
Maximum Value: 100 msec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the line current must remain above the trip level before a line over
current fault is indicated.
Line Over voltage Trip [Line OvrVolt Trp]
Linear Number:
165
Default Value:
1.20 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 2.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level the line voltage must exceed before a line over voltage fault is
indicated.
Line Over voltage Delay [Line OvrVolt Dly]
Linear Number:
166
Default Value:
10 msec
Minimum Value: 0 msec
Maximum Value: 1000 msec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the line voltage must remain above the trip level before a line over
voltage fault is indicated.
Rectifier Over Voltage Trip [Rec OvrVolt Trp]
Linear Number:
173
Default Value:
1.50 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 2.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level the Rectifier input voltage must exceed before a Rectifier over voltage
fault is indicated. The protection scheme has been realized in hardware on ACB.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-111
Rectifier Over Voltage Delay [Rec OvrVolt Dly]
Linear Number:
174
Default Value:
10 msec
Minimum Value: 0 msec
Maximum Value: 100 msec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the Rectifier voltage must remain above the trip level before a Rectifier
over voltage fault is indicated.
Inverter Over voltage Trip [Inv OvrVolt Trp]
Linear Number:
193
Default Value:
1.50 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 2.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level the inverter output voltage must exceed before an inverter over voltage
fault is indicated. The protection scheme has been realized in hardware on ACB.
Inverter Over voltage Delay [Inv OvrVolt Dly]
Linear Number:
194
Default Value:
10 msec
Minimum Value: 0 msec
Maximum Value: 100 msec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the Inverter voltage must remain above the trip level before an inverter
over voltage fault is indicated.
Line Voltage Unbalance Trip [LineVoltUnbalTrp]
Linear Number:
271
Default Value:
0.05 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 1.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level of the unbalance in the line voltage which will cause a line voltage
unbalance fault to be indicated.
Line Voltage Unbalance Delay [LineVoltUnbalDly]
Linear Number:
272
Default Value:
1.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 10.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the line voltage unbalance must remain above trip level before a line
voltage unbalance fault is indicated.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-112
Parameter Descriptions
Line Current Unbalance Trip [Line CurUnbalTrp]
Linear Number:
108
Default Value:
0.05 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 1.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level of the unbalance in the line current which will cause a line current
unbalance fault.
Line Current Unbalance Delay [Line CurUnbalDly]
Linear Number:
109
Default Value:
1.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 10.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the line current unbalance must remain above trip level before a line
current unbalance fault is indicated.
Line Under voltage Trip [Line UndVolt Lvl]
Linear Number:
167
Default Value:
0.85 pu
Minimum Value: 0.40 pu
Maximum Value: 1.50 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level the line voltage must fall below before a Master UV or a Line Loss
warning is indicated.
Line Under voltage Delay [Line UndVolt Dly]
Linear Number:
168
Default Value:
17 msec
Minimum Value: 0 msec
Maximum Value: 100 msec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the line voltage must remain below the trip level before a line under
voltage condition is detected.
Drive Overload Warning [Drv OvrLoad Wrn]
Linear Number:
270
Default Value:
0.50
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies when the drive will issue an overload warning.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-113
Drive Thermal Cycle [Drv Thermal Cyc]
Linear Number:
772
Default Value:
600.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 6000.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the overload duty cycle for the drive. It is defined as the time interval after which
the drive could be subjected to its maximum overload capacity without exceeding the thermal ratings. The
default value is 600 seconds (10 minutes) which means that the drive is designed to handle 1 minute of
overload every 10 minutes. However for Banbury mixers and other heavy duty applications, the overload
cycle could be less than 10 minutes.
Drive Overload Trip [Drv OvrLoad Trp]
Linear Number:
163
Default Value:
1.15 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 4.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the maximum operating dc link current in the drive which will cause the drive to
trip on a drive overload fault after a time interval specified by parameter Drv OvrLoad Dly (164).
Drive Overload Delay [Drv OvrLoad Dly]
Linear Number:
164
Default Value:
60.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 600.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the drive will operate at the overload trip level Drv OvrLoad Trp (163)
before an overload fault is indicated.
Drive Overload Minimum [Drv OvrLoad Min]
Linear Number:
269
Default Value:
1.05 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 4.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the minimum per unit value of the dc link current which is regarded as an
overload condition. When the drive runs with a value less than the parameter setting, the overload
algorithm is not activated.
Line Neutral Voltage Trip [LineNeutVoltTrp]
Linear Number:
587
Default Value:
0.40 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 1.50 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level the line neutral to ground voltage must exceed before a line neutral
over voltage fault is indicated.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-114
Parameter Descriptions
Line Neutral Voltage Delay [LineNeutVoltDly]
Linear Number:
588
Default Value:
1.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 10.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the line neutral to ground voltage must remain above the trip level
before a line neutral over voltage fault is indicated.
Ground Fault Over Current Trip [Gnd OvrCur Trp]
Linear Number:
171
Default Value:
0.50 A
Minimum Value: 0.05 A
Maximum Value: 10.00 A
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level the ground fault current signal must exceed before a ground fault over
current is indicated.
Ground Fault Over Current Delay [Gnd OvrCur Dly]
Linear Number:
172
Default Value:
0.1 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 10.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the ground fault current signal must remain above the trip level before a
ground fault over current is indicated.
Harmonic Voltage Trip [Harmonic VoltTrp]
Linear Number:
675
Default Value:
0.30 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 10.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter sets the trip level for the Harmonic voltage fault. This is typically used during
commissioning to detect whether there is such an amount of resonance on the system with the 5th
harmonic that the voltage distortion can affect drive operation. This parameter should not be changed
from the default value, and if this fault occurs, the system harmonics need to be addressed and/or the
drive may need to be retuned.
Harmonic Voltage Delay [Harmonic VoltDly]
Linear Number:
676
Default Value:
1.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 10.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter sets the delay for the Harmonic Voltage Trip.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-115
Neutral Resistor Overload Trip [RNeut OvrLoadTrp]
Linear Number:
774
Default Value:
5.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 655.35
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This specifies neutral resistor over load trip level. Exceeding this level will trigger a Neutral Resistor over
load fault.
NOTE: Do not change from the default values without consulting the MV Technical Support.
Neutral Resistor Overload Delay [RNeut OvrLoadDly]
Linear Number:
775
Default Value:
2.50 sec
Minimum Value: 0.00 sec
Maximum Value: 655.35 sec
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This specifies the interval during which the Neutral resistor current stays above the trip level before
triggering an Over load fault.
NOTE: Do not change from the default values without consulting the MV Technical Support.
Neutral Resistor Over Current Trip [RNeut OvrCurTrp]
Linear Number:
776
Default Value:
10.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 655.35
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This specifies the neutral resistor current trip level above which the drive will trigger an over current fault.
NOTE: Do not change from the default values without consulting the MV Technical Support.
R Neutral Over Current Trip Delay [RNeut OvrCurDly]
Linear Number:
777
Default Value:
0.010 sec
Minimum Value: 0.000 sec
Maximum Value: 65.535 sec
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
his specifies the time interval during which the Neutral resistor current stays above the trip to trigger an
over current fault.
NOTE: Do not change from the default values without consulting the MV Technical Support.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-116
Parameter Descriptions
Bus Transient Trip Factor [BusTransTrpFac]
Linear Number:
673
Default Value:
2.50 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 100.00 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter enables and sets the Bus Transient Feature in the PF7000 drive. A value of 2.5 is the
tested and default value to enable and detect bus transients for most sites. The value can be increased
to 2.75 if there are nuisance warnings. Set this parameter to the maximum value to turn off this feature.
Bus Transient Delay [BusTransient Dly]
Linear Number:
674
Default Value:
2
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 100
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This value defines the delay in the bus transient algorithm. This parameter’s units are a function of the
sampling rate of 4kHz, or 250 usec per unit. Normally is not changed from the default value of 2.
Bus Transient Minimum Trip [BusTrans MinTrp]
Linear Number:
677
Default Value:
0.30 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 10.00 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter defines the minimum value for the Bus Transient feature to be enabled, and should not be
changed from the default value of .25pu.
Bus Transient DC Current Factor [BusTrans IdcFac]
Linear Number:
678
Default Value:
0.50 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 10.00 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter defines the bus transient DC Current factor in the transient protection algorithm. This
should normally not be changed from the default value of 0.5.
Minimum Freewheel Time [Min Freewhl Time]
Linear Number:
679
Default Value:
0.016 sec
Minimum Value: 0.000 sec
Maximum Value: 1.000 sec
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This is the minimum amount of time the drive will freewheel before the control starts to look for the end of
the transients. This has been set to 1 cycle at 60 Hz (16ms) which should be sufficient for most
transients related to capacitive switching to dampen.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-117
Line Loss Trip [Line Loss Trip]
Linear Number:
698
Default Value:
8.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 40.0 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the maximum deviation in the instantaneous input frequency from the average
frequency, which can be considered as a line loss condition. For determining a line loss condition, the
drive looks for a sudden change in the measured line frequency in conjunction with loss of voltage
magnitude. When the difference between the Line Frequency (657) and the Master Line Freq (334) is
greater than this parameter, the drive detects a Line Loss and shuts down.
Rectifier Device Diagnostic Delay [Rec Dvc Diag Dly]
Linear Number:
266
Default Value:
2
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 6
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is added to help avoid nuisance tripping on Rectifier Device diagnostic faults. The delay
allows the drive to ignore a detected fault for the number of line cycles (SCR rectifiers) or the number of
consecutive bridge firings (PWM rectifiers) set by this parameter. The default setting for this parameter is
2, and should not be changed unless directed to increase it by the factory.
Inverter Device Diagnostic Delay [Inv Dvc Diag Dly]
Linear Number:
268
Default Value:
2
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 6
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is a feature added to help avoid nuisance tripping on Inverter Device diagnostic faults.
The delay allows the drive to ignore a detected fault for the number of consecutive bridge firings set by
this parameter. The default setting for this parameter is 2, and should not be changed unless directed to
increase it by the factory.
Rectifier Heatsink Temperature Warning [RecHSink TempWrn]
Linear Number:
112
Default Value:
53 C
Minimum Value: 0 C
Maximum Value: 100 C
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level at which the drive will issue a rectifier heat sink over temperature
warning.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-118
Parameter Descriptions
Rectifier Heatsink Temperature Trip [RecHSink TempTrp]
Linear Number:
111
Default Value:
55 C
Minimum Value: 0 C
Maximum Value: 100 C
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level at which the drive will trip on a rectifier heat sink over temperature fault.
Inverter Heatsink Temperature Warning [InvHSink TempWrn]
Linear Number:
316
Default Value:
61 C
Minimum Value: 0 C
Maximum Value: 100 C
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level at which the drive will issue an inverter heat sink over temperature
warning.
Inverter Heatsink Temperature Trip [InvHSink TempTrp]
Linear Number:
315
Default Value:
64 C
Minimum Value: 0 C
Maximum Value: 100 C
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level at which the drive will trip on an inverter heat sink over temperature fault.
Integral Isolation Transformer Air Flow Nominal Value [IsoTx AirFlowNom]
Linear Number:
656
Default Value:
3.6 V
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 10.0 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the nominal (operating) voltage level for the air pressure sensor in the Isolation
Transformer section of the A-Frame drive. This parameter operates with the same functionality as that of
the converter pressure sensor. THIS PARAMETER IS ACTIVE FOR A-FRAME DRIVES ONLY.
Integral Isolation Transformer Air Flow Warning [IsoTx AirFlowWrn]
Linear Number:
655
Default Value:
3.0 V
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 10.0 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the warning level for the air pressure sensor in the Isolation Transformer section
of the A-Frame drive. THIS PARAMETER IS ACTIVE FOR A-FRAME DRIVES ONLY.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-119
Integral Isolation Transformer Air Flow Trip [IsoTx AirFlowTrp]
Linear Number:
654
Default Value:
2.5 V
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 10.0 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the trip level for the air pressure sensor in the Isolation Transformer section of
the A-Frame drive. THIS PARAMETER IS ACTIVE FOR A-FRAME DRIVES ONLY.
Converter Nominal Air Flow Value [Conv AirFlow Nom]
Linear Number:
317
Default Value:
3.6 V
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 10.0 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the nominal value of the converter pressure sensor and indicates normal airflow
in the drive.
Converter Air Flow Warning [Conv AirFlow Wrn]
Linear Number:
320
Default Value:
3.0 V
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 10.0 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level to which the converter pressure value must decrease before a warning
is indicated. Loss of pressure is typically associated with reduced airflow due to blocking of the air filter.
Converter Air Flow Trip [Conv AirFlow Trp]
Linear Number:
319
Default Value:
2.5 V
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 10.0 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level to which the converter pressure value must decrease before a fault is
indicated. Such a condition indicates either a blocked air filter or a loss of fan operation.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-120
Parameter Descriptions
Motor Protection Parameters
Motor Over current Trip [Mtr OvrCur Trp]
Linear Number:
177
Default Value:
1.75 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 4.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level the motor current must exceed before a motor over current fault is
indicated.
Motor Over current Delay [Mtr OvrCur Dly]
Linear Number:
178
Default Value:
100 msec
Minimum Value: 0 msec
Maximum Value: 500 msec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the motor current must remain above the trip level before a motor over
current fault is indicated.
Motor Over voltage Trip [Mtr OvrVolt Trp]
Linear Number:
181
Default Value:
1.20 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 2.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level the motor voltage must exceed before a motor over voltage fault is
indicated.
Motor Over voltage Delay [Mtr OvrVolt Dly]
Linear Number:
182
Default Value:
0.5 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 10.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the motor voltage must remain above the trip level before a motor over
voltage fault is indicated.
Motor Neutral Over voltage Trip [Mtr NeutVolt Trp]
Linear Number:
189
Default Value:
0.20 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 1.50 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level the motor neutral to ground voltage must exceed before a motor
neutral over voltage fault is indicated. For line reactor drives, you may find the default setting is too low
and may have to be increased to 0.80 pu for normal operation.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-121
Motor Neutral Over voltage Delay [Mtr NeutVolt Dly]
Linear Number:
190
Default Value:
1.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 10.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the motor neutral to ground voltage must remain above the trip level
before a motor neutral over voltage fault is indicated.
Motor Over speed Trip [Mtr OvrSpeed Trp]
Linear Number:
185
Default Value:
66.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level the motor speed must exceed before a motor over speed fault is
indicated.
Motor Over speed Delay [Mtr OvrSpeed Dly]
Linear Number:
186
Default Value:
0.5 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 2.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time interval for which the motor speed must exceed the trip level before a
motor over speed fault is indicated.
Motor Overload Trip [Mtr OvrLoad Trp]
Linear Number:
179
Default Value:
1.15 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 4.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the maximum motor current which will cause the drive to trip on a motor
overload fault after a time interval specified by parameter Mtr OvrLoad Dly (180).
Motor Overload Delay [Mtr OvrLoad Dly]
Linear Number:
180
Default Value:
60.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 600.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the motor will operate at the overload trip level Mtr OvrLoad Trp (179)
before a motor overload fault is indicated.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-122
Parameter Descriptions
Motor Overload Minimum [Mtr OvrLoad Min]
Linear Number:
350
Default Value:
1.05 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 4.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the minimum per unit value of the motor current which is regarded as an
overload condition. When the motor runs with a current less than the parameter setting, the overload
algorithm is not activated.
Motor Overload Warning [Mtr OvrLoad Wrn]
Linear Number:
351
Default Value:
0.50
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.00
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies when the drive will issue a Motor overload warning.
Motor Thermal Cycle [Mtr Thermal Cyc]
Linear Number:
771
Default Value:
600.0 Sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 Sec
Maximum Value: 6000.0 Sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the overload duty cycle for the motor. It is defined as the time interval after
which the motor could be subjected to its maximum overload capacity without exceeding the thermal
ratings. The default value is 10 minutes which means that the motor can handle 1 minute of overload
every 10 minutes. However for Banbury mixers and other heavy duty applications, the overload cycle
could be less than 10 minutes.
Motor Stall Delay
Linear Number:
Default Value:
Minimum Value:
Maximum Value:
Access Level:
Read/Write:
[Mtr Stall Dly]
191
2.0 sec
0.0 sec
10.0 sec
Advanced
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the motor must be in a stall condition before a motor stall fault is
indicated. If the tachometer option is enabled, the motor is considered to be stalled if the drive is in torque
limit at any speed less than 1 Hz. If the tachometer option is not enabled, the motor is considered to be
stalled if the drive is at commanded speed and the motor flux is 20% of the rated flux. A stall cannot be
detected until the drive reaches the commanded speed because the motor may already be rotating when
the drive is started. In this case, if the motor speed is above the commanded speed, or the motor is
rotating in opposite direction, a stall fault will occur.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-123
Motor Flux Unbalance Trip [Mtr FluxUnbalTrp]
Linear Number:
585
Default Value:
0.05 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 1.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level of the unbalance in the motor flux that will cause a motor unbalance
fault.
Motor Flux Unbalance Delay [Mtr FluxUnbalDly]
Linear Number:
586
Default Value:
1.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 10.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the motor flux unbalance value must remain above trip level before a
flux unbalance fault is indicated.
Motor Current Unbalance Trip [Mtr CurUnbal Trp]
Linear Number:
208
Default Value:
0.05 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 1.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level of motor current unbalance that will cause the drive to trip.
Motor Current Unbalance Delay [Mtr CurUnbal Dly]
Linear Number:
214
Default Value:
1.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 5.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time the motor current unbalance value must remain above trip level before
a current unbalance fault is indicated.
Motor Load Loss Level [Mtr LoadLoss Lvl]
Linear Number:
246
Default Value:
0.25 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 1.00 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the minimum percent of rated load at which the drive will assume that there is a
loss of load. If the load drops lower than this parameter, and the speed is greater than Mtr LoadLoss Spd
(259), the drive will initiate the fault after the Mtr LoadLoss Dly (231) expires. The control uses the
parameter Torque Reference (P291) as the load reference.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-124
Parameter Descriptions
Motor Load Loss Speed [Mtr LoadLoss Spd]
Linear Number:
259
Default Value:
30.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the minimum speed at which the loss of load condition will be detected.
Generally there is lesser load at lower speeds, so this parameter helps avoid nuisance trips during
operation at lower speeds.
Motor Load Loss Delay [Mtr LoadLoss Dly]
Linear Number:
231
Default Value:
1.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 30.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time delay between the detection of the load loss condition and the actual
fault initiation.
Field Current Loss Delay ™ [Field Loss Dly]
Linear Number:
559
Default Value:
30 sec
Minimum Value: 0 sec
Maximum Value: 60 sec
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is used to specify the time interval during which the flux regulator is in limit, before the
drive trips on a field loss. Field Current is not directly measured in the control, so we look at the flux
regulator, which will go into limit on loss of field current.
™ Contact factory for availability
Tachometer Loss Trip [Tach Loss Trip]
Linear Number:
235
Default Value:
2.0 Hz
Minimum Value: 0.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 10.0 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the level that the tachometer error must exceed before a tachometer loss fault is
indicated.
Tachometer Loss Delay [Tach Loss Delay]
Linear Number:
236
Default Value:
0.1 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 1.0 sec
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time that the tachometer error must be greater than the trip level before a
tachometer loss fault is indicated.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-125
Sync Xfer Option Parameters
Synchronizing Regulator Output [Sync Reg Output]
Linear Number:
298
Minimum Value: -10.00 Hz
Maximum Value: 10.00 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the synchronizing regulator output, which is added to the speed regulator error during a
synchronous transfer from drive to bypass.
Synchronizing Regulator Error [Sync Reg Error]
Linear Number:
297
Minimum Value: -180.0 deg
Maximum Value: 180.0 deg
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the synchronizing regulator error, which is the phase angle between the measured
bypass voltage and the motor voltage during a synchronous transfer from drive to bypass.
Bypass Voltage [Bypass Voltage]
Linear Number:
117
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the voltage on the line-side of the Bypass Contactor, and is scaled in per unit
with respect to the Rated Motor Voltage.
Bypass Frequency [Bypass Frequency]
Linear Number:
159
Minimum Value: -100.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the frequency of the voltage on the line-side of the Bypass Contactor.
Synchronizing Error Maximum [Sync Error Max]
Linear Number:
228
Default Value:
0 deg
Minimum Value: 0 deg
Maximum Value: 30 deg
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the maximum allowable synchronizing phase error. The bypass contactor will
be requested to close when the synchronizing phase error has remained below this maximum value for
the time specified by Sync Time (229).
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-126
Parameter Descriptions
Synchronous Transfer Lead Angle [Sync Lead Angle]
Linear Number:
226
Default Value:
0 deg
Minimum Value: -90 deg
Maximum Value: 90 deg
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the angle by which the motor voltage leads the drive input voltage when the
motor is assumed to be synchronized. The purpose of this parameter is to compensate for any phase
difference between the drive input voltage and the bypass contactor supply voltage.
Synchronous Transfer Off Delay [Sync Off Delay]
Linear Number:
227
Default Value:
0.100 sec
Minimum Value: 0.000 sec
Maximum Value: 0.500 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time delay between the bypass contactor being requested to close and the
drive shutting off. It is normally set to slightly less than the bypass contactor closing time, with a minimum
of 1½ – 2 cycles desirable.
Synchronizing Regulator Gain [Sync Reg Gain]
Linear Number:
225
Default Value:
1.0
Minimum Value: 0.0
Maximum Value: 5.0
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the gain of the synchronizing regulator.
Synchronizing Time [Sync Time]
Linear Number:
229
Default Value:
10.0 sec
Minimum Value: 0.0 sec
Maximum Value: 10.0 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time that the synchronizing phase error must be less than Sync Error Max
(228) before the bypass contactor is requested to close.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-127
Synchronous Transfer Time [Sync Xfer Time]
Linear Number:
230
Default Value:
1.0 min
Minimum Value: 0.1 min
Maximum Value: 57.0 min
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the time allowed for completion of a synchronous transfer. If transfer is not
complete within this time, the drive will stop with a SyncXfer Failure fault. If the SyncXfer Failure fault is
disabled, the transfer request will be cancelled and the drive will continue to run at the commanded
speed. A SyncXfer Failure warning will be displayed.
De-synchronizing Start Delay [DeSync Start Dly]
Linear Number:
763
Default Value:
1 sec
Minimum Value: 1 sec
Maximum Value: 10 sec
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter in Sync Xfer Option group is used to control the motor filter capacitor charging interval
when a drive is commanded to transfer the motor from bypass to drive. The minimum and the default
value is 1 second i.e. upon starting the drive it will take 1 second to begin the transfer from the bypass to
the drive. Using this parameter, the delay can be increased upto a maximum of 10 seconds and will be
useful for drives with an output transformer requiring more than 1 second for charging the motor filter
capacitor.
Tach Option Parameters
Tachometer Feedback [Tach Feedback]
Linear Number:
349
Minimum Value: -120.00 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.00 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the tachometer feedback speed indication. This reading is the signed indication
of the electrical speed measured from the tachometer.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-128
Parameter Descriptions
Tachometer Type
Linear Number:
Default Value:
Access Level:
Read/Write:
[Tach Type]
233
None
Basic
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the type of tachometer or encoder installed. Warning: If tachometer type is set
to Single, the drive cannot determine the direction of rotation when the motor is coasting. If the direction
of rotation is not the same as the commanded direction, a flying start will not be successful.
The following types are available:
None
Single
Quadrature
Absolute Enc
Sine-Cos Inc
Sine-Cos Z
Sine-Cos SSI
No tach installed
Single output (non-directional)
Quadrature outputs (directional)
Absolute encoder ™
Not active
Not active
Not active
™ Contact factory for availability.
Tachometer Pulses per Revolution [Tach PPR]
Linear Number:
234
Default Value:
1024 PPR
Minimum Value: 120 PPR
Maximum Value: 4096 PPR
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the number of pulses produced by the tachometer in one revolution. This
parameter is not used for absolute encoders.
Encoder Offset ™ [Encoder Offset]
Linear Number:
644
Default Value:
0 deg
Minimum Value: 0 deg
Maximum Value: 360 deg
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the offset of the encoder. This parameter is required because an encoder is
used for both speed and position.
™ Contact Factory for availability.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-129
Control Masks Parameters
Direction Command Mask [Direction Mask]
Linear Number:
244
Default Value:
11111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the forward/reverse command. A one represents the
adapter that can issue the direction command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the
direction command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Adapter 0 is the XIO
board, Adapter 7 is the programming terminal, and Adapter 1 to Adapter 6 are the DPI adapters.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Jog Command Mask [Jog Mask]
Linear Number:
245
Default Value:
11111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the jog command. A one represents the adapter that
can issue the jog command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the jog command. There are
8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-130
Parameter Descriptions
Local Command Mask [Local Mask]
Linear Number:
242
Default Value:
11111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the local command. A one represents the adapter that
can issue the local command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the local command. There
are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Logic Command Mask [Logic Mask]
Linear Number:
241
Default Value:
11111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the logic command. A one represents the adapter that
can issue the logic command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the logic command. There
are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Parameter Descriptions
2-131
Reference Command Mask [Ref Cmd Mask]
Linear Number:
248
Default Value:
11111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the reference command. A one represents the
adapter that can issue the reference command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the
reference command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Programming Terminal
Fault Reset Command Mask [Reset Mask]
Linear Number:
247
Default Value:
11111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the reset command. A one represents the adapter
that can issue the reset command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the reset command.
There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-132
Parameter Descriptions
Start Command Mask [Start Mask]
Linear Number:
243
Default Value:
11111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the start command. A one represents the adapter that
can issue the start command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the start command. There
are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Synchronous Transfer Command Mask [Sync Xfer Mask]
Linear Number:
249
Default Value:
11111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the synchronous transfer command. A one represents
the adapter that can issue the synchronous transfer command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot
issue the synchronous transfer command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Parameter Descriptions
2-133
Forced Fault Mask [Forced Flt Mask]
Linear Number:
638
Default Value:
11111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies which adapters can issue a forced fault. A one represents the adapter that can
issue the forced fault, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the forced fault. There are 8
adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Profile Mask [Profile Mask]
Linear Number:
36
Default Value:
11111111
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the Acceleration/Deceleration Profile command. The
adapter can select either Ramp or S-Curve profiles. A one represents an adapter that has control over
the Profile, and a zero represents an adapter that does not have control over the Profile. There are 8
adapters available, from Adapter 0 to Adapter 7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-134
Parameter Descriptions
Owners Parameters
Direction Command Owner [Direction Owner]
Linear Number:
388
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the direction command. A one represents the
adapter that is issuing the direction command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the
direction command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Jog Command Owner [Jog Owner]
Linear Number:
389
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the jog command. A one represents the adapter that
is issuing the jog command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the jog command. There are
8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Parameter Descriptions
2-135
Local Command Owner [Local Owner]
Linear Number:
386
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the local command. A one represents the adapter
that is issuing the local command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the local command.
There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Reference Command Owner [Ref Cmd Owner]
Linear Number:
392
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the reference command. A one represents the
adapter that is issuing the reference command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the
reference command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Fault Reset Command Owner [Reset Owner]
Linear Number:
391
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the reset command. A one represents the adapter
that is issuing the reset command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the reset command.
There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-136
Parameter Descriptions
Start Command Owner [Start Owner]
Linear Number:
387
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the start command. A one represents the adapter
that is issuing the start command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the start command.
There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Stop Command Owner [Stop Owner]
Linear Number:
385
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the stop command. A one represents the adapter
that is issuing the stop command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the stop command.
There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Synchronous Transfer Command Owner [Sync Xfer Owner]
Linear Number:
393
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the synchronous transfer command. A one represents
the adapter that is issuing the synchronous transfer command, a zero represents an adapter that is not
issuing the synchronous transfer command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Parameter Descriptions
2-137
Forced Fault Owner [Forced Flt Owner]
Linear Number:
639
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the forced fault. A one represents the adapter that is
issuing the forced fault, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the forced fault. There are 8
adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Profile Owner [Profile Owner]
Linear Number:
37
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the Acceleration/Deceleration Profile command. A one
represents the adapter that has control over the Acceleration/Deceleration Profile, and a zero represents the
adapters not having control over the Profile. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter 0 to Adapter 7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
Logic Owner [Logic Owner]
Linear Number:
94
Access Level:
Monitor
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the Logic command. A one represents the adapter
that is issuing the Logic command, and a zero represents the adapters that are not issuing the Logic
command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter 0 to Adapter 7.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Adapter 0
Adapter 1
Adapter 2
Adapter 3
Adapter 4
Adapter 5
Adapter 6
Adapter 7
Description
Host
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
(Currently unused)
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-138
Parameter Descriptions
Datalinks Parameters
PLC Error Flags [PLC Error Flags]
Linear Number:
376
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the PLC Remote I/O error flags. A zero represents no error, a one represents an
error.
A link range will be indicated when the corresponding parameter is out of range. A link error will be
indicated if the corresponding cannot be made, or if an attempt is made to modify a parameter that is
read only, or cannot be modified while the drive is running.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
LinkA1 Range
LinkA2 Range
LinkB1 Range
LinkB2 Range
LinkC1 Range
LinkC2 Range
LinkD1 Range
LinkD2 Range
LinkA1 Error
LinkA2 Error
LinkB1 Error
LinkB2 Error
LinkC1 Error
LinkC2 Error
LinkD1 Error
LinkD2 Error
Description
LinkA1 Range
LinkA2 Range
LinkB1 Range
LinkB2 Range
LinkC1 Range
LinkC2 Range
LinkD1 Range
LinkD2 Range
LinkA1 Error
LinkA2 Error
LinkB1 Error
LinkB2 Error
LinkC1 Error
LinkC2 Error
LinkD1 Error
LinkD2 Error
PLC Input Link A1 [PLC Inp Link A1]
Linear Number:
529
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link A1.
PLC Input Link A2 [PLC Inp Link A2]
Linear Number:
530
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link A2.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-139
PLC Input Link B1 [PLC Inp Link B1]
Linear Number:
531
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link B1.
PLC Input Link B2 [PLC Inp Link B2]
Linear Number:
532
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link B2.
PLC Input Link C1 [PLC Inp Link C1]
Linear Number:
533
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link C1.
PLC Input Link C2 [PLC Inp Link C2]
Linear Number:
534
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link C2.
PLC Input Link D1 [PLC Inp Link D1]
Linear Number:
535
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link D1.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-140
Parameter Descriptions
PLC Input Link D2 [PLC Inp Link D2]
Linear Number:
536
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link D2.
PLC Output Link A1 [PLC Out Link A1]
Linear Number:
537
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link A1.
PLC Output Link A2 [PLC Out Link A2]
Linear Number:
538
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link A2.
PLC Output Link B1 [PLC Out Link B1]
Linear Number:
539
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link B1.
PLC Output Link B2 [PLC Out Link B2]
Linear Number:
540
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link B2.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-141
PLC Output Link C1 [PLC Out Link C1]
Linear Number:
541
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link C1.
PLC Output Link C2 [PLC Out Link C2]
Linear Number:
542
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link C2.
PLC Output Link D1 [PLC Out Link D1]
Linear Number:
543
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link D1.
PLC Output Link D2 [PLC Out Link D2]
Linear Number:
544
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link D2.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-142
Parameter Descriptions
Analog Inputs Parameters
Analog Input Configuration [Anlg Inp Config]
Linear Number:
652
Default Value:
0000000000000001
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter configures the hardware circuitry used on the ACB for sensing the three analog inputs.
The inputs can be configured to either accept 0-10V (Voltage) input or 4-20mA (Current) input. The
default value configures Analog Input 1 as a 4-20mA input.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
An1 0=V 1=mA
An2 0=V 1=mA
An3 0=V 1=mA
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Analog Input 1 enter – 0 for Voltage; 1 for Current
Analog Input 2 enter – 0 for Voltage; 1 for Current
Analog Input 3 enter – 0 for Voltage; 1 for Current
Speed Pot Minimum Voltage [Speed Pot Vmin]
Linear Number:
630
Default Value:
0.00 V
Minimum Value: -10.00 V
Maximum Value: 10.00 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the minimum output voltage from the speed potentiometer and is used for
calibrating the speed command.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-143
Speed Pot Maximum Voltage [Speed Pot Vmax]
Linear Number:
631
Default Value:
10.00 V
Minimum Value: -10.00 V
Maximum Value: 10.00 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the maximum output voltage from the speed potentiometer and is used for
calibrating the speed command.
Analog Input1 Minimum Voltage [Anlg Inp1 Vmin]
Linear Number:
632
Default Value:
0.00 V
Minimum Value: -10.00 V
Maximum Value: 10.00 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the minimum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 1 and is used for
calibrating the speed command.
Analog Input1 Maximum Voltage [Anlg Inp1 Vmax]
Linear Number:
633
Default Value:
10.00 V
Minimum Value: -10.00 V
Maximum Value: 10.00 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the maximum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 1 and is used for
calibrating the speed command.
Analog Input2 Minimum Voltage [Anlg Inp2 Vmin]
Linear Number:
634
Default Value:
0.00 V
Minimum Value: -10.00 V
Maximum Value: 10.00 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the minimum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 2 and is used for
calibrating the speed command.
Analog Input2 Maximum Voltage [Angl Inp2 Vmax]
Linear Number:
635
Default Value:
10.00 V
Minimum Value: -10.00 V
Maximum Value: 10.00 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the maximum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 2 and is used for
calibrating the speed command.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-144
Parameter Descriptions
Analog Input3 Minimum Voltage [Anlg Inp3 Vmin]
Linear Number:
636
Default Value:
0.00 V
Minimum Value: -10.00 V
Maximum Value: 10.00 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the minimum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 3 and is used for
calibrating the speed command.
Analog Input3 Maximum Voltage [Anlg Inp3 Vmax]
Linear Number:
637
Default Value:
10.00 V
Minimum Value: -10.00 V
Maximum Value: 10.00 V
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the maximum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 3 and is used for
calibrating the speed command.
Analog Outputs Parameters
Analog Meter 1 [Anlg Meter1]
Linear Number:
517
Default Value:
361
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog meter 1 on the
Analog Control Board (ACB). The meter output is scalable using AnlgMeter1 Scale (521). This is a nonisolated 0-10 V output. The default value of 361 corresponds to the Motor Current parameter.
Analog Meter 2 [Anlg Meter2]
Linear Number:
518
Default Value:
362
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog meter 2 on the
Analog Control Board (ACB). The meter output is scalable using AnlgMeter2 Scale (522). This is a nonisolated 0-10 V output. The default value of 362 corresponds to the Motor Voltage parameter.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-145
Analog Meter 3 [Anlg Meter3]
Linear Number:
519
Default Value:
363
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog meter 3 on the
Analog Control Board (ACB). The meter output is scalable using AnlgMeter3 Scale (523). This is a nonisolated 0-10 V output. The default value of 363 corresponds to the Motor Speed RPM parameter.
Analog Meter 4 [Anlg Meter4]
Linear Number:
520
Default Value:
364
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog meter 4 on the
Analog Control Board (ACB). The meter output is scalable using AnlgMeter4 Scale (524). This is a nonisolated 0-10 V output. The default value of 364 corresponds to the Motor Power parameter.
Analog Output 1
Linear Number:
Default Value:
Minimum Value:
Maximum Value:
Access Level:
Read/Write:
[Anlg Output1]
513
0
0
779
Basic
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog port 1 on the Analog
Control Board (ACB). The output is scalable using Anlg Out1 Scale (183). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V
output.
Analog Output 2
Linear Number:
Default Value:
Minimum Value:
Maximum Value:
Access Level:
Read/Write:
[Anlg Output2]
514
0
0
779
Basic
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog port 2 on the Analog
Control Board (ACB). The output is scalable using Anlg Out2 Scale (184). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V
output.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-146
Parameter Descriptions
Analog Output 3
Linear Number:
Default Value:
Minimum Value:
Maximum Value:
Access Level:
Read/Write:
[Anlg Output3]
515
0
0
779
Basic
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog port 3 on the Analog
Control Board (ACB). The output is scalable using Anlg Out3 Scale (187). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V
output.
Analog Output 4
Linear Number:
Default Value:
Minimum Value:
Maximum Value:
Access Level:
Read/Write:
[Anlg Output4]
508
0
0
779
Basic
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog port 4 on the Analog
Control Board (ACB). The output is scalable using Anlg Out4 Scale (123). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V
output.
Analog 4-20 mA Output [Anlg 4-20mAOut]
Linear Number:
516
Default Value:
337
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog current loop
transmitter on the Analog Control Board (ACB). This is an isolated 4-20 mA (programmable) output. The
default value of 337 corresponds to Rotor Frequency which is the absolute value of the measured motor
speed in Hz given by Speed Feedback (289).
Analog Meter 1 Scale [AnlgMeter1 Scale]
Linear Number:
521
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 655.35
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the scale to be used for Analog Meter 1 parameter.
Analog Meter 2 Scale [AnlgMeter2 Scale]
Linear Number:
522
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 655.35
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the scale to be used for Analog Meter 2 parameter.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-147
Analog Meter 3 Scale [AnlgMeter3 Scale]
Linear Number:
523
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 655.35
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the scale to be used for Analog Meter 3 parameter.
Analog Meter 4 Scale [AnlgMeter4 Scale]
Linear Number:
524
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 655.35
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the scale to be used for Analog Meter 4 parameter.
Analog Output 1 Scale [Anlg Out1 Scale]
Linear Number:
183
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 655.35
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the scale to be used for ACB Port 1 parameter.
Analog Output 2 Scale [Anlg Out2 Scale]
Linear Number:
184
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 655.35
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the scale to be used for ACB Port 2 parameter.
Analog Output 3 Scale [Anlg Out3 Scale]
Linear Number:
187
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 655.35
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the scale to be used for ACB Port 3 parameter.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-148
Parameter Descriptions
Analog Output 4 Scale [Anlg Out4 Scale]
Linear Number:
123
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 655.35
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the scale to be used for ACB Port 3 parameter.
Analog 4-20 mA Current Scale [Anlg4-20mA Scale]
Linear Number:
188
Default Value:
2.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 655.35
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the scale to be used for Analog 4-20mA Current Loop parameter.
Analog Rectifier Test Point 1 [Anlg RecTstPt1]
Linear Number:
509
Default Value:
321
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point RTP1 on
the Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output.
Analog Rectifier Test Point 2 [Anlg RecTstPt2]
Linear Number:
510
Default Value:
322
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point RTP2 on
the Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output.
Analog Rectifier Test Point 3 [Anlg RecTstPt3]
Linear Number:
124
Default Value:
326
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point 3
(DAC_TP3) on the rectifier side Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-149
Analog Rectifier Test Point 4 [Anlg RecTstPt4]
Linear Number:
125
Default Value:
700
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point 4
(DAC_TP4) on the rectifier side Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output.
Analog Inverter Test Point 1 [Anlg InvTstPt1]
Linear Number:
511
Default Value:
490
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point ITP1 on
the Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output.
Analog Inverter Test Point 2 [Anlg InvTstPt2]
Linear Number:
512
Default Value:
289
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point ITP2 on
the Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output.
Analog Inverter Test Point 3 [Anlg InvTstPt3]
Linear Number:
126
Default Value:
291
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point 3
(DAC_TP3) on the inverter side Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output.
Analog Inverter Test Point 4 [Anlg InvTstPt4]
Linear Number:
127
Default Value:
306
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 779
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point 4
(DAC_TP4) on the inverter side Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-150
Parameter Descriptions
XIO Parameters
Run Time Input [RunTime Input]
Linear Number:
421
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the status of the raw data on the general XIO input before processing. A one
represents a true condition into the drive.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Not Stop
Start
Forward
Reverse
Jog
Local
Drive Reset
Synch
DeSynch
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Stop is not requested
Start the drive
Run the drive in forward direction
Run the drive in reverse direction
JOG command to the drive
Drive is in LOCAL control mode
Reset the drive
Synchronize the motor to line (Bypass)
Bring the motor from bypass to the drive
Standard XIO Outputs [StndXIO Output]
Linear Number:
422
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter shows the state of the outputs on the standard XIO card. A ‘1’ indicates an active output.
By using 120V wiring, this output can drive a pilot light or a control relay. The first eight outputs have a
fixed assignment and cannot be changed. The remaining eight outputs are configurable and can be
programmed as required by the customer. Refer to parameters StndXIO ConfigX (X=1 ..8) for details.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Ready
Running
Forward
Fault
Warning
Local
ConvFn1Ctctr
ConvFn2Ctctr
Config1
Config2
Config3
Config4
Config5
Config6
Config7
Config8
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Drive is in Ready mode.
Drive is in Running mode.
Drive is running the motor in Forward direction.
Drive is currently in Fault state.
Drive is currently in Warning state.
Drive control is in Local mode.
Turn Cooling Fan 1 on.
Turn Redundant Cooling Fan 2 on.
User Configurable Output 1
User Configurable Output 2
User Configurable Output 3
User Configurable Output 4
User Configurable Output 5
User Configurable Output 6
User Configurable Output 7
User Configurable Output 8
Parameter Descriptions
2-151
Standard XIO Fault Input [StndXIO FltInput]
Linear Number:
431
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the state of the fault inputs on the standard XIO card. It should be noted that the
faults have a fixed assignment and cannot be changed. If there is a fault, the corresponding bit in this
parameter will go from one to zero, indicating a loss of the 120V signal to the XIO card. This parameter is
further processed by the drive control according to the corresponding class parameter in Alarm Config
group. The final result is updated in either parameter Stnd XIO Fault or Stnd XIO Warning depending on
the fault configuration. If a particular input is not used, it should be masked or tied high. There are a total
of 6 fixed fault inputs. The text accompanying the fault cannot be changed. The ConvFan Fbk is not
processed as an XIO Fault and is treated differently by the drive control software.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Input Protn1
TxReacOvrTmp
DCLinkOvrTmp
Motor Protn
Input Protn2
AuxTrp/TxFan
ConvFan Fbk
Unused
Description
Input Protection 1 fault
Isolation Transformer/Line Reactor Over temperature fault
DC Link / Common-Mode Choke Over temperature fault
Motor Protection fault
Input Protection 2 fault
Auxiliary Trip/ Isolation Transformer Fan Fault
Main Cooling Fan Status Feedback
External Fault XIO [Ext Fault XIO]
Linear Number:
232
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the state of the external fault inputs on the optional XIO card. There are 16
external fault inputs available, from External 1 to External 16. If there is a fault, the corresponding bit in
this parameter will go to zero, indicating a loss of the 120V signal to the XIO card. This parameter is
further processed by the drive control according to the corresponding class parameter in Alarm Config
group. The final result is updated in either parameter External Fault or External Warning depending of the
fault configuration. If an external fault input is not used it should be masked or tied high. The text
accompanying the fault can be changed and adapted to the customer’s requirement.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
External1
External2
External3
External4
External5
External6
External7
External8
External9
External10
External11
External12
External13
External14
External15
External16
Description
External Fault Input 1
External Fault Input 2
External Fault Input 3
External Fault Input 4
External Fault Input 5
External Fault Input 6
External Fault Input 7
External Fault Input 8
External Fault Input 9
External Fault Input 10
External Fault Input 11
External Fault Input 12
External Fault Input 13
External Fault Input 14
External Fault Input 15
External Fault Input 16
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-152
Parameter Descriptions
Optional XIO Outputs ™ [OptXIO Output]
Linear Number:
427
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the state of the outputs on the optional XIO card. There are 16 outputs
available. They are currently not assigned and reserved for future use only.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Outbit 0
Outbit 1
Outbit 2
Outbit 3
Outbit 4
Outbit 5
Outbit 6
Outbit 7
Outbit 8
Outbit 9
Outbit 10
Outbit 11
Outbit 12
Outbit 13
Outbit 14
Outbit 15
Description
™ Contact factory for availability.
Liquid Inputs [Liquid Inputs]
Linear Number:
52
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the state of the inputs on the XIO card assigned for the Liquid Cooling System.
There are 16 inputs available, from External 1 to External 16. A one indicates that the specific input of
the card is active, and a zero means that specific input is missing.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Pump Aux 1
Pump Aux 2
Fan Aux 1
Fan Aux 2
Fan Aux 3
Fan Aux 4
Unused
DC Link Flow
DisconnectSw
Low Pressure
Low Level
Level Trip
Cond High
Cond Trip
Pmp Select#1
Pmp Select#2
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Pump 1 Control Relay Auxiliary
Pump 2 Control Relay Auxiliary
Fan 1 Control Relay Auxiliary
Fan 2 Control Relay Auxiliary
Fan 3 Control Relay Auxiliary
Fan 4 Control Relay Auxiliary
DC Link Flow Measurement Switch Feedback
The Cooling System Disconnect switch feedback
Cooling System Low Pressure Indication
Cooling System Low Level Warning Indication
Cooling System Low Level Fault Indication
Cooling System Conductivity Warning Indication
Cooling System Conductivity Fault Indication
Pump #1 has been selected as the active Pump
Pump #2 has been selected as the active Pump
Parameter Descriptions
2-153
Liquid Outputs [Liquid Outputs]
Linear Number:
14
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the state of the outputs on the XIO card assigned for the Liquid Cooling System.
There are 16 outputs available, from External 1 to External 16. A one indicates that the specific output of
the card is closed.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Pump Ctctr 1
Pump Ctctr 2
Fan Ctctr 1
Fan Ctctr 2
Fan Ctctr 3
Fan Ctctr 4
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Pump Contactor 1 output is active
Pump Contactor 2 output is active
Fan Contactor 1 output is active
Fan Contactor 2 output is active
Fan Contactor 3 output is active
Fan Contactor 4 output is active
Logix Inputs [Logix Inputs]
Linear Number:
687
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter represents the inputs on the optional Logix IO XIO board.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Input #1
Input #2
Input #3
Input #4
Input #5
Input #6
Input #7
Input #8
Input #9
Input #10
Input #11
Input #12
Input #13
Input #14
Input #15
Input #16
Description
Input #1
Input #2
Input #3
Input #4
Input #5
Input #6
Input #7
Input #8
Input #9
Input #10
Input #11
Input #12
Input #13
Input #14
Input #15
Input #16
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-154
Parameter Descriptions
Logix Outputs [Logix Outputs]
Linear Number:
688
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter represents the outputs on the optional Logix IO XIO board.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Output#1
Output#2
Output#3
Output#4
Output#5
Output#6
Output#7
Output#8
Output#9
Output#10
Output#11
Output#12
Output#13
Output#14
Output#15
Output#16
Description
Output#1
Output#2
Output#3
Output#4
Output#5
Output#6
Output#7
Output#8
Output#9
Output#10
Output#11
Output#12
Output#13
Output#14
Output#15
Output#16
XIO Configuration Errors [XIO Config Errs]
Linear Number:
594
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the error in the XIO configuration. A one represents an indicated error, a zero
represents no error. The error results from the same slot being assigned to two or more XIO boards, or
when the board is not installed in the assigned slot. The following error messages are displayed:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Stnd IO Cnfg
Stnd IO Cnft
Ext Flt Cnfg
Ext Flt Cnft
Liqd IO Cnfg
Liqd IO Cnft
LogixIO Cnfg
LogixIO Cnft
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Standard XIO configuration error
Standard XIO conflict error
External/Optional XIO configuration error
External/Optional XIO conflict error
Liquid-Cooled XIO configuration error
Liquid-Cooled XIO conflict error
Logix XIO configuration error
Logix XIO conflict error
Parameter Descriptions
2-155
XIO Standard Input/Output [XIO Standard IO]
Linear Number:
592
Default Value:
Card # 1
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the XIO slot number for the Standard Input Output XIO. Standard Input Output
XIO board comes as part of the standard drive package. Typical value of this parameter is Slot 1.
Following options are available:
Unassigned
Card # 1
Card # 2
Card # 3
Card # 4
Card # 5
Card # 6
–
Card Slot # 1
Card Slot # 2
Card Slot # 3
Card Slot # 4
Card Slot # 5
Card Slot # 6
XIO External Faults [XIO Ext Faults]
Linear Number:
593
Default Value:
Unassigned
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the XIO slot number for the External Faults XIO. External Faults XIO board
does not come as part of the standard drive package. Following options are available:
Unassigned
Card # 1
Card # 2
Card # 3
Card # 4
Card # 5
Card # 6
–
Card Slot # 1
Card Slot # 2
Card Slot # 3
Card Slot # 4
Card Slot # 5
Card Slot # 6
XIO Liquid Cooling Inputs [XIO Liquid Cool]
Linear Number:
64
Default Value:
Unassigned
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the XIO slot number for the Liquid Cooling System XIO board. Liquid Cooling
System XIO board does not come as part of the standard drive package. Following options are available:
Unassigned
Card # 1
Card # 2
Card # 3
Card # 4
Card # 5
Card # 6
–
Card Slot # 1
Card Slot # 2
Card Slot # 3
Card Slot # 4
Card Slot # 5
Card Slot # 6
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-156
Parameter Descriptions
XIO Logix Inputs/Outputs [XIO Logix IO]
Linear Number:
686
Default Value:
Unassigned
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the XIO slot number for the Logix IO XIO. This is an option available where the
drive can be programmed with basic customer-specific Logical I/O functionality using the 16 isolated
inputs and 16 isolated outputs of the XIO board. The following options are available:
Unassigned
Card # 1
Card # 2
Card # 3
Card # 4
Card # 5
Card # 6
–
Card Slot # 1
Card Slot # 2
Card Slot # 3
Card Slot # 4
Card Slot # 5
Card Slot # 6
Standard XIO Configurable Output 1 [StndXIO Config1]
Linear Number:
439
Default Value:
Reverse
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 1 on the XIO board from a list of 28 available
options. The list is as follows:
Internal
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Unassigned
Reverse
Drv Stopping
Auto Restart
Drv Overload
Mtr Overload
Thermal Alrm
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Line Loss
CtrlPwr Loss
Test Mode
At Speed
Sync Xfer
On Bypass
In Trq Limit
Drive Accel
Drive Decel
Jog
Remote
IsoFan1Ctctr
IsoFan2Ctctr
Field Enable
Field Start
Spd Cmd Loss
Custom 1
Custom 2
Custom 3
Custom 4
Custom 5
Enum Text
™ Contact Factory for availability
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
The output is unassigned.
Drive is running in Reverse direction.
Drive is Stopping
Drive is in Auto Restart mode.
Drive is running in an overload condition
Motor is running in an overload condition
Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance
e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant
level in liquid cool drives.
Loss of line input voltage
Loss of 120V AC Control Power
Drive is in Test Mode
Drive is at commanded Speed
Synchronous transfer is enabled
Drive is running on Bypass
Drive is in Torque Limit
Drive is accelerating
Drive is decelerating
Drive is in Jog Mode
Drive is in Remote Mode
Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only)
Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only)
Speed Command Loss
Custom 1 Output ™
Custom 2 Output ™
Custom 3 Output ™
Custom 4 Output ™
Custom 5 Output ™
Parameter Descriptions
2-157
Standard XIO Configurable Output 2 [StndXIO Config2]
Linear Number:
458
Default Value:
Jog
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 2 on the XIO board from a list of 28 available
options. The list is as follows:
Internal
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Unassigned
Reverse
Drv Stopping
Auto Restart
Drv Overload
Mtr Overload
Thermal Alrm
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Line Loss
CtrlPwr Loss
Test Mode
At Speed
Sync Xfer
On Bypass
In Trq Limit
Drive Accel
Drive Decel
Jog
Remote
IsoFan1Ctctr
IsoFan2Ctctr
Field Enable
Field Start
Spd Cmd Loss
Custom 1
Custom 2
Custom 3
Custom 4
Custom 5
Enum Text
Description
The output is unassigned.
Drive is running in Reverse direction.
Drive is Stopping
Drive is in Auto Restart mode.
Drive is running in an overload condition
Motor is running in an overload condition
Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance
e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant
level in liquid cool drives.
Loss of line input voltage
Loss of 120V AC Control Power
Drive is in Test Mode
Drive is at commanded Speed
Synchronous transfer is enabled
Drive is running on Bypass
Drive is in Torque Limit
Drive is accelerating
Drive is decelerating
Drive is in Jog Mode
Drive is in Remote Mode
Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only)
Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only)
Speed Command Loss
Custom 1 Output ™
Custom 2 Output ™
Custom 3 Output ™
Custom 4 Output ™
Custom 5 Output ™
™ Contact Factory for availability
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-158
Parameter Descriptions
Standard XIO Configurable Output 3 [StndXIO Config3]
Linear Number:
459
Default Value:
Remote
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 3 on the Standard XIO board from a list of 28
available options. The list is as follows:
Internal
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Unassigned
Reverse
Drv Stopping
Auto Restart
Drv Overload
Mtr Overload
Thermal Alrm
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Line Loss
CtrlPwr Loss
Test Mode
At Speed
Sync Xfer
On Bypass
In Trq Limit
Drive Accel
Drive Decel
Jog
Remote
IsoFan1Ctctr
IsoFan2Ctctr
Field Enable
Field Start
Spd Cmd Loss
Custom 1
Custom 2
Custom 3
Custom 4
Custom 5
Enum Text
™ Contact Factory for availability.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
The output is unassigned.
Drive is running in Reverse direction.
Drive is Stopping
Drive is in Auto Restart mode.
Drive is running in an overload condition
Motor is running in an overload condition
Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance
e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant
level in liquid cool drives.
Loss of line input voltage
Loss of 120V AC Control Power
Drive is in Test Mode
Drive is at commanded Speed
Synchronous transfer is enabled
Drive is running on Bypass
Drive is in Torque Limit
Drive is accelerating
Drive is decelerating
Drive is in Jog Mode
Drive is in Remote Mode
Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only)
Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only)
Speed Command Loss
Custom 1 Output ™
Custom 2 Output ™
Custom 3 Output ™
Custom 4 Output ™
Custom 5 Output ™
Parameter Descriptions
2-159
Standard XIO Configurable Output 4 [StndXIO Config4]
Linear Number:
460
Default Value:
Test Mode
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 4 on the XIO board from a list of 28 available
options. The list is as follows:
Internal
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Unassigned
Reverse
Drv Stopping
Auto Restart
Drv Overload
Mtr Overload
Thermal Alrm
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Line Loss
CtrlPwr Loss
Test Mode
At Speed
Sync Xfer
On Bypass
In Trq Limit
Drive Accel
Drive Decel
Jog
Remote
IsoFan1Ctctr
IsoFan2Ctctr
Field Enable
Field Start
Spd Cmd Loss
Custom 1
Custom 2
Custom 3
Custom 4
Custom 5
Enum Text
Description
The output is unassigned.
Drive is running in Reverse direction.
Drive is Stopping
Drive is in Auto Restart mode.
Drive is running in an overload condition
Motor is running in an overload condition
Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance
e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant
level in liquid cool drives.
Loss of line input voltage
Loss of 120V AC Control Power
Drive is in Test Mode
Drive is at commanded Speed
Synchronous transfer is enabled
Drive is running on Bypass
Drive is in Torque Limit
Drive is accelerating
Drive is decelerating
Drive is in Jog Mode
Drive is in Remote Mode
Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only)
Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only)
Speed Command Loss
Custom 1 Output ™
Custom 2 Output ™
Custom 3 Output ™
Custom 4 Output ™
Custom 5 Output ™
™ Contact Factory for availability.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-160
Parameter Descriptions
Standard XIO Configurable Output 5 [StndXIO Config5]
Linear Number:
461
Default Value:
At Speed
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 5 on the Standard XIO board from a list of 28
available options. A 1 represents that the condition is true. The list is as follows:
Internal
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Unassigned
Reverse
Drv Stopping
Auto Restart
Drv Overload
Mtr Overload
Thermal Alrm
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Line Loss
CtrlPwr Loss
Test Mode
At Speed
Sync Xfer
On Bypass
In Trq Limit
Drive Accel
Drive Decel
Jog
Remote
IsoFan1Ctctr
IsoFan2Ctctr
Field Enable
Field Start
Spd Cmd Loss
Custom 1
Custom 2
Custom 3
Custom 4
Custom 5
Enum Text
™ Contact Factory for availability.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
The output is unassigned.
Drive is running in Reverse direction.
Drive is Stopping
Drive is in Auto Restart mode.
Drive is running in an overload condition
Motor is running in an overload condition
Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance
e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant
level in liquid cool drives.
Loss of line input voltage
Loss of 120V AC Control Power
Drive is in Test Mode
Drive is at commanded Speed
Synchronous transfer is enabled
Drive is running on Bypass
Drive is in Torque Limit
Drive is accelerating
Drive is decelerating
Drive is in Jog Mode
Drive is in Remote Mode
Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only)
Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only)
Speed Command Loss
Custom 1 Output ™
Custom 2 Output ™
Custom 3 Output ™
Custom 4 Output ™
Custom 5 Output ™
Parameter Descriptions
2-161
Standard XIO Configurable Output 6 [StndXIO Config6]
Linear Number:
462
Default Value:
Thermal Alrm
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 6 on the Standard XIO board from a list of 28
available options. A 1 represents that the condition is true. The list is as follows:
Internal
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Unassigned
Reverse
Drv Stopping
Auto Restart
Drv Overload
Mtr Overload
Thermal Alrm
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Line Loss
CtrlPwr Loss
Test Mode
At Speed
Sync Xfer
On Bypass
In Trq Limit
Drive Accel
Drive Decel
Jog
Remote
IsoFan1Ctctr
IsoFan2Ctctr
Field Enable
Field Start
Spd Cmd Loss
Custom 1
Custom 2
Custom 3
Custom 4
Custom 5
Enum Text
Description
The output is unassigned.
Drive is running in Reverse direction.
Drive is Stopping
Drive is in Auto Restart mode.
Drive is running in an overload condition
Motor is running in an overload condition
Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance
e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant
level in liquid cool drives.
Loss of line input voltage
Loss of 120V AC Control Power
Drive is in Test Mode
Drive is at commanded Speed
Synchronous transfer is enabled
Drive is running on Bypass
Drive is in Torque Limit
Drive is accelerating
Drive is decelerating
Drive is in Jog Mode
Drive is in Remote Mode
Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only)
Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only)
Speed Command Loss
Custom 1 Output ™
Custom 2 Output ™
Custom 3 Output ™
Custom 4 Output ™
Custom 5 Output ™
™ Contact Factory for availability.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-162
Parameter Descriptions
Standard XIO Configurable Output 7 [StndXIO Config7]
Linear Number:
463
Default Value:
Sync Xfer
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 7 on the Standard XIO board from a list of 28
available options. A 1 represents that the condition is true. The list is as follows:
Internal
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Unassigned
Reverse
Drv Stopping
Auto Restart
Drv Overload
Mtr Overload
Thermal Alrm
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Line Loss
CtrlPwr Loss
Test Mode
At Speed
Sync Xfer
On Bypass
In Trq Limit
Drive Accel
Drive Decel
Jog
Remote
IsoFan1Ctctr
IsoFan2Ctctr
Field Enable
Field Start
Spd Cmd Loss
Custom 1
Custom 2
Custom 3
Custom 4
Custom 5
Enum Text
™ Contact Factory for availability.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
The output is unassigned.
Drive is running in Reverse direction.
Drive is Stopping
Drive is in Auto Restart mode.
Drive is running in an overload condition
Motor is running in an overload condition
Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance
e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant
level in liquid cool drives.
Loss of line input voltage
Loss of 120V AC Control Power
Drive is in Test Mode
Drive is at commanded Speed
Synchronous transfer is enabled
Drive is running on Bypass
Drive is in Torque Limit
Drive is accelerating
Drive is decelerating
Drive is in Jog Mode
Drive is in Remote Mode
Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only)
Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only)
Speed Command Loss
Custom 1 Output ™
Custom 2 Output ™
Custom 3 Output ™
Custom 4 Output ™
Custom 5 Output ™
Parameter Descriptions
2-163
Standard XIO Configurable Output 8 [StndXIO Config8]
Linear Number:
464
Default Value:
In Trq Limit
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 8 on the Standard XIO board from a list of 28
available options. A 1 represents that the condition in the drive is true. The list is as follows:
Internal
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Unassigned
Reverse
Drv Stopping
Auto Restart
Drv Overload
Mtr Overload
Thermal Alrm
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Line Loss
CtrlPwr Loss
Test Mode
At Speed
Sync Xfer
On Bypass
In Trq Limit
Drive Accel
Drive Decel
Jog
Remote
IsoFan1Ctctr
IsoFan2Ctctr
Field Enable
Field Start
Spd Cmd Loss
Custom 1
Custom 2
Custom 3
Custom 4
Custom 5
Enum Text
Description
The output is unassigned.
Drive is running in Reverse direction.
Drive is Stopping
Drive is in Auto Restart mode.
Drive is running in an overload condition
Motor is running in an overload condition
Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance
e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant
level in liquid cool drives.
Loss of line input voltage
Loss of 120V AC Control Power
Drive is in Test Mode
Drive is at commanded Speed
Synchronous transfer is enabled
Drive is running on Bypass
Drive is in Torque Limit
Drive is accelerating
Drive is decelerating
Drive is in Jog Mode
Drive is in Remote Mode
Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Turn Cooling Fan 2 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet
Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only)
Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only)
Speed Command Loss
Custom 1 Output ™
Custom 2 Output ™
Custom 3 Output ™
Custom 4 Output ™
Custom 5 Output ™
™ Contact Factory for availability.
Logix XIO Register A [Logix Register A]
Linear Number:
714
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is reserved for future-use only, and represents a register within the drive that will have the
ability to be written to remotely. There is no code in the firmware utilizing this register.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-164
Parameter Descriptions
Logix XIO Register B [Logix Register B]
Linear Number:
715
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is reserved for future-use only, and represents a register within the drive that will have the
ability to be written to remotely. There is no code in the firmware utilizing this register.
Metering Parameters
Motor Speed Hz [Motor Speed Hz]
Linear Number:
487
Minimum Value: -120.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 120.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured motor speed in Hz.
Motor Speed in RPM [Motor Speed RPM]
Linear Number:
363
Minimum Value: -4500 RPM
Maximum Value: 4500 RPM
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the measured rotor speed in RPM. It is used by the programming terminal and can also
be assigned to analog output to drive an optional analog meter.
Motor Current [Motor Current]
Linear Number:
361
Minimum Value: 0 A
Maximum Value: 1500 A
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the measured RMS value of the motor current. It is used by the programming terminal
and can also be assigned to analog output to drive an optional analog meter.
Motor Voltage [Motor Voltage]
Linear Number:
362
Minimum Value: 0 V
Maximum Value: 8000 V
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the measured RMS motor terminal voltage (line to line). It is used by the programming
terminal and can also be assigned to analog output to drive an optional analog meter.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-165
Motor Power [Motor Power]
Linear Number:
364
Minimum Value: -15000 kW
Maximum Value: 15000 kW
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the measured motor output power in kW. It is used by the programming terminal and
can also be assigned to analog output to drive an optional analog meter.
Line Current [Line Current]
Linear Number:
500
Minimum Value: 0 A
Maximum Value: 999 A
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured input line current in Amperes.
Line Voltage [Line Voltage]
Linear Number:
324
Minimum Value: 0 V
Maximum Value: 8000 V
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured input line voltage in Volts.
Line Frequency [Line Frequency]
Linear Number:
657
Minimum Value: -100.0 Hz
Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the frequency of the line voltage. This parameter is a filtered version of Master
Line Freq (334) in the Feedback group.
Input Power [Input Power]
Linear Number:
753
Minimum Value: -15000 kW
Maximum Value: 15000 kW
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter in the Metering group displays the real power consumption by the drive. The
measurement includes the line-reactor or transformer losses.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-166
Parameter Descriptions
DC Link Current [DC Link Current]
Linear Number:
116
Minimum Value: 0 A
Maximum Value: 999 A
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured DC Link current in Amperes.
Ground Fault Current [GndFault Current]
Linear Number:
367
Minimum Value: 0.0 A
Maximum Value: 10.0 A
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is the RMS value of the ground fault current measured from the optional ground fault
Current Transformer (CT). The ground fault CT is used only for drives without an input isolation
transformer and measures the zero sequence current flowing in the drive input.
Common-Mode Current [ComMode Current]
Linear Number:
697
Minimum Value: 0.00 A
Maximum Value: 655.35 A
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter is for Direct-to-Drives only and displays measured RMS current in the Neutral Resistor. It
is calculated by using the measured voltage on the neutral of both the line and motor filter capacitors and
dividing it by the programmed Neutral Resistor (680) value.
Control AC#1 RMS [Control AC#1 RMS]
Linear Number:
118
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 300.0 V
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured RMS value of the control voltage applied to AC/DC Power
Supply#1.
Control AC#2 RMS [Control AC#2 RMS]
Linear Number:
77
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 300.0 V
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured RMS value of the control voltage applied to AC/DC Power
Supply#2 in a multi power supply system.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-167
Control AC#3 RMS [Control AC#3 RMS]
Linear Number:
79
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 300.0 V
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured RMS value of the control voltage applied to AC/DC Power
Supply#3 in a multi power supply system.
Control AC#4 RMS [Control AC#4 RMS]
Linear Number:
92
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 300.0 V
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured RMS value of the control voltage applied to AC/DC Power
Supply#4 in a multi power supply system.
Control Power 56V [Control 56V]
Linear Number:
121
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 72.0 V
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured value of the 56V output from the AC/DC power supply feeding the
DC/DC converter.
Control Power 5V [Control 5V]
Linear Number:
139
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 8.0 V
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured value of the 5V output from the DC/DC converter to the Drive
Processor Module (DPM).
Control Power 15V [Control 15V]
Linear Number:
142
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 24.0 V
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the 15V DC output from the DC/DC converter to the Analog Control Board
(ACB).
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-168
Parameter Descriptions
Control Power 24V Hall Effect Current Sensor [Control HECS]
Linear Number:
156
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 36.0 V
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured value of 24V output from the DC/DC converter to the Current
sensors (HECS).
Control Power Redundant 5V [Control 5V Redn]
Linear Number:
237
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 8.0 V
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured value of the redundant 5V output from the DC/DC converter.
IGDPS 56V [IGDPS 56V]
Linear Number:
101
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 72.0 V
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured value of the 56V output from the AC/DC power supply to the
Isolated Gate Driver Power Supply (IGDPS). When an UPS is not installed in the drive, this parameter is
same as control voltage indicated by Control 56V (121).
Control Power 24V XIO [Control XIO]
Linear Number:
196
Minimum Value: 0.0 V
Maximum Value: 36.0 V
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the measured value of the 24V output from the DC/DC converter to the XIO
board.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-169
PWM Parameters
Rectifier Pulse Number [Rec Pulse Number]
Linear Number:
95
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 36
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter indicates the number of pulses per cycle in the switching pattern for the rectifier on PWM
Rectifier drives.
Inverter Pulse Number [Inv Pulse Number]
Linear Number:
295
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter indicates the number of pulses per cycle in the switching pattern for the inverter.
Inverter Pulse-Width Modulation Pattern [Inv PWM Pattern]
Linear Number:
378
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the PWM firing pattern that is being used by the inverter SGCTs. Depending on
the stator frequency and the switching frequency, the inverter will be firing in one of the three different
PWM patterns:
Synch Mod
SHE
Asynch Mod
Pattern 3
Pattern 4
Pattern 5
Synchronous Modulation
Selective Harmonic Elimination
Asynchronous Modulation
Not Currently Used
Not Currently Used
Not Currently Used
The following table illustrates typically at what speeds each pattern is utilized:
Synchronous Modulation
Selective Harmonic Elimination
Asynchronous Modulation
(Medium speed)
(High speed)
(Low Speed)
DC Current Reference 5 pulse to 3 pulse [Idc 3 Pulse]
Linear Number:
756
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 10.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter indicates the dc link current value in per unit at which a PWM rectifier will switch from 5pulse firing to 3-pulse firing. If the dc link current is more than the parameter value and the dc link voltage
reference (Vdc Reference) is below Vdc Ref 5p to 3p (379), the drive will switch from 5-pulse to 3-pulse.
This value is calculated from the rated motor current, rectifier device current rating and the Idc Fac 5p to
3p (560).
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-170
Parameter Descriptions
DC Current Reference 7 pulse to 5 pulse [Idc 5 Pulse]
Linear Number:
757
Minimum Value: 0.000 pu
Maximum Value: 10.000 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter indicates the dc link current value in per unit at which a PWM rectifier will switch from 7pulse firing to 5-pulse firing. If the dc link current is more than the parameter value and the dc link voltage
reference (Vdc Reference) is below Vdc Ref 7p to 5p (465), the drive will switch from 7-pulse to 5-pulse.
This value is calculated from the rated motor current, rectifier device current rating and the Idc Fac 7p to
5p (640).
DC Voltage Reference 5 pulse to 3 pulse [Vdc Ref 5p to 3p]
Linear Number:
379
Default Value:
0.10 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 1.50 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the point at which a PWM rectifier will switch from 5-pulse firing to 3-pulse firing.
If the dc link voltage reference (Vdc Reference) drops below the programmed value and the dc link
current is more than Idc 3 Pulse (756), the drive will switch from 5-pulse to 3-pulse. The purpose of this
parameter is to reduce the amount of losses and heating in the rectifier by reducing the switching pulse
number.
DC Voltage Reference 7 pulse to 5 pulse [Vdc Ref 7p to 5p]
Linear Number:
465
Default Value:
0.50 pu
Minimum Value: 0.00 pu
Maximum Value: 1.50 pu
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the point at which a PWM rectifier will switch from 7-pulse firing to 5-pulse firing.
If the dc link voltage reference (Vdc Reference) drops below the programmed value and the dc link
current is more than Idc 5 Pulse (757), the drive will switch from 7-pulse to 5-pulse. The purpose of this
parameter is to reduce the amount of losses and heating in the rectifier by reducing the switching pulse
number.
DC Current Factor 5 pulse to 3 pulse [Idc Fac 3p to 5p]
Linear Number:
560
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 2.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is used to modify the default level of dc current reference at which the rectifier will switch
from 5 pulse to 3 pulse operation. For normal drive operation, this parameter does not need to be
changed from the default of 1.00 pu because most drives can run in 7-pulse mode for the entire dc
current range. The purpose of this parameter is to reduce the amount of losses and heating in the
rectifier by reducing the switching pulse number.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-171
DC Current Factor 7 pulse to 5 pulse [Idc Fac 7p to 5p]
Linear Number:
640
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 2.00
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is used to modify the default level of dc current reference at which the rectifier will switch
from 7 pulse to 5 pulse operation. For normal drive operation, this parameter does not need to be
changed from the default of 1.00 pu because most drives can run in 7-pulse mode for the entire dc
current range. The purpose of this parameter is to reduce the amount of losses and heating in the
rectifier by reducing the switching pulse number.
Rectifier PWM Max Frequency [Rec PWM Max Freq]
Linear Number:
155
Default Value:
440 Hz
Minimum Value: 100 Hz
Maximum Value: 1000 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is valid for PWM rectifier drives only and specifies the maximum switching frequency of
the power semiconductor devices.
Inverter PWM Max Frequency [Inv PWM Max Freq]
Linear Number:
154
Default Value:
440 Hz
Minimum Value: 100 Hz
Maximum Value: 1000 Hz
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the maximum switching frequency of the power semiconductor devices used in
the inverter.
Rectifier Device Gating Sequence A [Rec DvcGat SeqnA]
Linear Number:
620
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the device firing sequence on Fiber Optic Interface Board A on the rectifier side.
Rectifier Device Gating Sequence B [Rec DvcGat SeqnB]
Linear Number:
621
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the device firing sequence on Fiber Optic Interface Board B on the rectifier side.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-172
Parameter Descriptions
Rectifier Device Gating Sequence C [Rec DvcGat SeqnC]
Linear Number:
626
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the device firing sequence on Fiber Optic Interface Board C on the rectifier side.
Rectifier Device Diagnostic Feedback A [Rec DvcDiag FbkA]
Linear Number:
627
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board A on the rectifier side.
Rectifier Device Diagnostic Feedback B [Rec DvcDiag FbkB]
Linear Number:
628
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board B on the rectifier side.
Rectifier Device Diagnostic Feedback C [Rec DvcDiag FbkC]
Linear Number:
629
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board C on the rectifier side.
Inverter Device Gating Sequence [Inv DvcGat Seqn]
Linear Number:
584
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the device firing sequence on the inverter side. With a drive with more than one
series device, the same firing sequence is applied to all the fiber optic boards.
Inverter Device Diagnostic Feedback A [Inv DvcDiag FbkA]
Linear Number:
608
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board A on the inverter side.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-173
Inverter Device Diagnostic Feedback B [Inv DvcDiag FbkB]
Linear Number:
609
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board B on the inverter side.
Inverter Device Diagnostic Feedback C [Inv DvcDiag FbkC]
Linear Number:
618
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board C on the inverter side.
Power Factor Compensation Modulation Index ™ [PFC Mod Index]
Linear Number:
311
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 1.50
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the value of modulation index at which the inverter is operating while
compensating for the line power factor. The value can change from 0.2 to 0.98 when drive is operating
with Space Vector Modulation technique and is set to 1.03 when the drive uses Selective Harmonic
Elimination technique.
™ Contact factory for the availability of the feature in the drive
Liquid Cooling Parameters
Coolant Temperature C [Coolant Temp C]
Linear Number:
380
Minimum Value: 0 C
Maximum Value: 65535 C
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the coolant temperature in Degree Celsius on a PowerFlex 7000 Liquid-Cooled
drive.
Coolant Temperature F [Coolant Temp F]
Linear Number:
381
Minimum Value: 0 F
Maximum Value: 65535 F
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the coolant temperature in Fahrenheit on a PowerFlex 7000 Liquid-Cooled
drive.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-174
Parameter Descriptions
Fan Configuration for Liquid-Cooled Drive Heat Exchangers [Fan Config]
Linear Number:
477
Default Value:
3 In-line
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the fan configuration for the heat exchanger used on PowerFlex Liquid-Cooled
drives. This parameter lets the drive know how many fans are installed, and their configuration. The
control can then properly turn the fans on and cool the system. The following are the available
configurations:
3 In-line
4 Block
4 Redundant
No Fans
Style #5
3 fans across the heat exchanger in series
4 fans in a square configuration
4 fans in a square configuration, but one is redundant
No fans (Liquid-to-Liquid heat exchanger)
Reserved for Future Use
Coolant Temperature Warning [Coolant Temp Wrn]
Linear Number:
478
Default Value:
49 C
Minimum Value: 35 C
Maximum Value: 85 C
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the value of coolant temperature that will initiate a Coolant Temperature
warning. The temperature is measured from a thermistor in the cooling system.
Coolant Temperature Trip [Coolant Temp Trp]
Linear Number:
483
Default Value:
54 C
Minimum Value: 35 C
Maximum Value: 85 C
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the minimum value of coolant temperature that will initiate a Coolant
Temperature fault. The temperature is measured from a thermistor in the cooling system.
Pump Duty Cycle [Pump Duty Cycle]
Linear Number:
432
Default Value:
8 hrs
Minimum Value: 1 hrs
Maximum Value: 720 hrs
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the duty cycle for the pumps which circulate the liquid coolant.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-175
Fan Duty Cycle [Fan Duty Cycle]
Linear Number:
449
Default Value:
8 hrs
Minimum Value: 1 hrs
Maximum Value: 720 hrs
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the duty cycle for the liquid cooled Heat exchanger fans.
Security Parameters
Port Mask Act [Port Mask Act]
Linear Number:
708
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This read-only parameter provides access to the current value of the Port Mask Active attribute for
diagnostic purposes. There is a bit for each port on the host, indicating whether the port is enabled or
disabled. When bit 15 is set, it indicates that FactoryTalk Security or some other Advanced Security tool
has set the Port Mask Active attribute.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Host
DPI Port1
DPI Port2
DPI Port3
DPI Port4
DPI Port5
DPI Port6
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Description
Programming Terminal I/O
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-176
Parameter Descriptions
Port Logic Mask [Port Logic Mask]
Linear Number:
709
Default Value:
0000000001111111
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
The parameter is used to configure the value of the Logic Mask Active attribute unless the “Advanced” bit
is set in the attribute. If the “Advanced” bit is already set in the Logic Mask Active attribute, the value last
written to the attribute is used until a new value is written directly to the attribute. If the bit for a port is set
to “0”, the port will have no control functions of the drive except for stop.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Host
DPI Port1
DPI Port2
DPI Port3
DPI Port4
DPI Port5
DPI Port6
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Description
Programming Terminal I/O
Logic Mask Act [Logic Mask Act]
Linear Number:
710
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter provides read-only access to the current value of the Logic Mask Active attribute for
diagnostic purposes. When bit 15 is set, it indicates that FactoryTalk Security or some other Advanced
Security tool has set the Logic Mask Active attribute. If the bit for a port is set to “0”, the port will have no
control functions of the drive except for stop.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Host
DPI Port1
DPI Port2
DPI Port3
DPI Port4
DPI Port5
DPI Port6
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Advanced
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Parameter Descriptions
2-177
Write Mask Configuration [Write Mask Cfg]
Linear Number:
711
Default Value:
0000000001111111
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter allows user to program the Write Mask Active attribute when power is cycled to the drive.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Host
DPI Port1
DPI Port2
DPI Port3
DPI Port4
DPI Port5
DPI Port6
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Advanced
Description
Write Mask Act [Write Mask Act]
Linear Number:
712
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter provides read-only access to the current value of the write Mask Active attribute for
diagnostic purposes. When bit 15 is set, it indicates that FactoryTalk security or some other Advanced
Security tool has set the Write Mask Active attribute. Each bit in the parameter controls whether the
device attached to the DPI port can write to parameters or links.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Host
DPI Port1
DPI Port2
DPI Port3
DPI Port4
DPI Port5
DPI Port6
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Advanced
Description
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-178
Parameter Descriptions
Parallel Drive Parameters ™
™ Contact factory for availability.
Drive ID [Drive ID]
Linear Number:
716
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 7
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the identity of an individual drive in a parallel drive system. All drives in a
system should have unique ID numbers. If two drives are programmed with the same ID number, the first
drive to be powered up will take ownership of the ID number and the other drive will be dropped off the
Drive Area Network. Drive ID numbers do not have to be consecutive, there can be gaps in the
sequence (e.g. 0, 1, 3). Usually, Drive ID numbers cannot be freely assigned but are predetermined by
the node addresses of the system controller (PLC).
Power Up Configuration [Powerup Config]
Linear Number:
717
Default Value:
Single Drive
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter defines the role that the drive will assume when the control is powered up.
Single Drive
Master
Slave
Drive not part of a parallel drive system-default
Master drive in a parallel drive system
Slave drive in a parallel drive system
If more than one drive in a parallel drive system is programmed as Master, the first drive to be powered
up will become the master and the other drives will become slaves.
Master Mask [Master Mask]
Linear Number:
718
Default Value:
11111111
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies which drives in a parallel drive system are allowed to become master. A value
of 1 indicates that the corresponding drive can become master if required. A value of 0 indicates that the
corresponding drive will refuse to take on the role of master. Eight bits are defined:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Enum Text
Drive 0
Drive 1
Drive 2
Drive 3
Drive 4
Drive 5
Drive 6
Drive 7
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Drive 0 is selected to become master if required
Drive 1 is selected to become master if required
Drive 2 is selected to become master if required
Drive 3 is selected to become master if required
Drive 4 is selected to become master if required
Drive 5 is selected to become master if required
Drive 6 is selected to become master if required
Drive 7 is selected to become master if required
Parameter Descriptions
2-179
Acting Master ID [Acting Master ID]
Linear Number:
719
Default Value:
0
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 8
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the Drive ID of the drive that is currently acting as master or has been requested
to become the master. For a master drive, this parameter will normally be the same as the Drive ID for
that drive. Setting this parameter to the ID of another drive in the system will cause the master to attempt
to transfer control to the specified drive. For a slave drive, this parameter will have a value of 8, which is
an invalid value for Drive ID.
Drives in System [Drives in System]
Linear Number:
745
Default Value:
1
Minimum Value: 1
Maximum Value: 4
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write when Stopped
This parameter specifies the total number of drives in a parallel drive system. This information cannot be
obtained by counting the number of drives on the Drive Area Network, because some drives in the
system may not be communicating. It is important that this parameter have the correct value because it
is used in calculating the rated current feedback of the drive.
1.0 per unit drive current =
Rated motor amps × Service factor
Drives in system
Reduced Capacity [Reduced Capacity]
Linear Number:
765
Default Value:
Enable
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies whether a parallel drive system is allowed to run with reduced capacity.
Disable
Enable
System will run only if all drives are available
System will run if at least half the total number of drives
are available.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-180
Parameter Descriptions
PD Flags [PD Flags]
Linear Number:
722
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is the parallel drive flag word. Four bits are defined:
Bit
0
Enum Text
Node Reset
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Active Mstr
Pass Mastr
Pass Mstr En
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Node Reset, set to clear parallel drives faults and warnings reset
automatically after faults cleared
Active Master- this drive is the current master
Pass Master- this drive is attempting to pass mastership
Pass Master Enabled-Pass Master is allowed for this drive
PD Fault Word [PD Fault Word]
Linear Number:
720
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This is the parallel drive fault word.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Comm Timeout
Mstr Xfer Er
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Slave 0 Comm
Slave 1 Comm
Slave 2 Comm
Slave 3 Comm
Slave 4 Comm
Slave 5 Comm
Slave 6 Comm
Slave 7 Comm
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Drive has lost communications with the master
Master Transfer Error
Master has lost communication with Drive 0
Master has lost communication with Drive 1
Master has lost communication with Drive 2
Master has lost communication with Drive 3
Master has lost communication with Drive 4
Master has lost communication with Drive 5
Master has lost communication with Drive 6
Master has lost communication with Drive 7
Parameter Descriptions
2-181
PD Warning Word [PD Warning Word]
Linear Number:
721
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This is the parallel drive warning word.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Enum Text
Duplcte Mstr
Dclnd Mstr
Slv RfsdMstr
Invld Mstr R
Xfer Disable
Unused
Unused
Unused
Slave 0 OffL
master only
Slave 1 OffL
Slave 2 OffL
Slave 3 OffL
Slave 4 OffL
Slave 5 OffL
Slave 6 OffL
Slave 7 OffL
Description
Duplicate Master-master only
Slave Declined Master- slave only
Slave Refused Master- master only
Invalid Master Request- slave only
Transfer Disabled- master only
Slave 0 OfflineSlave 1 Offline- master only
Slave 2 Offline- master only
Slave 3 Offline- master only
Slave 4 Offline- master only
Slave 5 Offline- master only
Slave 6 Offline- master only
Slave 7 Offline- master only
PD Status [PD Status]
Linear Number:
723
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable specifies the status of this drive in a parallel drive system. It is sent to the master drive
where it is displayed as Drive n Status, where n is the drive ID. Eight bits are defined:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Ready
Running
Faulted
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Hub Comm OK
Input Clsed
Output Clsed
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Drive is ready
Drive is running
Drive has a fault condition
Drive has a class 1 fault
Drive has a class 2 fault
Communications between the drive and the hub PLC is functional
Drive input contactor is closed
Drive output contactor is closed
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-182
Parameter Descriptions
Drive0 Status [Drive0 Status]
Linear Number:
724
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
These eight variables display the status of all the drives in a parallel drive system. They are valid in the
master drive only, and will have a value of zero in all slave drives. The definition is the same as PD Status.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Ready
Running
Faulted
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Hub Comm OK
Input Clsed
Output Clsed
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Status Valid
Description
Drive is ready
Drive is running
Drive has a fault condition
Drive has a class 1 fault
Drive has a class 2 fault
Communications between the drive and the hub PLC is functional
Drive input contactor is closed
Drive output contactor is closed
Status word is valid
Drive1 Status [Drive1 Status]
Linear Number:
725
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
These eight variables display the status of all the drives in a parallel drive system. They are valid in the
master drive only, and will have a value of zero in all slave drives. The definition is the same as PD Status.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Ready
Running
Faulted
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Hub Comm OK
Input Clsed
Output Clsed
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Status Valid
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Drive is ready
Drive is running
Drive has a fault condition
Drive has a class 1 fault
Drive has a class 2 fault
Communications between the drive and the hub PLC is functional
Drive input contactor is closed
Drive output contactor is closed
Status word is valid
Parameter Descriptions
2-183
Drive2 Status [Drive2 Status]
Linear Number:
726
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
These eight variables display the status of all the drives in a parallel drive system. They are valid in the
master drive only, and will have a value of zero in all slave drives. The definition is the same as PD Status.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Ready
Running
Faulted
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Hub Comm OK
Input Clsed
Output Clsed
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Status Valid
Description
Drive is ready
Drive is running
Drive has a fault condition
Drive has a class 1 fault
Drive has a class 2 fault
Communications between the drive and the hub PLC is functional
Drive input contactor is closed
Drive output contactor is closed
Status word is valid
Drive3 Status [Drive3 Status]
Linear Number:
727
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
These eight variables display the status of all the drives in a parallel drive system. They are valid in the
master drive only, and will have a value of zero in all slave drives. The definition is the same as PD Status.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Ready
Running
Faulted
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Hub Comm OK
Input Clsed
Output Clsed
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Status Valid
Description
Drive is ready
Drive is running
Drive has a fault condition
Drive has a class 1 fault
Drive has a class 2 fault
Communications between the drive and the hub PLC is functional
Drive input contactor is closed
Drive output contactor is closed
Status word is valid
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-184
Parameter Descriptions
Drive4 Status [Drive4 Status]
Linear Number:
728
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
These eight variables display the status of all the drives in a parallel drive system. They are valid in the
master drive only, and will have a value of zero in all slave drives. The definition is the same as PD Status.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Ready
Running
Faulted
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Hub Comm OK
Input Clsed
Output Clsed
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Status Valid
Description
Drive is ready
Drive is running
Drive has a fault condition
Drive has a class 1 fault
Drive has a class 2 fault
Communications between the drive and the hub PLC is functional
Drive input contactor is closed
Drive output contactor is closed
Status word is valid
Drive5 Status [Drive5 Status]
Linear Number:
729
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
These eight variables display the status of all the drives in a parallel drive system. They are valid in the
master drive only, and will have a value of zero in all slave drives. The definition is the same as PD Status.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Ready
Running
Faulted
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Hub Comm OK
Input Clsed
Output Clsed
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Status Valid
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Drive is ready
Drive is running
Drive has a fault condition
Drive has a class 1 fault
Drive has a class 2 fault
Communications between the drive and the hub PLC is functional
Drive input contactor is closed
Drive output contactor is closed
Status word is valid
Parameter Descriptions
2-185
Drive6 Status [Drive6 Status]
Linear Number:
730
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
These eight variables display the status of all the drives in a parallel drive system. They are valid in the
master drive only, and will have a value of zero in all slave drives. The definition is the same as PD Status.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Ready
Running
Faulted
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Hub Comm OK
Input Clsed
Output Clsed
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Status Valid
Description
Drive is ready
Drive is running
Drive has a fault condition
Drive has a class 1 fault
Drive has a class 2 fault
Communications between the drive and the hub PLC is functional
Drive input contactor is closed
Drive output contactor is closed
Status word is valid
Drive7 Status [Drive7 Status]
Linear Number:
731
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
These eight variables display the status of all the drives in a parallel drive system. They are valid in the
master drive only, and will have a value of zero in all slave drives. The definition is the same as PD Status.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Ready
Running
Faulted
Class1 Fault
Class2 Fault
Hub Comm OK
Input Clsed
Output Clsed
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Status Valid
Description
Drive is ready
Drive is running
Drive has a fault condition
Drive has a class 1 fault
Drive has a class 2 fault
Communications between the drive and the hub PLC is functional
Drive input contactor is closed
Drive output contactor is closed
Status word is valid
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-186
Parameter Descriptions
Master Flux Reference [Master Flux Ref]
Linear Number:
732
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable is the flux reference from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive system. It is raw
data, not converted to engineering units.
Master Torque Reference [Master Torq Ref]
Linear Number:
733
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable is the torque reference from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive system. It is
raw data, not converted to engineering units.
Master Magnetizing Current Command [Master Isd Cmd]
Linear Number:
734
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable is the magnetizing current command from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive
system. It is raw data, not converted to engineering units.
Master Capacity [Master Capacity]
Linear Number:
737
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable is the capacity factor from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive system. It is raw
data, not converted to engineering units.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-187
Master Command [Master Command]
Linear Number:
735
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable is the command word from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive system. Four bits
are defined:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Stop
Start
Reset
Cmd Reverse
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Stop command from master to all slave drives
Start command from master to all slave drives
Reset command from master to all slave drives
Reverse command from master to all slave drives
Specific Slave ID [Sp Slave ID]
Linear Number:
736
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 8
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable identifies the slave drive (0-7) to which the specific commands Sp Capacity and Sp
Command are directed. A value of 8 indicates that no slave drive is selected. It is valid in the master
drive only, and always has a value of 8 in slave drives.
Specific Command [Sp Command]
Linear Number:
739
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable is the command word from the master to the slave drive identified by Sp Slave ID. It has the
same definition as Master Command.
Refer parameter #735 for bits information
Specific Capacity [Sp Capacity]
Linear Number:
738
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable is the capacity factor from the master to the slave drive identified by Sp Slave ID.
It is raw data, not converted to engineering units.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-188
Parameter Descriptions
Parallel Drive Flux Reference [PD Flux Ref]
Linear Number:
740
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable is the flux reference received from the master. It is raw data, not converted to engineering
units.
Parallel Drive Torque Reference [PD Torq Ref]
Linear Number:
741
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable is the torque reference received from the master.
engineering units.
It is raw data, not converted to
Parallel Drive Magnetizing Current Command [PD Isd Cmd]
Linear Number:
742
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 65535
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable is the magnetizing current command received from the master. It is raw data, not converted
to engineering units.
Parallel Drive Capacity [PD Capacity]
Linear Number:
746
Minimum Value: 0
Maximum Value: 32767
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable is the capacity factor of this drive. It is raw data, not converted to engineering units.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-189
Parallel Drive Command [PD Command]
Linear Number:
743
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable is the command word received from the master. It has the same definition as Master
Command.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Stop
Start
Reset
Cmd Reverse
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Stop command from master to all slave drives
Start command from master to all slave drives
Reset command from master to all slave drives
Reverse command from master to all slave drives
Drv Application Parameters
Surface Voltage [ESP Surface Volt]
Linear Number:
760
Minimum Value: 0 V
Maximum Value: 8000 V
Access Level:
Basic
Read/Write:
Read Only
This variable is used to indicate the motor filter capacitor voltage in Volts. For ESP applications this
voltage will be greater than the Motor Voltage due to the drop in the cable.
Cable Resistance [ESP Cable Resis]
Linear Number:
750
Default Value:
0.000 ohms
Minimum Value: 0.000 ohms
Maximum Value: 65.535 ohms
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
If the value of Autotune Rs is greater than 2.5%, an ESP drive is assumed. In addition a parameter Cable
Resistance (#750) is used to specify the cable resistance if the cable data is known. When this parameter
is non zero, the R Stator parameter is updated using this value and Autotune Rs is ignored.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-190
Parameter Descriptions
Drive Application
Linear Number:
Default Value:
Access Level:
Read/Write:
[Drv Application] ™
751
ID Fan
Basic
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the application in which the drive is being used and in intended for future use only.
Internal
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
ID Fan
Pump 1
Pump 2
Conveyor
Compressor
BanburyMixer
Application1
Application2
Application3
Application4
Application5
Application6
TestBay Dyn1
TestBay Dyn2
TestBay Dyn3
TestBay Dyn4
Description
Drive is running Induced Draft Fan
Drive is running Pump type 1
Drive is running Pump type 2
Drive is running a conveyor
Drive is running a compressor
Drive is running a Banbury Mixer
Future use
Future use
Future use
Future use
Future use
Future use
Drive under test is using Dyne 1
Drive under test is using Dyne 2
Drive under test is using Dyne 3
Drive under test is using Dyne 4
™ Contact factory for availability.
Process Control Parameters ™
™ Contact factory for availability.
PID Output [PID Output]
Linear Number:
356
Minimum Value: -2.0000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the final output of the PID controller in per unit. This is the sum of proportional,
integral, derivative and previous value of the PID Output. This value corresponds
to the Speed Command PID to drive.
Process Variable [Process Variable]
Linear Number:
357
Minimum Value: -2.0000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter represents the feedback from process. This value is compared with Process Setpoint
(360) to calculate the error.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-191
Process Variable Eng [Process Var Eng]
Linear Number:
366
Minimum Value: -3276.7
Maximum Value: 3276.7
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the feedback from the process in engineering units according to the application.
PID Gain [PID Gain]
Linear Number:
353
Default Value:
1.00
Minimum Value: 0.00
Maximum Value: 655.35
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the proportional gain in the PID controller when Indpndt Gain option in PID
Command (313) is chosen. If not, this parameter represents controller gain. The proportional gain works
only on the proportional term while the controller gain works for all three terms, proportional, integral and
derivative, at the same time. Refer to the formula in the Manual to understand the difference between the
independent gain and the dependent gain.
PID Integral Time [PID Intgral Time]
Linear Number:
354
Default Value:
1.00 sec
Minimum Value: 0.00 sec
Maximum Value: 655.35 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the integral time constant in seconds. This parameter represent the time for the
integral term to repeat the action of the proportional term in response to a step change in error. A larger
value of this parameter causes a slower integral response.
PID Derivative Time [PID Deriv Time]
Linear Number:
355
Default Value:
0.00 sec
Minimum Value: 0.00 sec
Maximum Value: 655.35 sec
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the derivative time constant in seconds. A larger value of this parameter causes
a faster derivative response. If this value is set to 0, the derivative term in the PID controller is disabled.
Process Setpoint [Process Setpoint]
Linear Number:
360
Default Value:
0.5000 pu
Minimum Value: -2.0000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the process setpoint value.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-192
Parameter Descriptions
Process Gain [Process Gain]
Linear Number:
398
Default Value:
1.0
Minimum Value: 0.0
Maximum Value: 6553.5
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the conversion rate from the customer's process sensor value to process
engineering unit. This parameter is used to calculate the process feedback in engineering value Process
Var Eng (366) for the display. For example, if 1 volt from sensor represents the 3000 psi, this value
should be 3000.
PID Minimum Limit [PID Min Limit]
Linear Number:
336
Default Value:
-1.0000 pu
Minimum Value: -2.0000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter sets the lower limit of the PID Output (356).
PID Maximum Limit [PID Max Limit]
Linear Number:
318
Default Value:
1.0000 pu
Minimum Value: -2.0000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter sets the upper limit of the PID Output (356).
PID Manual Input [PID Manual Input]
Linear Number:
348
Default Value:
0.0000 pu
Minimum Value: 0.0000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the manual input to the PID Output (356) when Manual option in PID Command
(313) is selected.
PID Dead Bandwidth [PID Dead Band]
Linear Number:
352
Default Value:
0.0000 pu
Minimum Value: 0.0000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the band to restrict the corrective action of PID Controller for small deviation in
the error. If the error is smaller than this value, all the proportional, integral and derivative terms are kept
to zero, and PID Output (356) stays in the previous value.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameter Descriptions
2-193
PID Preload [PID Preload]
Linear Number:
365
Default Value:
0.0000 pu
Minimum Value: 0.0000 pu
Maximum Value: 2.0000 pu
Access Level:
Advanced
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the preset value of PID Output (356).
PID Filter [PID Filter]
Linear Number:
390
Default Value:
0.0 r/s
Minimum Value: 0.0 r/s
Maximum Value: 6000.0 r/s
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the cutoff frequency of the low pass filter used for the error between the Process
Setpoint (360) and the Process Variable (357).
PID Command [PID Command]
Linear Number:
313
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the options for PID controller action. ‘1’ in the corresponding bit location
indicates that option is selected, and ‘0’ indicates that the option is not selected. When no option is
selected, PID controller works with the default setting, which is dependent gain with the derivative term on
the error. The following is descriptions of the individual bits:
Bit
0
1
2
3
Enum Text
Indpndt Gain
DerivProcess
Manual
Direct
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
PID gain is applied only to the proportional term
Derivative term acts on the process variable, not on the error.
PID Output is manually decided.
PID Output increases when the Process variable is larger than the
PID Setpoint.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-194
Parameter Descriptions
Commissioning Parameters ™
™ Contact factory for availability.
Master Bridge Phasing [Master Phasing]
Linear Number:
663
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the results obtained from phasing check for the Master rectifier bridge.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Required-ABC
Required-ACB
Required-BAC
Required-BCA
Required-CBA
Required-CAB
Description
Actual-ABC
Actual-ACB
Actual-BAC
Actual-BCA
Actual-CBA
Actual-CAB
Slave 1 Bridge Phasing [Slave1 Phasing]
Linear Number:
664
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the results obtained from phasing check for the Slave1 rectifier bridge on
18-pulse drives.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Required-ABC
Required-ACB
Required-BAC
Required-BCA
Required-CBA
Required-CAB
Actual-ABC
Actual-ACB
Actual-BAC
Actual-BCA
Actual-CBA
Actual-CAB
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Parameter Descriptions
2-195
Slave 2 Bridge Phasing [Slave2 Phasing]
Linear Number:
665
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter specifies the results obtained from phasing check for the Slave2 rectifier bridge on 18pulse drives.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Required-ABC
Required-ACB
Required-BAC
Required-BCA
Required-CBA
Required-CAB
Description
Actual-ABC
Actual-ACB
Actual-BAC
Actual-BCA
Actual-CBA
Actual-CAB
Commission Status [CommissionStatus]
Linear Number:
667
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read Only
This parameter displays the commissioning status.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
DIM Valid
Drv Isolated
MV Present
PhasingDone
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
DIM validated
Drive is Isolated
Medium voltage is present
Phasing check has been done
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-196
Parameter Descriptions
Commission Flags [CommissionFlags]
Linear Number:
668
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter displays the command for the drive during commissioning.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Unused
Unused
Unused
DoPhasingChk
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Description
Perform Phasing Check
Zero Scale Reference [Scale Zero Ref]
Linear Number:
659
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is used for calibration of analog inputs in the drive and prompts the user to enter the zero
scale reference value for the particular input.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Speed Pot
Anlg Input1
Anlg Input2
Anlg Input3
Convrter AirFlow
IsoTx AirFlow
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Parameter Descriptions
2-197
Full Scale Reference [Scale Full Ref]
Linear Number:
660
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
his parameter is used for calibration of analog inputs in the drive and prompts the user to enter the full
scale reference value for the particular input.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Speed Pot
Anlg Input1
Anlg Input2
Anlg Input3
Convrter AirFlow
IsoTx AirFlow
Description
Provide Zero Reference [Provide Zero Ref]
Linear Number:
661
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is used for calibration of analog outputs in the drive and prompts the drive to output the
zero scale reference value for the particular output.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Anlg Meter1
Anlg Meter2
Anlg Meter3
Anlg Meter4
Anlg Output1
Anlg Output2
Anlg Output3
Anlg Output4
Anlg 4-20mA
Description
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-198
Parameter Descriptions
Provide Full Scale Reference [Provide Full Ref]
Linear Number:
662
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is used for calibration of analog outputs in the drive and prompts the drive to output the
full scale reference value for the particular output.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Anlg Meter1
Anlg Meter2
Anlg Meter3
Anlg Meter4
Anlg Output1
Anlg Output2
Anlg Output3
Anlg Output4
Anlg 4-20mA
Description
Setup Wizard [Setup Wizard]
Linear Number:
13
Default Value:
0000000000000000
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter specifies the progress of the Setup Wizard. A ‘1’ indicates that the step has been
completed by the setup wizard. Until all the steps are completed, you will always be prompted to continue
with the process each time control power is cycled. The following steps are displayed:
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Enum Text
Path Picked
Gating Test
Motor Data
Features
Speed Ref
Analog Calib
Ext Faults
System Test
Phasing Chck
Autotuning
DC Test
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
For Internal use only
Perform gating checks on the drive
Enter motor nameplate data
Enter Feature Select parameters
Enter Speed Profile parameters
Calibrate analog system
Configure the External Faults
Perform System Test
Performed phasing check for an 18-pulse drive
Autotune drive and motor parameters
Run the drive in DC Current Test Mode
Parameter Descriptions
2-199
Setup Wizard 2 [Setup Wizard 2]
Linear Number:
666
Default Value:
0000 Hex
Minimum Value: 0000 Hex
Maximum Value: FFFF Hex
Access Level:
Service
Read/Write:
Read/Write
This parameter is reserved for future use and will be used for Set Up wizard.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameters Listed by Group
2-201
Parameters Listed by Group
Feedback Parameters
135
696
645
643
761
554
122
555
254
255
252
253
567
568
447
653
589
347
136
137
138
382
383
384
334
335
239
616
617
683
779
778
684
767
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Line Voltage pu
Rec Input Volt
Rec DCLink Volt
Inv DCLink Volt
Inv Output Volt
Motor Voltage pu
Line Current pu
Motor Current pu
Rec HSink Temp C
Rec HSink Temp F
Inv HSink Temp C
Inv HSink Temp F
Air Filter Block
Air Filter Allow
Convrter AirFlow
IsoTx AirFlow
LineNeutral Volt
Mtr Neutral Volt
Master Line Volt
Slave1 Line Volt
Slave2 Line Volt
Master Line Cur
Slave1 Line Cur
Slave2 Line Cur
Master Line Freq
Slave1 Line Freq
Slave2 Line Freq
Slave1 Angle
Slave2 Angle
Harmonic Voltage
ComModeCur Peak
TransientVoltMax
BusTransient Trp
BusTransient Lvl
0.000
0.000
-2.000
-2.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
-40.0
-40.0
-40.0
-40.0
0.0
0.0
-1.0
-10.0
-2.000
-2.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
-100.0
-100.0
-100.0
-360.0
-360.0
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.000
0.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
4.000
4.000
100.0
212.0
100.0
212.0
100.0
100.0
10.0
10.0
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
4.000
4.000
4.000
100.0
100.0
100.0
360.0
360.0
32.767
655.35
2.000
32.767
32.767
-
Units
ReadOnly
Access
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
C
F
C
F
%
%
V
V
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
Hz
Hz
Hz
deg
deg
pu
A
pu
pu
pu
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-202
Parameters Listed by Group
Diagnostics Parameters
257
258
262
699
569
238
505
506
264
160
368
265
642
446
96
251
473
474
494
764
551
550
682
428
610
611
612
613
614
615
263
619
490
700
689
597
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Logic Command
Logic Status
Drive Not Ready1
Drive Not Ready2
DrvStatus Flag1
DrvStatus Flag2
Contactor Cmd
Contactor Status
RecControl Flag1
RecControl Flag2
RecControl Flag3
InvControl Flag1
InvControl Flag2
InvControl Flag3
InvAnlg SelfTst1
InvAnlg SelfTst2
RecAnlg SelfTst1
RecAnlg SelfTst2
RecAnlg SelfTst3
Cur Sens FltCode
Drive Overload
Motor Overload
RNeutral OvrLoad
Bypass VoltUnbal
Master VoltUnbal
Slave1 VoltUnbal
Slave2 VoltUnbal
Master Cur Unbal
Slave1 Cur Unbal
Slave2 Cur Unbal
Motor Cur Unbal
Motor Flux Unbal
Fault Output
Warning Output
Scope Trigger
Parameter Error
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0
0
0
0
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1
1
1
65535
-
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Units
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
ReadOnly
Access
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Basic
Parameters Listed by Group
2-203
Feature Select Parameters
4
7
749
60
3
1
10
5
99
199
590
591
13
702
300
299
491
493
11
12
38
39
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Operating Mode
Speed Ref Select
Speed Cmd Loss
Coast Speed
Auto Restart Dly
Input Ctctr Cfg
InpCtctr OpenDly
Output Ctctr Cfg
Special Features
Load Loss Detect
Rec Gating Test
Inv Gating Test
Setup Wizard
Extended Trend
PowerFactor Comp
PFC Access Code
Fan1 Run Time
Fan2 Run Time
Passcode 0
Passcode 1
Passcode 2
Passcode 3
1.0
0.0
0.0
0
0.1
0.1
0
0
0
0
100.0
10.0
60.0
65535
60.0
60.0
65535
65535
65535
65535
Normal
Local
Fault
2.0
0.0
All Faults
0.0
Not Running
0000000000000000
Disabled
Off
Off
0000000000000000
Enabled
Disable
0
30.0
0.1
-
Units
Hz
sec
min
Hex
Hex
Days
Days
ReadOnly
Access
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Monitor
Monitor
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Advanced
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-204
Parameters Listed by Group
Drive Hardware Parameters
114
625
133
128
648
649
192
176
19
17
18
153
32
15
16
624
27
28
20
21
158
157
151
149
285
284
152
150
144
143
145
146
680
681
198
197
141
274
575
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Units
DCLnk Induct pu
Line Reactor pu
Line Filter Cap
Motor Filter Cap
Drive VSB Gain
Drive VSB Tap
InpFilCutOffFreq
Drive Model
Rated Drive Amps
Rated Line Freq
Rated Line Volts
Rectifier Type
Line Cap Freq
Line Cap kVAR
Line Cap Volts
Line Reactor
DCLnk Inductance
Motor Cap Freq
Motor Cap kVAR
Motor Cap Volts
CT Burden Gndflt
CT Ratio Gndflt
CT Brden Line
CT Ratio Line
HECS Brden DCLnk
HECS Ratio DCLnk
HECS Brden Motor
HECS Ratio Motor
RecDvc CurRating
InvDvc CurRating
Series RecDvc
Series InvDvc
Neutral Resistor
RNeut Pwr Rating
HECS Ratio RNeut
HECS Brden RNeut
HardwareOptions1
HardwareOptions2
Number PwrSup
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.0
0.0
10
50
100
50
1
100
0.00
1.0
50
1
100
10
10
1.0
10
1.0
10
1.0
10
0
0
1
1
0.0
0
10
1.0
1
10.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
6553.5
100.0
1750
60
7200
60
7500
10000
50.00
500.0
90
7500
10000
10000
10000
100.0
10000
100.0
10000
100.0
10000
3500
3500
6
6
6553.5
65535
10000
100.0
4
B Frame
159
60
4160
6 PWM
60
400
4160
0.00
24.0
60
400
4160
1000
2000
5.0
1000
50.0
4000
50.0
4000
800
800
2
2
0.0
1500
4000
50.0
0000000010000000
0000000000000000
1
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Units
Rated Motor Amps
Rated Motor Freq
Rated Motor HP
Rated Motor kW
Rated Motor RPM
Rated Motor Volt
Service Factor
Motor Type
10
25
10
10
150.0
100
0.75
-
1500
90
20000
15000
3600.0
8000
1.25
-
159
60
1250
933
1192.0
4000
1.00
Induction
A
Hz
hp
kW
RPM
V
pu
pu
pu
pu
V/V
A
Hz
V
Hz
kvar
V
mH
mH
Hz
kvar
V
ohms
ohms
ohms
ohms
A
A
ohms
W
ohms
Hex
Hex
ReadOnly
Access
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
ReadOnly
Access
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Service
Motor Ratings Parameters
23
29
25
24
26
22
31
30
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameters Listed by Group
2-205
Autotuning Parameters
377
209
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
325
212
210
211
216
213
215
375
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Units
Autotune Warning
Autotune Select
Autotune L Input
Autotune T DCLnk
Autotune RStator
Autotune LLeakge
Autotune L Magn
Autotune T Rotor
Autotune Inertia
Autotune Lmd
Autotune Lmq
Autotune Idc BW
Autotune Idc Cmd
Autotune Idc Stp
Autotune Isd Stp
Autotune Spd Cmd
Autotune Trq Stp
AutotuneComplete
0.00
0.000
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0
10.0
0.100
0.000
0.010
20.0
0.050
-
1.00
0.150
0.50
0.50
15.00
10.00
100.00
10.00
1000
100.0
0.900
0.500
0.200
60.0
0.500
-
Off
0.00
0.000
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
100
50.0
0.500
0.250
0.100
30.0
0.100
0000000000000000
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Units
Stator Current
Stator Voltage
Stator Frequency
Rotor Frequency
Slip Frequency
Mtr AirGap Power
Mtr AirGap Trq
Mtr Power Factor
MtrTrq Current
MtrFlux Current
StatFrqVoltModel
StatFrqCurModel
FlxFbk VoltModel
FlxFbk CurModel
Lm Predicted
Lm Measured
Lm Rated
Lm Regen
Lm Noload FlxMin
Lm Noload FlxMax
R Stator
L Total Leakage
T Rotor
Lmd
Lmq
0.000
0.000
0.00
0.00
-2.00
-4.000
-4.000
0.00
-4.000
-4.000
0.0
0.0
0.000
0.000
0.00
0.00
1.00
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.0000
0.00
0.10
0.10
0.10
4.000
2.000
120.00
120.00
2.00
4.000
4.000
1.00
4.000
4.000
100.0
100.0
2.000
2.000
15.00
15.00
15.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
0.5000
0.75
10.00
10.00
10.00
3.50
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.0000
0.25
1.50
1.00
1.00
pu
pu
Hz
Hz
Hz
pu
pu
Hex
pu
sec
pu
pu
pu
sec
sec
pu
pu
r/s
pu
pu
pu
Hz
pu
Hex
ReadOnly
Access
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
ReadOnly
Access
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Monitor
Monitor
Service
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Motor Model Parameters
340
344
448
337
343
346
345
692
339
338
485
486
342
341
701
134
131
693
694
695
129
130
132
418
296
pu
pu
Hz
Hz
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
sec
pu
pu
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-206
Parameters Listed by Group
Speed Command Parameters
277
276
275
273
47
48
56
58
59
293
290
41
42
43
44
45
46
40
33
34
35
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Speed Command
Speed Command In
Control Refernce
Control Feedback
SpdCmd Pot
SpdCmd Anlg Inp1
SpdCmd Anlg Inp2
SpdCmd DPI
SpdCmd PID
Speed Cmd Min
Speed Cmd Max
RefCmd Pot Min
RefCmd Pot Max
RefCmdAnlgInpMin
RefCmdAnlgInpMax
RefCmd DPI Min
RefCmd DPI Max
Preset Jog Speed
Preset Speed 1
Preset Speed 2
Preset Speed 3
-120.0
-120.0
0.0
0.0
-120.0
-120.0
-120.0
-120.0
-120.0
0.0
0.0
-120.0
0.0
-120.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
120.0
120.0
6553.5
6553.5
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
60.0
75.0
75.0
75.0
6.0
60.0
6.0
60.0
6.0
60.0
6.0
60.0
6.0
30.0
35.0
40.0
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Speed Reference
Speed Feedback
Speed Error
MtrTorque CurCmd
InvTorque CurCmd
Total Accel Time
Total Decel Time
Inertia Type
Total Inertia
Speed Fbk Mode
SpdReg Bandwidth
Speed Ref Step
-120.0
-120.0
-10.00
-4.000
-4.000
0.0
0.0
0.10
0.1
0.0
120.0
120.0
10.00
4.000
4.000
1200.0
1200.0
50.00
15.0
2.0
32.0
32.0
Low
1.00
Sensorless
1.0
0.0
Units
ReadOnly
Access
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Units
ReadOnly
Access
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Monitor
Monitor
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Monitor
Monitor
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Speed Control Parameters
278
289
472
292
294
61
62
63
82
89
81
88
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Hz
Hz
Hz
pu
pu
sec
sec
sec
r/s
Hz
Parameters Listed by Group
2-207
Speed Profile Parameters
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
475
481
482
479
480
53
54
55
49
50
51
80
Units
ReadOnly
Access
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
%
sec
sec
sec
sec
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Default
Units
ReadOnly
Access
200.0
0.000
0.000
0.040
0.0500
2.0
0.00
0.00
pu
pu
pu
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Accel Time 1
Accel Time 2
Accel Time 3
Accel Time 4
Decel Time 1
Decel Time 2
Decel Time 3
Decel Time 4
Ramp Speed 1
Ramp Speed 2
Ramp Speed 3
Ramp Speed 4
S Curve Percent
S Curve Accel 1
S Curve Accel 2
S Curve Decel 1
S Curve Decel 2
Skip Speed Band1
Skip Speed Band2
Skip Speed Band3
Skip Speed 1
Skip Speed 2
Skip Speed 3
Ramp Test Step
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
30.0
5.0
3.0
14.0
10.0
5.0
3.0
14.0
10.0
5.0
12.0
54.0
60.0
0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
0.0
Name
Min.
Max.
Idc Reference
Idc Feedback
Idc Error
Vdc Reference
Alpha Rectifier
IdcRefLmt Motor
IdcRefLmt DCTest
IdcRefLmt Autotn
CurReg Bandwidth
Idc Test Command
Idc Ref Step
T DC Link
Input Impedance
Feedforward Fil
PFC LeadingLimit
PFC LaggingLimit
0.000
-2.000
-1.000
-1.000
0.0
0.000
0.000
0.000
50.0
0.000
0.000
0.015
0.0000
0.0
0.00
0.00
4.000
4.000
1.000
1.000
180.0
4.000
4.000
4.000
2000.0
1.500
1.000
0.150
1.0000
12.0
1.00
1.00
Current Control Parameters
321
322
323
326
327
773
260
261
113
119
120
115
140
502
301
302
deg
pu
pu
pu
r/s
pu
pu
sec
pu
Hz
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-208
Parameters Listed by Group
Torque Control Parameters
291
147
86
87
91
90
84
85
658
747
748
641
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Torque Reference
Active Trq Limit
TrqCmd0 SensrLss
TrqCmd1 SensrLss
Trq Cmd External
Trq Control Mode
Trq Lmt Motoring
Trq Lmt Braking
Trq Lmt Overload
Pwr Lmt Motoring
Pwr Lmt Braking
TrqCmd0 Tach
-4.000
-4.000
0.00
0.00
-4.000
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.000
4.000
4.00
4.00
4.000
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
0.40
0.40
0.000
Speed Reg
1.05
0.50
1.00
1.50
1.50
0.00
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Flux Reference
Flux Feedback
Flux Error
Mtr Flux CurCmd
FluxCur Feedfwd
FluxCurRegulator
Inv Flux CurCmd
Alpha Inverter
Field CurCmd
Field Current
Flux Cmd Limit
PFC Flux Command
FlxReg Bandwidth
FlxCmd RatedLoad
FlxCmd No Load
Motor Flux Time
Icd Command Gain
Field Bandwidth
Base Speed
Flux RefStep
0.000
0.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-360.0
0.000
-2.000
0.000
-1.500
1.0
0.000
0.400
0.0
0.0
0.1
25.0
0.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
360.0
2.000
2.000
1.500
1.500
30.0
1.500
1.500
10.0
1.0
100.0
100.0
0.100
10.0
0.900
0.700
3.0
0.5
10.0
60.0
0.000
Units
ReadOnly
Access
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
ReadOnly
Access
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Flux Control Parameters
305
306
307
310
308
309
312
328
314
57
623
304
97
100
103
78
107
106
98
102
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Units
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
deg
pu
pu
pu
pu
r/s
pu
pu
sec
r/s
Hz
pu
Parameters Listed by Group
2-209
Alarm Config Parameters
440
441
442
443
444
445
435
651
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
564
394
395
396
562
563
8
561
397
647
423
468
707
565
104
105
175
703
420
759
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
InputProt1 Class
TxReacOvrTmpClss
DCLnkOvrTmpClass
Motor Prot Class
InputProt2 Class
Aux Prot Class
Stnd XIOFlt Mask
Ext Fault Selct
ExtFault1 Class
ExtFault2 Class
ExtFault3 Class
ExtFault4 Class
ExtFault5 Class
ExtFault6 Class
ExtFault7 Class
ExtFault8 Class
ExtFault9 Class
ExtFault10 Class
ExtFault11 Class
ExtFault12 Class
ExtFault13 Class
ExtFault14 Class
ExtFault15 Class
ExtFault16 Class
Ext Fault Mask
Drv Fault1 Mask
Drv Fault2 Mask
Drv Fault3 Mask
Drv Fault4 Mask
Drv Fault5 Mask
Drv Fault6 Mask
Mtr Fault1 Mask
Drv Wrn1 Mask
Drv Wrn2 Mask
Drv Wrn3 Mask
Drv Wrn4 Mask
Drv Wrn5 Mask
Mtr Wrn1 Mask
Ctrl Pwr FltMask
Ctrl Pwr WrnMask
DPI Loss Mask
Liq Cool Mask
DvcDiag Flt Mask
PD Wrn Mask
-
-
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
11111111
0000000000000000
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
0000000000000000
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
Units
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
ReadOnly
Access
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Service
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Service
Service
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-210
Parameters Listed by Group
Alarms Parameters
433
434
372
429
279
280
281
370
371
9
369
282
646
374
467
706
373
758
287
288
93
148
596
650
358
359
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Stnd XIO Fault
Stnd XIO Warning
External Fault
External Warning
Drive Fault1
Drive Fault2
Drive Fault3
Drive Fault4
Drive Fault5
Drive Fault6
Motor Fault1
Drive Warning1
Drive Warning2
Drive Warning3
Drive Warning4
Drive Warning5
Motor Warning1
PD Warning
Ctrl Pwr Fault
Ctrl Pwr Warning
DPI Loss Fault
DPI Loss Warning
XIO Adaptr Loss
Ext Fault PLC
Liquid Cool Flt
Liquid Cool Wrn
-
-
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Units
ReadOnly
Access
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Parameters Listed by Group
2-211
Drive Protection Parameters
169
170
161
162
165
166
173
174
193
194
271
272
108
109
167
168
270
772
163
164
269
587
588
171
172
675
676
774
775
776
777
673
674
677
678
679
698
266
268
112
111
316
315
656
655
654
317
320
319
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Units
DCLnk OvrCur Trp
DCLnk OvrCur Dly
Line OvrCur Trp
Line OvrCur Dly
Line OvrVolt Trp
Line OvrVolt Dly
Rec OvrVolt Trp
Rec OvrVolt Dly
Inv OvrVolt Trp
Inv OvrVolt Dly
LineVoltUnbalTrp
LineVoltUnbalDly
Line CurUnbalTrp
Line CurUnbalDly
Line UndVolt Lvl
Line UndVolt Dly
Drv OvrLoad Wrn
Drv Thermal Cyc
Drv OvrLoad Trp
Drv OvrLoad Dly
Drv OvrLoad Min
LineNeutVoltTrp
LineNeutVoltDly
Gnd OvrCur Trp
Gnd OvrCur Dly
Harmonic VoltTrp
Harmonic VoltDly
RNeut OvrLoadTrp
RNeut OvrLoadDly
RNeut OvrCurTrp
RNeut OvrCurDly
BusTransTrpFac
BusTransient Dly
BusTrans MinTrp
BusTrans IdcFac
Min Freewhl Time
Line Loss Trip
Rec Dvc Diag Dly
Inv Dvc Diag Dly
RecHSink TempWrn
RecHSink TempTrp
InvHSink TempWrn
InvHSink TempTrp
IsoTx AirFlowNom
IsoTx AirFlowWrn
IsoTx AirFlowTrp
Conv AirFlow Nom
Conv AirFlow Wrn
Conv AirFlow Trp
0.00
0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0.40
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.00
0.0
0.05
0.0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.000
0.00
0
0.00
0.00
0.000
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
4.00
100
4.00
100
2.00
1000
2.00
100
2.00
100
1.00
10.0
1.00
10.0
1.50
100
1.00
6000.0
4.00
600.0
4.00
1.50
10.0
10.00
10.0
10.00
10.0
655.35
655.35
655.35
65.535
100.00
100
10.00
10.00
1.000
40.0
6
6
100
100
100
100
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
1.75
10
1.75
10
1.20
10
1.50
10
1.50
10
0.05
1.0
0.05
1.0
0.85
17
0.50
600.0
1.15
60.0
1.05
0.40
1.0
0.50
0.1
0.30
1.0
5.00
2.50
10.00
0.010
2.50
2
0.30
0.50
0.016
8.0
2
2
53
55
61
64
3.6
3.0
2.5
3.6
3.0
2.5
pu
msec
pu
msec
pu
msec
pu
msec
pu
msec
pu
sec
pu
sec
pu
msec
sec
pu
sec
pu
pu
sec
A
sec
pu
sec
sec
sec
pu
pu
pu
sec
Hz
C
C
C
C
V
V
V
V
V
V
ReadOnly
Access
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-212
Parameters Listed by Group
Motor Protection Parameters
177
178
181
182
189
190
185
186
179
180
350
351
771
191
585
586
208
214
246
259
231
559
235
236
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Units
Mtr OvrCur Trp
Mtr OvrCur Dly
Mtr OvrVolt Trp
Mtr OvrVolt Dly
Mtr NeutVolt Trp
Mtr NeutVolt Dly
Mtr OvrSpeed Trp
Mtr OvrSpeed Dly
Mtr OvrLoad Trp
Mtr OvrLoad Dly
Mtr OvrLoad Min
Mtr OvrLoad Wrn
Mtr Thermal Cyc
Mtr Stall Dly
Mtr FluxUnbalTrp
Mtr FluxUnbalDly
Mtr CurUnbal Trp
Mtr CurUnbal Dly
Mtr LoadLoss Lvl
Mtr LoadLoss Spd
Mtr LoadLoss Dly
Field Loss Dly
Tach Loss Trip
Tach Loss Delay
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.00
0.0
0.0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0.0
0
0.0
0.0
4.00
500
2.00
10.0
1.50
10.0
120.0
2.0
4.00
600.0
4.00
1.00
6000.0
10.0
1.00
10.0
1.00
5.0
1.00
100.0
30.0
60
10.0
1.0
1.75
100
1.20
0.5
0.20
1.0
66.0
0.5
1.15
60.0
1.05
0.50
600.0
2.0
0.05
1.0
0.05
1.0
0.25
30.0
1.0
30
2.0
0.1
pu
msec
pu
sec
pu
sec
Hz
sec
pu
sec
pu
Units
Sec
sec
pu
sec
pu
sec
pu
Hz
sec
sec
Hz
sec
ReadOnly
Access
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
ReadOnly
Access
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
ReadOnly
Access
Y
N
N
N
Service
Basic
Basic
Advanced
Sync Xfer Option Parameters
298
297
117
159
228
226
227
225
229
230
763
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Sync Reg Output
Sync Reg Error
Bypass Voltage
Bypass Frequency
Sync Error Max
Sync Lead Angle
Sync Off Delay
Sync Reg Gain
Sync Time
Sync Xfer Time
DeSync Start Dly
-10.00
-180.0
0.000
-100.0
0
-90
0.000
0.0
0.0
0.1
1
10.00
180.0
2.000
100.0
30
90
0.500
5.0
10.0
57.0
10
0
0
0.100
1.0
10.0
1.0
1
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Tach Feedback
Tach Type
Tach PPR
Encoder Offset
-120.00
120
0
120.00
4096
360
None
1024
0
Hz
deg
pu
Hz
deg
deg
sec
sec
min
sec
Tach Option Parameters
349
233
234
644
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Units
Hz
PPR
deg
Parameters Listed by Group
2-213
Control Masks Parameters
244
245
242
241
248
247
243
249
638
36
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Direction Mask
Jog Mask
Local Mask
Logic Mask
Ref Cmd Mask
Reset Mask
Start Mask
Sync Xfer Mask
Forced Flt Mask
Profile Mask
-
-
11111111
11111111
11111111
11111111
11111111
11111111
11111111
11111111
11111111
11111111
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Direction Owner
Jog Owner
Local Owner
Ref Cmd Owner
Reset Owner
Start Owner
Stop Owner
Sync Xfer Owner
Forced Flt Owner
Profile Owner
Logic Owner
-
-
-
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
PLC Error Flags
PLC Inp Link A1
PLC Inp Link A2
PLC Inp Link B1
PLC Inp Link B2
PLC Inp Link C1
PLC Inp Link C2
PLC Inp Link D1
PLC Inp Link D2
PLC Out Link A1
PLC Out Link A2
PLC Out Link B1
PLC Out Link B2
PLC Out Link C1
PLC Out Link C2
PLC Out Link D1
PLC Out Link D2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Units
ReadOnly
Access
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Units
ReadOnly
Access
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Units
ReadOnly
Access
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Owners Parameters
388
389
386
392
391
387
385
393
639
37
94
Datalinks Parameters
376
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
Hex
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-214
Parameters Listed by Group
Analog Inputs Parameters
652
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Anlg Inp Config
Speed Pot Vmin
Speed Pot Vmax
Anlg Inp1 Vmin
Anlg Inp1 Vmax
Anlg Inp2 Vmin
Angl Inp2 Vmax
Anlg Inp3 Vmin
Anlg Inp3 Vmax
-10.00
-10.00
-10.00
-10.00
-10.00
-10.00
-10.00
-10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
0000000000000001
0.00
10.00
0.00
10.00
0.00
10.00
0.00
10.00
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Anlg Meter1
Anlg Meter2
Anlg Meter3
Anlg Meter4
Anlg Output1
Anlg Output2
Anlg Output3
Anlg Output4
Anlg 4-20mAOut
AnlgMeter1 Scale
AnlgMeter2 Scale
AnlgMeter3 Scale
AnlgMeter4 Scale
Anlg Out1 Scale
Anlg Out2 Scale
Anlg Out3 Scale
Anlg Out4 Scale
Anlg4-20mA Scale
Anlg RecTstPt1
Anlg RecTstPt2
Anlg RecTstPt3
Anlg RecTstPt4
Anlg InvTstPt1
Anlg InvTstPt2
Anlg InvTstPt3
Anlg InvTstPt4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
655.35
655.35
655.35
655.35
655.35
655.35
655.35
655.35
655.35
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
361
362
363
364
0
0
0
0
337
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
321
322
326
700
490
289
291
306
Units
ReadOnly
Access
Hex
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Units
ReadOnly
Access
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Analog Outputs Parameters
517
518
519
520
513
514
515
508
516
521
522
523
524
183
184
187
123
188
509
510
124
125
511
512
126
127
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameters Listed by Group
2-215
XIO Parameters
421
422
431
232
427
52
14
687
688
594
592
593
64
686
439
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
714
715
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
RunTime Input
StndXIO Output
StndXIO FltInput
Ext Fault XIO
OptXIO Output
Liquid Inputs
Liquid Outputs
Logix Inputs
Logix Outputs
XIO Config Errs
XIO Standard IO
XIO Ext Faults
XIO Liquid Cool
XIO Logix IO
StndXIO Config1
StndXIO Config2
StndXIO Config3
StndXIO Config4
StndXIO Config5
StndXIO Config6
StndXIO Config7
StndXIO Config8
Logix Register A
Logix Register B
0
0
65535
65535
Card # 1
Unassigned
Unassigned
Unassigned
Reverse
Jog
Remote
Test Mode
At Speed
Thermal Alrm
Sync Xfer
In Trq Limit
0
0
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Motor Speed Hz
Motor Speed RPM
Motor Current
Motor Voltage
Motor Power
Line Current
Line Voltage
Line Frequency
Input Power
DC Link Current
GndFault Current
ComMode Current
Control AC#1 RMS
Control AC#2 RMS
Control AC#3 RMS
Control AC#4 RMS
Control 56V
Control 5V
Control 15V
Control HECS
Control 5V Redn
IGDPS 56V
Control XIO
-120.0
-4500
0
0
-15000
0
0
-100.0
-15000
0
0.0
0.00
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
120.0
4500
1500
8000
15000
999
8000
100.0
15000
999
10.0
655.35
300.0
300.0
300.0
300.0
72.0
8.0
24.0
36.0
8.0
72.0
36.0
-
ReadOnly
Access
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Units
ReadOnly
Access
Hz
RPM
A
V
kW
A
V
Hz
kW
A
A
A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Service
Basic
Basic
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Units
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Metering Parameters
487
363
361
362
364
500
324
657
753
116
367
697
118
77
79
92
121
139
142
156
237
101
196
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-216
Parameters Listed by Group
PWM Parameters
95
295
378
756
757
379
465
560
640
155
154
620
621
626
627
628
629
584
608
609
618
311
ReadOnly
Access
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
ReadOnly
Access
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Units
ReadOnly
Access
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Y
N
Y
N
Y
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Units
Rec Pulse Number
Inv Pulse Number
Inv PWM Pattern
Idc 3 Pulse
Idc 5 Pulse
Vdc Ref 5p to 3p
Vdc Ref 7p to 5p
Idc Fac 3p to 5p
Idc Fac 7p to 5p
Rec PWM Max Freq
Inv PWM Max Freq
Rec DvcGat SeqnA
Rec DvcGat SeqnB
Rec DvcGat SeqnC
Rec DvcDiag FbkA
Rec DvcDiag FbkB
Rec DvcDiag FbkC
Inv DvcGat Seqn
Inv DvcDiag FbkA
Inv DvcDiag FbkB
Inv DvcDiag FbkC
PFC Mod Index
0
0
0.000
0.000
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
100
100
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.00
36
65535
10.000
10.000
1.50
1.50
2.00
2.00
1000
1000
65535
65535
65535
65535
65535
65535
65535
65535
65535
65535
1.50
0.10
0.50
1.00
1.00
440
440
-
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Units
Coolant Temp C
Coolant Temp F
Fan Config
Coolant Temp Wrn
Coolant Temp Trp
Pump Duty Cycle
Fan Duty Cycle
0
0
35
35
1
1
65535
65535
85
85
720
720
3 In-line
49
54
8
8
C
F
C
C
hrs
hrs
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Port Mask Act
Port Logic Mask
Logic Mask Act
Write Mask Cfg
Write Mask Act
-
-
0000000001111111
0000000001111111
-
pu
pu
pu
pu
Hz
Hz
Liquid Cooling Parameters
380
381
477
478
483
432
449
Security Parameters
708
709
710
711
712
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameters Listed by Group
2-217
Parallel Drive Parameters
716
717
718
719
745
765
722
720
721
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
737
735
736
739
738
740
741
742
746
743
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Units
Drive ID
Powerup Config
Master Mask
Acting Master ID
Drives in System
Reduced Capacity
PD Flags
PD Fault Word
PD Warning Word
PD Status
Drive0 Status
Drive1 Status
Drive2 Status
Drive3 Status
Drive4 Status
Drive5 Status
Drive6 Status
Drive7 Status
Master Flux Ref
Master Torq Ref
Master Isd Cmd
Master Capacity
Master Command
Sp Slave ID
Sp Command
Sp Capacity
PD Flux Ref
PD Torq Ref
PD Isd Cmd
PD Capacity
PD Command
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
7
8
4
65535
65535
65535
65535
8
65535
65535
65535
65535
32767
-
0
Single Drive
11111111
0
1
Enable
0000000000000000
-
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Units
ESP Surface Volt
ESP Cable Resis
Drv Application
0
0.000
-
8000
65.535
-
0.000
ID Fan
V
ohms
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
ReadOnly
Access
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
ReadOnly
Access
Y
N
N
Basic
Service
Basic
Drv Application Parameters
760
750
751
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-218
Parameters Listed by Group
Process Control Parameters
356
357
366
353
354
355
360
398
336
318
348
352
365
390
313
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
PID Output
Process Variable
Process Var Eng
PID Gain
PID Intgral Time
PID Deriv Time
Process Setpoint
Process Gain
PID Min Limit
PID Max Limit
PID Manual Input
PID Dead Band
PID Preload
PID Filter
PID Command
-2.0000
-2.0000
-3276.7
0.00
0.00
0.00
-2.0000
0.0
-2.0000
-2.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0
-
2.0000
2.0000
3276.7
655.35
655.35
655.35
2.0000
6553.5
2.0000
2.0000
2.0000
2.0000
2.0000
6000.0
-
1.00
1.00
0.00
0.5000
1.0
-1.0000
1.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0
0000000000000000
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Master Phasing
Slave1 Phasing
Slave2 Phasing
CommissionStatus
CommissionFlags
Scale Zero Ref
Scale Full Ref
Provide Zero Ref
Provide Full Ref
Setup Wizard
Setup Wizard 2
0000
FFFF
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000
ReadOnly
Access
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Units
ReadOnly
Access
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Hex
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Units
pu
pu
sec
sec
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
r/s
Commissioning Parameters
663
664
665
667
668
659
660
661
662
13
666
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
2-219
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
1
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Input Ctctr Cfg
Auto Restart Dly
Operating Mode
Output Ctctr Cfg
Speed Ref Select
Drv Fault6 Mask
Drive Fault6
InpCtctr OpenDly
Passcode 0
Passcode 1
Setup Wizard
Liquid Outputs
Line Cap kVAR
Line Cap Volts
Rated Line Freq
Rated Line Volts
Rated Drive Amps
Motor Cap kVAR
Motor Cap Volts
Rated Motor Volt
Rated Motor Amps
Rated Motor kW
Rated Motor HP
Rated Motor RPM
DCLnk Inductance
Motor Cap Freq
Rated Motor Freq
Motor Type
Service Factor
Line Cap Freq
Preset Speed 1
Preset Speed 2
Preset Speed 3
Profile Mask
Profile Owner
Passcode 2
Passcode 3
Preset Jog Speed
RefCmd Pot Min
RefCmd Pot Max
RefCmdAnlgInpMin
RefCmdAnlgInpMax
RefCmd DPI Min
RefCmd DPI Max
SpdCmd Pot
SpdCmd Anlg Inp1
Skip Speed 1
Skip Speed 2
Skip Speed 3
Liquid Inputs
0.0
0.0
0
0
1
100
50
100
10
1
100
100
10
10
10
150.0
1.0
50
25
0.75
50
0.5
0.5
0.5
0
0
1.0
-120.0
0.0
-120.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-120.0
-120.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
-
10.0
60.0
65535
65535
7500
10000
60
7200
1750
7500
10000
8000
1500
15000
20000
3600.0
500.0
90
90
1.25
60
75.0
75.0
75.0
65535
65535
60.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
-
All Faults
0.0
Normal
Not Running
Local
1111111111111111
0.0
0000000000000000
400
4160
60
4160
159
400
4160
4000
159
933
1250
1192.0
24.0
60
60
Induction
1.00
60
30.0
35.0
40.0
11111111
6.0
6.0
60.0
6.0
60.0
6.0
60.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
-
Units
sec
min
kvar
V
Hz
V
A
kvar
V
V
A
kW
hp
RPM
mH
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
ReadOnly
Access
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
Y
Basic
Basic
Monitor
Basic
Monitor
Service
Service
Advanced
Monitor
Monitor
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Service
Service
Basic
Service
Basic
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Basic
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-220
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Skip Speed Band1
Skip Speed Band2
Skip Speed Band3
SpdCmd Anlg Inp2
Field Current
SpdCmd DPI
SpdCmd PID
Coast Speed
Total Accel Time
Total Decel Time
Inertia Type
XIO Liquid Cool
Accel Time 1
Accel Time 2
Accel Time 3
Accel Time 4
Decel Time 1
Decel Time 2
Decel Time 3
Decel Time 4
Ramp Speed 1
Ramp Speed 2
Ramp Speed 3
Ramp Speed 4
Control AC#2 RMS
Motor Flux Time
Control AC#3 RMS
Ramp Test Step
SpdReg Bandwidth
Total Inertia
Trq Lmt Motoring
Trq Lmt Braking
TrqCmd0 SensrLss
TrqCmd1 SensrLss
Speed Ref Step
Speed Fbk Mode
Trq Control Mode
Trq Cmd External
Control AC#4 RMS
DPI Loss Fault
Logic Owner
Rec Pulse Number
InvAnlg SelfTst1
FlxReg Bandwidth
Base Speed
Special Features
FlxCmd RatedLoad
IGDPS 56V
Flux RefStep
FlxCmd No Load
Ctrl Pwr FltMask
Ctrl Pwr WrnMask
Field Bandwidth
Icd Command Gain
Line CurUnbalTrp
Line CurUnbalDly
0.0
0.0
0.0
-120.0
-2.000
-120.0
-120.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.10
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.0
-4.000
0.0
0
1.0
25.0
0.000
0.0
0.000
0.400
0.1
0.0
0.00
0.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
120.0
2.000
120.0
120.0
100.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
300.0
10.0
300.0
30.0
15.0
50.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
2.0
4.000
300.0
36
30.0
100.0
1.500
72.0
0.100
1.500
100.0
1.0
1.00
10.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
2.0
32.0
32.0
Low
Unassigned
5.0
3.0
14.0
10.0
5.0
3.0
14.0
10.0
5.0
12.0
54.0
60.0
3.0
0.0
1.0
1.00
1.05
0.50
0.40
0.40
0.0
Sensorless
Speed Reg
0.000
10.0
60.0
0000000000000000
0.900
0.000
0.700
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
10.0
0.5
0.05
1.0
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Units
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
pu
Hz
Hz
Hz
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
V
sec
V
Hz
r/s
sec
Hz
V
r/s
Hz
pu
V
pu
pu
r/s
pu
sec
ReadOnly
Access
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Basic
Service
Basic
Basic
Basic
Monitor
Monitor
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Monitor
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Basic
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
RecHSink TempTrp
RecHSink TempWrn
CurReg Bandwidth
DCLnk Induct pu
T DC Link
DC Link Current
Bypass Voltage
Control AC#1 RMS
Idc Test Command
Idc Ref Step
Control 56V
Line Current pu
Anlg Out4 Scale
Anlg RecTstPt3
Anlg RecTstPt4
Anlg InvTstPt3
Anlg InvTstPt4
Motor Filter Cap
R Stator
L Total Leakage
Lm Rated
T Rotor
Line Filter Cap
Lm Measured
Line Voltage pu
Master Line Volt
Slave1 Line Volt
Slave2 Line Volt
Control 5V
Input Impedance
HardwareOptions1
Control 15V
InvDvc CurRating
RecDvc CurRating
Series RecDvc
Series InvDvc
Active Trq Limit
DPI Loss Warning
CT Ratio Line
HECS Ratio Motor
CT Brden Line
HECS Brden Motor
Rectifier Type
Inv PWM Max Freq
Rec PWM Max Freq
Control HECS
CT Ratio Gndflt
CT Burden Gndflt
Bypass Frequency
RecControl Flag2
Line OvrCur Trp
Line OvrCur Dly
Drv OvrLoad Trp
Drv OvrLoad Dly
Line OvrVolt Trp
Line OvrVolt Dly
0
0
50.0
0.00
0.015
0
0.000
0.0
0.000
0.000
0.0
0.000
0.00
0
0
0
0
0.00
0.0000
0.00
1.00
0.10
0.00
0.00
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.0
0.0000
0.0
0
0
1
1
-4.000
10
10
1.0
1.0
100
100
0.0
10
10
-100.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
100
100
2000.0
10.00
0.150
999
2.000
300.0
1.500
1.000
72.0
4.000
655.35
779
779
779
779
2.00
0.5000
0.75
15.00
10.00
2.00
15.00
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
8.0
1.0000
24.0
3500
3500
6
6
4.000
10000
10000
100.0
100.0
1000
1000
36.0
10000
10000
100.0
4.00
100
4.00
600.0
2.00
1000
55
53
200.0
0.040
0.000
0.000
1.00
326
700
291
306
0.0000
0.25
3.50
1.50
0.0500
0000000010000000
800
800
2
2
1000
4000
5.0
50.0
6 PWM
440
440
2000
1000
1.75
10
1.15
60.0
1.20
10
Units
C
C
r/s
pu
sec
A
pu
V
pu
pu
V
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
sec
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
V
pu
V
A
A
ohms
ohms
Hz
Hz
V
ohms
Hz
pu
msec
pu
sec
pu
msec
2-221
ReadOnly
Access
N
N
N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Basic
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-222
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Units
Line UndVolt Lvl
Line UndVolt Dly
DCLnk OvrCur Trp
DCLnk OvrCur Dly
Gnd OvrCur Trp
Gnd OvrCur Dly
Rec OvrVolt Trp
Rec OvrVolt Dly
DPI Loss Mask
Drive Model
Mtr OvrCur Trp
Mtr OvrCur Dly
Mtr OvrLoad Trp
Mtr OvrLoad Dly
Mtr OvrVolt Trp
Mtr OvrVolt Dly
Anlg Out1 Scale
Anlg Out2 Scale
Mtr OvrSpeed Trp
Mtr OvrSpeed Dly
Anlg Out3 Scale
Anlg4-20mA Scale
Mtr NeutVolt Trp
Mtr NeutVolt Dly
Mtr Stall Dly
InpFilCutOffFreq
Inv OvrVolt Trp
Inv OvrVolt Dly
Control XIO
HECS Brden RNeut
HECS Ratio RNeut
Load Loss Detect
ExtFault1 Class
ExtFault2 Class
ExtFault3 Class
ExtFault4 Class
ExtFault5 Class
ExtFault6 Class
ExtFault7 Class
ExtFault8 Class
Mtr CurUnbal Trp
Autotune Select
Autotune Idc Cmd
Autotune Idc Stp
Autotune Idc BW
Autotune Spd Cmd
Mtr CurUnbal Dly
Autotune Trq Stp
Autotune Isd Stp
Autotune L Input
Autotune T DCLnk
Autotune RStator
Autotune LLeakge
Autotune L Magn
Autotune T Rotor
Autotune Inertia
0.40
0
0.00
0
0.05
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.00
0.0
0.0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.00
0
0.0
1.0
10
0.00
0.100
0.000
10.0
20.0
0.0
0.050
0.010
0.00
0.000
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.50
100
4.00
100
10.00
10.0
2.00
100
4.00
500
4.00
600.0
2.00
10.0
655.35
655.35
120.0
2.0
655.35
655.35
1.50
10.0
10.0
100.0
2.00
100
36.0
100.0
10000
1.00
0.900
0.500
100.0
60.0
5.0
0.500
0.200
1.00
0.150
0.50
0.50
15.00
10.00
100.00
0.85
17
1.75
10
0.50
0.1
1.50
10
0000000000000000
B Frame
1.75
100
1.15
60.0
1.20
0.5
1.00
1.00
66.0
0.5
1.00
2.00
0.20
1.0
2.0
1.50
10
50.0
4000
Disabled
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
0.05
Off
0.500
0.250
50.0
30.0
1.0
0.100
0.100
0.00
0.000
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
pu
msec
pu
msec
A
sec
pu
msec
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
pu
msec
pu
sec
pu
sec
Hz
sec
pu
sec
sec
pu
msec
V
ohms
pu
pu
pu
r/s
Hz
sec
pu
pu
pu
sec
pu
pu
pu
sec
sec
ReadOnly
Access
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Basic
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Basic
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Basic
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Advanced
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
251
252
253
254
255
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
284
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Autotune Lmd
Sync Reg Gain
Sync Lead Angle
Sync Off Delay
Sync Error Max
Sync Time
Sync Xfer Time
Mtr LoadLoss Dly
Ext Fault XIO
Tach Type
Tach PPR
Tach Loss Trip
Tach Loss Delay
Control 5V Redn
DrvStatus Flag2
Slave2 Line Freq
Logic Mask
Local Mask
Start Mask
Direction Mask
Jog Mask
Mtr LoadLoss Lvl
Reset Mask
Ref Cmd Mask
Sync Xfer Mask
InvAnlg SelfTst2
Inv HSink Temp C
Inv HSink Temp F
Rec HSink Temp C
Rec HSink Temp F
Logic Command
Logic Status
Mtr LoadLoss Spd
IdcRefLmt DCTest
IdcRefLmt Autotn
Drive Not Ready1
Motor Cur Unbal
RecControl Flag1
InvControl Flag1
Rec Dvc Diag Dly
Inv Dvc Diag Dly
Drv OvrLoad Min
Drv OvrLoad Wrn
LineVoltUnbalTrp
LineVoltUnbalDly
Control Feedback
HardwareOptions2
Control Refernce
Speed Command In
Speed Command
Speed Reference
Drive Fault1
Drive Fault2
Drive Fault3
Drive Warning1
HECS Ratio DCLnk
0.00
0.0
-90
0.000
0
0.0
0.1
0.0
120
0.0
0.0
0.0
-100.0
0.00
-40.0
-40.0
-40.0
-40.0
0.0
0.000
0.000
0.00
0
0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.0
0.0
0.0
-120.0
-120.0
-120.0
10
10.00
5.0
90
0.500
30
10.0
57.0
30.0
4096
10.0
1.0
8.0
100.0
1.00
100.0
212.0
100.0
212.0
100.0
4.000
4.000
1.00
6
6
4.00
1.00
1.00
10.0
6553.5
6553.5
120.0
120.0
120.0
10000
0.00
1.0
0
0.100
0
10.0
1.0
1.0
None
1024
2.0
0.1
11111111
11111111
11111111
11111111
11111111
0.25
11111111
11111111
11111111
30.0
2
2
1.05
0.50
0.05
1.0
0000000000000000
4000
Units
pu
deg
sec
deg
sec
min
sec
PPR
Hz
sec
V
Hz
pu
C
F
C
F
Hz
pu
pu
pu
pu
sec
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
2-223
ReadOnly
Access
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Basic
Basic
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Service
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Advanced
Basic
Basic
Basic
Service
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Advanced
Service
Service
Monitor
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Basic
Service
Basic
Basic
Basic
Monitor
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-224
285
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Units
HECS Brden DCLnk
Ctrl Pwr Fault
Ctrl Pwr Warning
Speed Feedback
Speed Cmd Max
Torque Reference
MtrTorque CurCmd
Speed Cmd Min
InvTorque CurCmd
Inv Pulse Number
Lmq
Sync Reg Error
Sync Reg Output
PFC Access Code
PowerFactor Comp
PFC LeadingLimit
PFC LaggingLimit
PFC Flux Command
Flux Reference
Flux Feedback
Flux Error
FluxCur Feedfwd
FluxCurRegulator
Mtr Flux CurCmd
PFC Mod Index
Inv Flux CurCmd
PID Command
Field CurCmd
InvHSink TempTrp
InvHSink TempWrn
Conv AirFlow Nom
PID Max Limit
Conv AirFlow Trp
Conv AirFlow Wrn
Idc Reference
Idc Feedback
Idc Error
Line Voltage
Autotune Lmq
Vdc Reference
Alpha Rectifier
Alpha Inverter
Master Line Freq
Slave1 Line Freq
PID Min Limit
Rotor Frequency
MtrFlux Current
MtrTrq Current
Stator Current
FlxFbk CurModel
FlxFbk VoltModel
Slip Frequency
Stator Voltage
Mtr AirGap Trq
Mtr AirGap Power
Mtr Neutral Volt
1.0
-120.0
0.0
-4.000
-4.000
0.0
-4.000
0
0.10
-180.0
-10.00
0
0.00
0.00
-1.500
0.000
0.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
0.00
-2.000
0.000
0
0
0.0
-2.0000
0.0
0.0
0.000
-2.000
-1.000
0
0
-1.000
0.0
-360.0
-100.0
-100.0
-2.0000
0.00
-4.000
-4.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
-2.00
0.000
-4.000
-4.000
-2.000
100.0
120.0
120.0
4.000
4.000
120.0
4.000
65535
10.00
180.0
10.00
65535
1.00
1.00
1.500
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
1.50
2.000
2.000
100
100
10.0
2.0000
10.0
10.0
4.000
4.000
1.000
8000
1000
1.000
180.0
360.0
100.0
100.0
2.0000
120.00
4.000
4.000
4.000
2.000
2.000
2.00
2.000
4.000
4.000
2.000
50.0
60.0
6.0
1.00
0
Disable
0.00
0.00
0000000000000000
64
61
3.6
1.0000
2.5
3.0
100
-1.0000
-
ohms
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Hz
Hz
pu
Hz
pu
pu
deg
Hz
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
C
C
V
pu
V
V
pu
pu
pu
V
pu
deg
deg
Hz
Hz
pu
Hz
pu
pu
pu
pu
pu
Hz
pu
pu
pu
pu
ReadOnly
Access
N
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Service
Service
Service
Monitor
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Basic
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Advanced
Monitor
Service
Service
Monitor
Service
Service
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Basic
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
410
411
412
413
414
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
PID Manual Input
Tach Feedback
Mtr OvrLoad Min
Mtr OvrLoad Wrn
PID Dead Band
PID Gain
PID Intgral Time
PID Deriv Time
PID Output
Process Variable
Liquid Cool Flt
Liquid Cool Wrn
Process Setpoint
Motor Current
Motor Voltage
Motor Speed RPM
Motor Power
PID Preload
Process Var Eng
GndFault Current
RecControl Flag3
Motor Fault1
Drive Fault4
Drive Fault5
External Fault
Motor Warning1
Drive Warning3
AutotuneComplete
PLC Error Flags
Autotune Warning
Inv PWM Pattern
Vdc Ref 5p to 3p
Coolant Temp C
Coolant Temp F
Master Line Cur
Slave1 Line Cur
Slave2 Line Cur
Stop Owner
Local Owner
Start Owner
Direction Owner
Jog Owner
PID Filter
Reset Owner
Ref Cmd Owner
Sync Xfer Owner
Drv Fault1 Mask
Drv Fault2 Mask
Drv Fault3 Mask
Drv Wrn1 Mask
Process Gain
ExtFault9 Class
ExtFault10 Class
ExtFault11 Class
ExtFault12 Class
ExtFault13 Class
0.0000
-120.00
0.00
0.00
0.0000
0.00
0.00
0.00
-2.0000
-2.0000
-2.0000
0
0
-4500
-15000
0.0000
-3276.7
0.0
0.00
0
0
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.0
0.0
-
2.0000
120.00
4.00
1.00
2.0000
655.35
655.35
655.35
2.0000
2.0000
2.0000
1500
8000
4500
15000
2.0000
3276.7
10.0
1.50
65535
65535
4.000
4.000
4.000
6000.0
6553.5
-
0.0000
1.05
0.50
0.0000
1.00
1.00
0.00
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0.5000
0.0000
0000000000000000
0.10
0.0
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1.0
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Units
pu
Hz
pu
pu
sec
sec
pu
pu
pu
A
V
RPM
kW
pu
A
pu
C
F
pu
pu
pu
r/s
2-225
ReadOnly
Access
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Advanced
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Basic
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Basic
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Service
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Advanced
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-226
415
416
417
418
420
421
422
423
427
428
429
431
432
433
434
435
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
467
468
472
473
474
475
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
485
486
487
490
491
493
494
500
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
ExtFault14 Class
ExtFault15 Class
ExtFault16 Class
Lmd
DvcDiag Flt Mask
RunTime Input
StndXIO Output
Drv Wrn3 Mask
OptXIO Output
Bypass VoltUnbal
External Warning
StndXIO FltInput
Pump Duty Cycle
Stnd XIO Fault
Stnd XIO Warning
Stnd XIOFlt Mask
StndXIO Config1
InputProt1 Class
TxReacOvrTmpClss
DCLnkOvrTmpClass
Motor Prot Class
InputProt2 Class
Aux Prot Class
InvControl Flag3
Convrter AirFlow
Stator Frequency
Fan Duty Cycle
StndXIO Config2
StndXIO Config3
StndXIO Config4
StndXIO Config5
StndXIO Config6
StndXIO Config7
StndXIO Config8
Vdc Ref 7p to 5p
Drive Warning4
Drv Wrn4 Mask
Speed Error
RecAnlg SelfTst1
RecAnlg SelfTst2
S Curve Percent
Fan Config
Coolant Temp Wrn
S Curve Decel 1
S Curve Decel 2
S Curve Accel 1
S Curve Accel 2
Coolant Temp Trp
StatFrqVoltModel
StatFrqCurModel
Motor Speed Hz
Fault Output
Fan1 Run Time
Fan2 Run Time
RecAnlg SelfTst3
Line Current
0.10
0.00
1
-1.0
0.00
1
0.00
-10.00
0
35
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
35
0.0
0.0
-120.0
0
0.1
0.1
0
10.00
1.00
720
10.0
120.00
720
1.50
10.00
100
85
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
1200.0
85
100.0
100.0
120.0
1
60.0
60.0
999
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
1.00
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
8
11111111
Reverse
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
Class2 Fault
8
Jog
Remote
Test Mode
At Speed
Thermal Alrm
Sync Xfer
In Trq Limit
0.50
1111111111111111
0
3 In-line
49
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
54
30.0
0.1
-
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Units
pu
hrs
V
Hz
hrs
pu
Hz
%
C
sec
sec
sec
sec
C
Hz
Hz
Hz
Days
Days
A
ReadOnly
Access
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Basic
Basic
Basic
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Basic
Advanced
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Basic
Advanced
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Service
Basic
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Basic
Advanced
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Basic
Service
Service
Service
Service
Basic
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
502
505
506
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
550
551
554
555
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
567
568
569
575
584
585
586
587
588
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Feedforward Fil
Contactor Cmd
Contactor Status
Anlg Output4
Anlg RecTstPt1
Anlg RecTstPt2
Anlg InvTstPt1
Anlg InvTstPt2
Anlg Output1
Anlg Output2
Anlg Output3
Anlg 4-20mAOut
Anlg Meter1
Anlg Meter2
Anlg Meter3
Anlg Meter4
AnlgMeter1 Scale
AnlgMeter2 Scale
AnlgMeter3 Scale
AnlgMeter4 Scale
PLC Inp Link A1
PLC Inp Link A2
PLC Inp Link B1
PLC Inp Link B2
PLC Inp Link C1
PLC Inp Link C2
PLC Inp Link D1
PLC Inp Link D2
PLC Out Link A1
PLC Out Link A2
PLC Out Link B1
PLC Out Link B2
PLC Out Link C1
PLC Out Link C2
PLC Out Link D1
PLC Out Link D2
Motor Overload
Drive Overload
Motor Voltage pu
Motor Current pu
Field Loss Dly
Idc Fac 3p to 5p
Mtr Fault1 Mask
Drv Fault4 Mask
Drv Fault5 Mask
Ext Fault Mask
Mtr Wrn1 Mask
Air Filter Block
Air Filter Allow
DrvStatus Flag1
Number PwrSup
Inv DvcGat Seqn
Mtr FluxUnbalTrp
Mtr FluxUnbalDly
LineNeutVoltTrp
LineNeutVoltDly
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.00
0.00
0.000
0.000
0
0.00
0.0
0.0
1
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
12.0
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
655.35
655.35
655.35
655.35
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
779
1.00
1.00
2.000
4.000
60
2.00
100.0
100.0
4
65535
1.00
10.0
1.50
10.0
2.0
0
321
322
490
289
0
0
0
337
361
362
363
364
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
30
1.00
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
1
0.05
1.0
0.40
1.0
Units
Hz
pu
pu
sec
%
%
pu
sec
pu
sec
2-227
ReadOnly
Access
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
Service
Service
Service
Basic
Service
Service
Service
Service
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-228
589
590
591
592
593
594
596
597
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
LineNeutral Volt
Rec Gating Test
Inv Gating Test
XIO Standard IO
XIO Ext Faults
XIO Config Errs
XIO Adaptr Loss
Parameter Error
Inv DvcDiag FbkA
Inv DvcDiag FbkB
Master VoltUnbal
Slave1 VoltUnbal
Slave2 VoltUnbal
Master Cur Unbal
Slave1 Cur Unbal
Slave2 Cur Unbal
Slave1 Angle
Slave2 Angle
Inv DvcDiag FbkC
Motor Flux Unbal
Rec DvcGat SeqnA
Rec DvcGat SeqnB
Flux Cmd Limit
Line Reactor
Line Reactor pu
Rec DvcGat SeqnC
Rec DvcDiag FbkA
Rec DvcDiag FbkB
Rec DvcDiag FbkC
Speed Pot Vmin
Speed Pot Vmax
Anlg Inp1 Vmin
Anlg Inp1 Vmax
Anlg Inp2 Vmin
Angl Inp2 Vmax
Anlg Inp3 Vmin
Anlg Inp3 Vmax
Forced Flt Mask
Forced Flt Owner
Idc Fac 7p to 5p
TrqCmd0 Tach
InvControl Flag2
Inv DCLink Volt
Encoder Offset
Rec DCLink Volt
Drive Warning2
Drv Wrn2 Mask
Drive VSB Gain
Drive VSB Tap
Ext Fault PLC
Ext Fault Selct
Anlg Inp Config
IsoTx AirFlow
IsoTx AirFlowTrp
IsoTx AirFlowWrn
IsoTx AirFlowNom
-2.000
0
0
0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-360.0
-360.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.000
0.00
0.00
0
0
0
0
-10.00
-10.00
-10.00
-10.00
-10.00
-10.00
-10.00
-10.00
0.00
0.00
-2.000
0
-2.000
0.0
-10.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
2.000
65535
65535
65535
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
360.0
360.0
65535
1.00
65535
65535
1.500
50.00
1.00
65535
65535
65535
65535
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
2.00
4.00
2.000
360
2.000
6553.5
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
Off
Off
Card # 1
Unassigned
0.00
0.00
10.00
0.00
10.00
0.00
10.00
0.00
10.00
11111111
1.00
0.00
0
1111111111111111
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000001
2.5
3.0
3.6
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Units
pu
deg
deg
pu
mH
pu
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
pu
deg
pu
V/V
V
V
V
V
ReadOnly
Access
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
Basic
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Basic
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Basic
Monitor
Service
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Service
Basic
Service
Service
Service
Basic
Service
Basic
Service
Service
Service
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
686
687
688
689
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
Line Frequency
Trq Lmt Overload
Scale Zero Ref
Scale Full Ref
Provide Zero Ref
Provide Full Ref
Master Phasing
Slave1 Phasing
Slave2 Phasing
Setup Wizard 2
CommissionStatus
CommissionFlags
BusTransTrpFac
BusTransient Dly
Harmonic VoltTrp
Harmonic VoltDly
BusTrans MinTrp
BusTrans IdcFac
Min Freewhl Time
Neutral Resistor
RNeut Pwr Rating
RNeutral OvrLoad
Harmonic Voltage
BusTransient Trp
XIO Logix IO
Logix Inputs
Logix Outputs
Scope Trigger
Mtr Power Factor
Lm Regen
Lm Noload FlxMin
Lm Noload FlxMax
Rec Input Volt
ComMode Current
Line Loss Trip
Drive Not Ready2
Warning Output
Lm Predicted
Extended Trend
Liq Cool Mask
Drive Warning5
Drv Wrn5 Mask
Port Mask Act
Port Logic Mask
Logic Mask Act
Write Mask Cfg
Write Mask Act
Logix Register A
Logix Register B
Drive ID
Powerup Config
Master Mask
Acting Master ID
PD Fault Word
PD Warning Word
PD Flags
-100.0
0.00
0000
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.00
0.000
0.0
0
0.00
0.000
0.000
0
0.00
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.000
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0
0
-
100.0
4.00
FFFF
100.00
100
10.00
10.0
10.00
10.00
1.000
6553.5
65535
1.00
32.767
32.767
1
1.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.000
655.35
40.0
1
15.00
65535
65535
7
8
-
1.00
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000
0000000000000000
2.50
2
0.30
1.0
0.30
0.50
0.016
0.0
1500
Unassigned
1.00
1.00
1.00
8.0
Enabled
1111111111111111
1111111111111111
0000000001111111
0000000001111111
0
0
0
Single Drive
11111111
0
0000000000000000
Units
Hz
Hex
pu
pu
sec
pu
pu
sec
ohms
W
pu
pu
pu
A
Hz
pu
2-229
ReadOnly
Access
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
Basic
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Monitor
Service
Service
Service
Basic
Service
Basic
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-230
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
753
756
757
758
759
760
761
763
764
765
767
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
Parameters Listed by Linear Number
Name
Min.
Max.
Default
PD Status
Drive0 Status
Drive1 Status
Drive2 Status
Drive3 Status
Drive4 Status
Drive5 Status
Drive6 Status
Drive7 Status
Master Flux Ref
Master Torq Ref
Master Isd Cmd
Master Command
Sp Slave ID
Master Capacity
Sp Capacity
Sp Command
PD Flux Ref
PD Torq Ref
PD Isd Cmd
PD Command
Drives in System
PD Capacity
Pwr Lmt Motoring
Pwr Lmt Braking
Speed Cmd Loss
ESP Cable Resis
Drv Application
Input Power
Idc 3 Pulse
Idc 5 Pulse
PD Warning
PD Wrn Mask
ESP Surface Volt
Inv Output Volt
DeSync Start Dly
Cur Sens FltCode
Reduced Capacity
BusTransient Lvl
Mtr Thermal Cyc
Drv Thermal Cyc
IdcRefLmt Motor
RNeut OvrLoadTrp
RNeut OvrLoadDly
RNeut OvrCurTrp
RNeut OvrCurDly
TransientVoltMax
ComModeCur Peak
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0.00
0.00
0.000
-15000
0.000
0.000
0
0.000
1
0.000
0.0
0.0
0.000
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.000
0.000
0.00
65535
65535
65535
8
65535
65535
65535
65535
65535
4
32767
4.00
4.00
65.535
15000
10.000
10.000
8000
2.000
10
32.767
6000.0
6000.0
4.000
655.35
655.35
655.35
65.535
2.000
655.35
1
1.50
1.50
Fault
0.000
ID Fan
1111111111111111
1
Enable
600.0
600.0
5.00
2.50
10.00
0.010
-
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Units
ohms
kW
pu
pu
V
pu
sec
pu
Sec
sec
pu
sec
sec
pu
A
ReadOnly
Access
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Basic
Service
Basic
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Basic
Service
Service
Service
Advanced
Service
Advanced
Advanced
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Service
Alphabetical Index
2-231
Alphabetical Index
No.
ParameterName
Page
A
65
66
67
68
719
147
568
567
328
327
635
516
652
633
632
634
637
636
511
512
126
127
517
518
519
520
183
184
187
123
513
514
515
508
509
510
124
125
188
521
522
523
524
3
212
210
211
223
216
217
221
Accel Time 1 ..............................
Accel Time 2 ..............................
Accel Time 3 ..............................
Accel Time 4 ..............................
Acting Master ID ........................
Active Trq Limit ..........................
Air Filter Allow............................
Air Filter Block............................
Alpha Inverter ............................
Alpha Rectifier ...........................
Angl Inp2 Vmax .........................
Anlg 4-20mAOut ........................
Anlg Inp Config ..........................
Anlg Inp1 Vmax .........................
Anlg Inp1 Vmin ..........................
Anlg Inp2 Vmin ..........................
Anlg Inp3 Vmax .........................
Anlg Inp3 Vmin ..........................
Anlg InvTstPt1 ...........................
Anlg InvTstPt2 ...........................
Anlg InvTstPt3 ...........................
Anlg InvTstPt4 ...........................
Anlg Meter1 ...............................
Anlg Meter2 ...............................
Anlg Meter3 ...............................
Anlg Meter4 ...............................
Anlg Out1 Scale.........................
Anlg Out2 Scale.........................
Anlg Out3 Scale.........................
Anlg Out4 Scale.........................
Anlg Output1..............................
Anlg Output2..............................
Anlg Output3..............................
Anlg Output4..............................
Anlg RecTstPt1..........................
Anlg RecTstPt2..........................
Anlg RecTstPt3..........................
Anlg RecTstPt4..........................
Anlg4-20mA Scale .....................
AnlgMeter1 Scale ......................
AnlgMeter2 Scale ......................
AnlgMeter3 Scale ......................
AnlgMeter4 Scale ......................
Auto Restart Dly.........................
Autotune Idc BW........................
Autotune Idc Cmd ......................
Autotune Idc Stp ........................
Autotune Inertia .........................
Autotune Isd Stp ........................
Autotune L Input ........................
Autotune L Magn .......................
63
63
63
63
179
71
5
5
76
68
143
146
142
143
143
143
144
144
149
149
149
149
144
144
145
145
147
147
147
148
145
145
146
146
148
148
148
149
148
146
146
147
147
26
47
47
47
46
48
45
46
No.
ParameterName
Page
220
224
325
219
209
213
218
222
215
377
375
445
Autotune LLeakge .....................
Autotune Lmd ............................
Autotune Lmq ............................
Autotune RStator .......................
Autotune Select .........................
Autotune Spd Cmd ....................
Autotune T DCLnk.....................
Autotune T Rotor .......................
Autotune Trq Stp .......................
Autotune Warning......................
AutotuneComplete.....................
Aux Prot Class...........................
45
46
47
45
44
48
45
46
48
44
49
81
98
678
677
673
674
767
684
159
428
117
Base Speed ...............................
BusTrans IdcFac .......................
BusTrans MinTrp.......................
BusTransTrpFac........................
BusTransient Dly .......................
BusTransient Lvl........................
BusTransient Trp.......................
Bypass Frequency.....................
Bypass VoltUnbal ......................
Bypass Voltage .........................
151
158
157
149
60
697
779
668
667
505
506
142
121
139
237
118
77
79
92
273
156
275
196
317
319
320
CT Brden Line ...........................
CT Burden Gndflt ......................
CT Ratio Gndflt..........................
CT Ratio Line.............................
Coast Speed..............................
ComMode Current.....................
ComModeCur Peak...................
CommissionFlags......................
CommissionStatus ....................
Contactor Cmd ..........................
Contactor Status........................
Control 15V................................
Control 56V................................
Control 5V..................................
Control 5V Redn........................
Control AC#1 RMS....................
Control AC#2 RMS....................
Control AC#3 RMS....................
Control AC#4 RMS....................
Control Feedback ......................
Control HECS ............................
Control Refernce .......................
Control XIO................................
Conv AirFlow Nom ....................
Conv AirFlow Trp.......................
Conv AirFlow Wrn .....................
B
79
116
116
116
116
10
9
125
21
125
C
37
36
37
37
26
166
9
196
195
13
14
167
167
167
168
166
166
167
167
56
168
55
168
119
119
119
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
2-232
Alphabetical Index
No.
ParameterName
Page
No.
ParameterName
Page
447
380
381
483
478
287
104
288
105
764
113
Convrter AirFlow ........................
Coolant Temp C.........................
Coolant Temp F .........................
Coolant Temp Trp......................
Coolant Temp Wrn.....................
Ctrl Pwr Fault .............................
Ctrl Pwr FltMask ........................
Ctrl Pwr Warning........................
Ctrl Pwr WrnMask......................
Cur Sens FltCode ......................
CurReg Bandwidth.....................
6
173
173
174
174
105
93
106
94
20
69
394
395
396
562
563
8
164
269
163
270
772
397
647
423
468
707
569
238
420
Drv Fault1 Mask ........................
Drv Fault2 Mask ........................
Drv Fault3 Mask ........................
Drv Fault4 Mask ........................
Drv Fault5 Mask ........................
Drv Fault6 Mask ........................
Drv OvrLoad Dly........................
Drv OvrLoad Min .......................
Drv OvrLoad Trp........................
Drv OvrLoad Wrn ......................
Drv Thermal Cyc .......................
Drv Wrn1 Mask..........................
Drv Wrn2 Mask..........................
Drv Wrn3 Mask..........................
Drv Wrn4 Mask..........................
Drv Wrn5 Mask..........................
DrvStatus Flag1.........................
DrvStatus Flag2.........................
DvcDiag Flt Mask ......................
87
87
88
88
89
89
113
113
113
112
113
90
91
91
92
92
12
13
95
750
760
644
564
650
651
232
200
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
410
702
372
429
ESP Cable Resis.......................
ESP Surface Volt.......................
Encoder Offset ..........................
Ext Fault Mask...........................
Ext Fault PLC ............................
Ext Fault Selct ...........................
Ext Fault XIO .............................
ExtFault1 Class .........................
ExtFault10 Class .......................
ExtFault11 Class .......................
ExtFault12 Class .......................
ExtFault13 Class .......................
ExtFault14 Class .......................
ExtFault15 Class .......................
ExtFault16 Class .......................
ExtFault2 Class .........................
ExtFault3 Class .........................
ExtFault4 Class .........................
ExtFault5 Class .........................
ExtFault6 Class .........................
ExtFault7 Class .........................
ExtFault8 Class .........................
ExtFault9 Class .........................
Extended Trend .........................
External Fault ............................
External Warning.......................
477
449
491
493
490
502
106
314
Fan Config .................................
Fan Duty Cycle ..........................
Fan1 Run Time..........................
Fan2 Run Time..........................
Fault Output...............................
Feedforward Fil .........................
Field Bandwidth .........................
Field CurCmd ............................
D
116
114
27
170
169
442
93
175
148
763
69
70
71
72
244
388
279
280
281
370
371
9
716
176
262
699
551
648
649
282
646
374
467
706
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
745
751
DC Link Current .........................
DCLnk Induct pu ........................
DCLnk Inductance .....................
DCLnk OvrCur Dly .....................
DCLnk OvrCur Trp.....................
DCLnkOvrTmpClass..................
DPI Loss Fault ...........................
DPI Loss Mask...........................
DPI Loss Warning......................
DeSync Start Dly .......................
Decel Time 1..............................
Decel Time 2..............................
Decel Time 3..............................
Decel Time 4..............................
Direction Mask ...........................
Direction Owner .........................
Drive Fault1 ...............................
Drive Fault2 ...............................
Drive Fault3 ...............................
Drive Fault4 ...............................
Drive Fault5 ...............................
Drive Fault6 ...............................
Drive ID ......................................
Drive Model................................
Drive Not Ready1 ......................
Drive Not Ready2 ......................
Drive Overload...........................
Drive VSB Gain..........................
Drive VSB Tap ...........................
Drive Warning1 ..........................
Drive Warning2 ..........................
Drive Warning3 ..........................
Drive Warning4 ..........................
Drive Warning5 ..........................
Drive0 Status .............................
Drive1 Status .............................
Drive2 Status .............................
Drive3 Status .............................
Drive4 Status .............................
Drive5 Status .............................
Drive6 Status .............................
Drive7 Status .............................
Drives in System........................
Drv Application...........................
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
166
32
36
109
109
80
106
94
107
127
64
64
64
64
129
134
98
99
99
100
100
101
178
33
11
12
21
33
33
102
102
103
103
104
182
182
183
183
184
184
185
185
179
190
E
189
189
128
86
108
82
151
82
84
85
85
85
85
86
86
82
83
83
83
83
84
84
84
29
97
98
F
174
175
30
30
23
70
79
77
Alphabetical Index
2-233
No.
ParameterName
Page
No.
ParameterName
Page
57
559
623
307
306
102
305
308
309
103
100
341
342
97
638
639
Field Current ..............................
Field Loss Dly ............................
Flux Cmd Limit...........................
Flux Error ...................................
Flux Feedback ...........................
Flux RefStep ..............................
Flux Reference ..........................
FluxCur Feedfwd .......................
FluxCurRegulator.......................
FlxCmd No Load........................
FlxCmd RatedLoad....................
FlxFbk CurModel .......................
FlxFbk VoltModel .......................
FlxReg Bandwidth......................
Forced Flt Mask .........................
Forced Flt Owner .......................
77
124
77
75
75
79
75
76
76
78
78
52
52
78
133
137
172
171
367
Gnd OvrCur Dly .........................
Gnd OvrCur Trp .........................
GndFault Current .......................
285
152
197
284
150
198
141
274
676
675
683
HECS Brden DCLnk ..................
HECS Brden Motor ....................
HECS Brden RNeut ...................
HECS Ratio DCLnk ...................
HECS Ratio Motor .....................
HECS Ratio RNeut ....................
HardwareOptions1.....................
HardwareOptions2.....................
Harmonic VoltDly .......................
Harmonic VoltTrp.......................
Harmonic Voltage ......................
444
643
268
608
609
618
584
312
591
252
253
761
194
193
154
378
295
96
251
265
642
446
143
315
316
294
653
656
654
655
InputProt2 Class........................
Inv DCLink Volt..........................
Inv Dvc Diag Dly ........................
Inv DvcDiag FbkA......................
Inv DvcDiag FbkB......................
Inv DvcDiag FbkC .....................
Inv DvcGat Seqn .......................
Inv Flux CurCmd .......................
Inv Gating Test ..........................
Inv HSink Temp C .....................
Inv HSink Temp F......................
Inv Output Volt...........................
Inv OvrVolt Dly...........................
Inv OvrVolt Trp ..........................
Inv PWM Max Freq....................
Inv PWM Pattern .......................
Inv Pulse Number......................
InvAnlg SelfTst1 ........................
InvAnlg SelfTst2 ........................
InvControl Flag1 ........................
InvControl Flag2 ........................
InvControl Flag3 ........................
InvDvc CurRating ......................
InvHSink TempTrp ....................
InvHSink TempWrn ...................
InvTorque CurCmd....................
IsoTx AirFlow.............................
IsoTx AirFlowNom .....................
IsoTx AirFlowTrp .......................
IsoTx AirFlowWrn ......................
81
3
117
172
173
173
172
76
28
5
5
4
111
111
171
169
169
17
18
16
16
17
38
118
118
60
6
118
119
118
245
389
Jog Mask ...................................
Jog Owner .................................
130
32
16
15
109
108
500
122
133
657
698
162
161
166
165
624
625
168
167
324
135
L Total Leakage.........................
Line Cap Freq............................
Line Cap Volts ...........................
Line Cap kVAR ..........................
Line CurUnbalDly ......................
Line CurUnbalTrp ......................
Line Current...............................
Line Current pu..........................
Line Filter Cap ...........................
Line Frequency..........................
Line Loss Trip ............................
Line OvrCur Dly.........................
Line OvrCur Trp.........................
Line OvrVolt Dly.........................
Line OvrVolt Trp ........................
Line Reactor ..............................
Line Reactor pu .........................
Line UndVolt Dly........................
Line UndVolt Lvl ........................
Line Voltage...............................
Line Voltage pu .........................
G
114
114
166
H
37
38
40
37
38
39
40
41
114
114
9
IGDPS 56V ................................
Icd Command Gain....................
Idc 3 Pulse .................................
Idc 5 Pulse .................................
Idc Error .....................................
Idc Fac 3p to 5p .........................
Idc Fac 7p to 5p .........................
Idc Feedback .............................
Idc Ref Step ...............................
Idc Reference ............................
Idc Test Command ....................
IdcRefLmt Autotn .......................
IdcRefLmt DCTest .....................
IdcRefLmt Motor ........................
Inertia Type................................
InpCtctr OpenDly .......................
InpFilCutOffFreq ........................
Input Ctctr Cfg............................
Input Impedance ........................
Input Power................................
InputProt1 Class ........................
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
129
134
L
I
101
107
756
757
323
560
640
322
120
321
119
261
260
773
63
10
192
1
140
753
440
J
168
79
169
170
68
170
171
68
70
68
69
69
69
69
61
26
33
26
70
165
80
54
35
35
35
112
112
165
4
32
165
117
110
110
110
110
35
32
112
112
165
3
2-234
Alphabetical Index
No.
ParameterName
Page
No.
ParameterName
Page
588
587
589
272
271
703
358
359
52
14
134
695
694
701
131
693
418
296
199
242
386
257
241
710
94
258
687
688
714
715
LineNeutVoltDly .........................
LineNeutVoltTrp.........................
LineNeutral Volt .........................
LineVoltUnbalDly .......................
LineVoltUnbalTrp .......................
Liq Cool Mask ............................
Liquid Cool Flt............................
Liquid Cool Wrn .........................
Liquid Inputs ..............................
Liquid Outputs............................
Lm Measured.............................
Lm Noload FlxMax.....................
Lm Noload FlxMin......................
Lm Predicted..............................
Lm Rated ...................................
Lm Regen ..................................
Lmd ............................................
Lmq ............................................
Load Loss Detect.......................
Local Mask.................................
Local Owner...............................
Logic Command.........................
Logic Mask.................................
Logic Mask Act ..........................
Logic Owner...............................
Logic Status ...............................
Logix Inputs ...............................
Logix Outputs.............................
Logix Register A ........................
Logix Register B ........................
114
113
6
111
111
95
108
109
152
153
52
53
53
52
52
53
55
55
27
130
135
10
130
176
137
11
153
154
163
164
737
735
613
732
734
382
334
136
718
663
733
610
679
28
21
20
263
361
555
369
128
78
619
550
364
Master Capacity.........................
Master Command ......................
Master Cur Unbal.......................
Master Flux Ref .........................
Master Isd Cmd .........................
Master Line Cur .........................
Master Line Freq........................
Master Line Volt.........................
Master Mask ..............................
Master Phasing..........................
Master Torq Ref.........................
Master VoltUnbal .......................
Min Freewhl Time ......................
Motor Cap Freq..........................
Motor Cap Volts .........................
Motor Cap kVAR........................
Motor Cur Unbal ........................
Motor Current.............................
Motor Current pu........................
Motor Fault1...............................
Motor Filter Cap .........................
Motor Flux Time.........................
Motor Flux Unbal .......................
Motor Overload ..........................
Motor Power ..............................
443
487
363
30
362
554
373
346
345
214
208
561
310
586
585
231
246
259
190
189
347
178
177
180
350
179
351
186
185
182
181
692
191
771
565
338
292
339
Motor Prot Class........................
Motor Speed Hz ........................
Motor Speed RPM.....................
Motor Type ................................
Motor Voltage ............................
Motor Voltage pu .......................
Motor Warning1.........................
Mtr AirGap Power......................
Mtr AirGap Trq...........................
Mtr CurUnbal Dly.......................
Mtr CurUnbal Trp.......................
Mtr Fault1 Mask.........................
Mtr Flux CurCmd .......................
Mtr FluxUnbalDly.......................
Mtr FluxUnbalTrp.......................
Mtr LoadLoss Dly ......................
Mtr LoadLoss Lvl .......................
Mtr LoadLoss Spd .....................
Mtr NeutVolt Dly ........................
Mtr NeutVolt Trp ........................
Mtr Neutral Volt..........................
Mtr OvrCur Dly...........................
Mtr OvrCur Trp ..........................
Mtr OvrLoad Dly ........................
Mtr OvrLoad Min........................
Mtr OvrLoad Trp ........................
Mtr OvrLoad Wrn.......................
Mtr OvrSpeed Dly......................
Mtr OvrSpeed Trp......................
Mtr OvrVolt Dly ..........................
Mtr OvrVolt Trp ..........................
Mtr Power Factor.......................
Mtr Stall Dly ...............................
Mtr Thermal Cyc ........................
Mtr Wrn1 Mask ..........................
MtrFlux Current .........................
MtrTorque CurCmd ...................
MtrTrq Current...........................
81
164
164
43
164
4
104
50
50
123
123
90
75
123
123
124
123
124
121
120
6
120
120
121
122
121
122
121
121
120
120
51
122
122
93
51
60
51
680
575
Neutral Resistor.........................
Number PwrSup ........................
4
427
5
Operating Mode.........................
OptXIO Output...........................
Output Ctctr Cfg ........................
746
743
720
722
740
742
723
741
PD Capacity...............................
PD Command ............................
PD Fault Word ...........................
PD Flags....................................
PD Flux Ref ...............................
PD Isd Cmd ...............................
PD Status ..................................
PD Torq Ref...............................
M
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
186
187
22
186
186
7
8
7
178
194
186
21
116
36
36
36
23
164
4
101
32
78
23
21
165
N
39
41
O
24
152
27
P
188
189
180
180
188
188
181
188
Alphabetical Index
2-235
No.
ParameterName
Page
No.
ParameterName
Page
758
721
759
299
304
302
301
311
313
352
355
390
353
354
348
318
336
356
365
376
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
597
11
12
38
39
709
708
300
717
40
33
34
35
398
360
366
357
36
37
662
661
PD Warning ...............................
PD Warning Word......................
PD Wrn Mask.............................
PFC Access Code .....................
PFC Flux Command ..................
PFC LaggingLimit ......................
PFC LeadingLimit ......................
PFC Mod Index..........................
PID Command ...........................
PID Dead Band..........................
PID Deriv Time ..........................
PID Filter ....................................
PID Gain ....................................
PID Intgral Time.........................
PID Manual Input .......................
PID Max Limit ............................
PID Min Limit .............................
PID Output .................................
PID Preload ...............................
PLC Error Flags .........................
PLC Inp Link A1.........................
PLC Inp Link A2.........................
PLC Inp Link B1.........................
PLC Inp Link B2.........................
PLC Inp Link C1.........................
PLC Inp Link C2.........................
PLC Inp Link D1.........................
PLC Inp Link D2.........................
PLC Out Link A1 ........................
PLC Out Link A2 ........................
PLC Out Link B1 ........................
PLC Out Link B2 ........................
PLC Out Link C1........................
PLC Out Link C2........................
PLC Out Link D1........................
PLC Out Link D2........................
Parameter Error .........................
Passcode 0 ................................
Passcode 1 ................................
Passcode 2 ................................
Passcode 3 ................................
Port Logic Mask .........................
Port Mask Act ............................
PowerFactor Comp....................
Powerup Config .........................
Preset Jog Speed ......................
Preset Speed 1 ..........................
Preset Speed 2 ..........................
Preset Speed 3 ..........................
Process Gain .............................
Process Setpoint........................
Process Var Eng........................
Process Variable........................
Profile Mask ...............................
Profile Owner .............................
Provide Full Ref .........................
Provide Zero Ref........................
105
181
96
30
77
71
71
173
193
192
191
193
191
191
192
192
192
190
193
138
138
138
139
139
139
139
139
140
140
140
140
140
141
141
141
141
24
31
31
31
31
176
175
30
178
59
59
59
59
192
191
191
190
133
137
198
197
432
748
747
Pump Duty Cycle.......................
Pwr Lmt Braking ........................
Pwr Lmt Motoring ......................
174
74
74
129
777
776
775
774
681
682
73
74
75
76
80
19
17
18
23
29
25
26
22
24
645
266
627
628
629
620
621
626
590
254
255
696
174
173
155
95
473
474
494
264
160
368
144
111
112
153
765
248
392
46
45
R Stator .....................................
RNeut OvrCurDly ......................
RNeut OvrCurTrp ......................
RNeut OvrLoadDly ....................
RNeut OvrLoadTrp ....................
RNeut Pwr Rating......................
RNeutral OvrLoad .....................
Ramp Speed 1 ..........................
Ramp Speed 2 ..........................
Ramp Speed 3 ..........................
Ramp Speed 4 ..........................
Ramp Test Step ........................
Rated Drive Amps .....................
Rated Line Freq.........................
Rated Line Volts ........................
Rated Motor Amps ....................
Rated Motor Freq ......................
Rated Motor HP.........................
Rated Motor RPM......................
Rated Motor Volt .......................
Rated Motor kW ........................
Rec DCLink Volt ........................
Rec Dvc Diag Dly ......................
Rec DvcDiag FbkA ....................
Rec DvcDiag FbkB ....................
Rec DvcDiag FbkC....................
Rec DvcGat SeqnA ...................
Rec DvcGat SeqnB ...................
Rec DvcGat SeqnC ...................
Rec Gating Test ........................
Rec HSink Temp C....................
Rec HSink Temp F ....................
Rec Input Volt ............................
Rec OvrVolt Dly .........................
Rec OvrVolt Trp.........................
Rec PWM Max Freq ..................
Rec Pulse Number ....................
RecAnlg SelfTst1.......................
RecAnlg SelfTst2.......................
RecAnlg SelfTst3.......................
RecControl Flag1 ......................
RecControl Flag2 ......................
RecControl Flag3 ......................
RecDvc CurRating.....................
RecHSink TempTrp...................
RecHSink TempWrn..................
Rectifier Type ............................
Reduced Capacity .....................
Ref Cmd Mask...........................
Ref Cmd Owner.........................
RefCmd DPI Max ......................
RefCmd DPI Min .......................
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
R
54
115
115
115
115
39
21
64
65
65
65
67
34
34
34
41
42
42
42
43
42
3
117
172
172
172
171
171
172
28
4
5
3
111
110
171
169
18
19
19
14
15
15
38
118
117
34
179
131
135
58
58
2-236
Alphabetical Index
No.
ParameterName
Page
No.
ParameterName
Page
42
41
44
43
247
391
337
421
RefCmd Pot Max .......................
RefCmd Pot Min ........................
RefCmdAnlgInpMax...................
RefCmdAnlgInpMin....................
Reset Mask................................
Reset Owner..............................
Rotor Frequency ........................
RunTime Input ...........................
57
57
58
58
131
135
50
150
481
482
479
480
475
660
659
689
146
145
31
13
13
666
49
50
51
53
54
55
616
614
383
335
137
664
611
617
615
384
239
138
665
612
343
738
739
736
48
56
58
59
47
81
99
749
290
S Curve Accel 1 .........................
S Curve Accel 2 .........................
S Curve Decel 1.........................
S Curve Decel 2.........................
S Curve Percent ........................
Scale Full Ref ............................
Scale Zero Ref...........................
Scope Trigger ............................
Series InvDvc.............................
Series RecDvc ...........................
Service Factor............................
Setup Wizard .............................
Setup Wizard .............................
Setup Wizard 2 ..........................
Skip Speed 1 .............................
Skip Speed 2 .............................
Skip Speed 3 .............................
Skip Speed Band1 .....................
Skip Speed Band2 .....................
Skip Speed Band3 .....................
Slave1 Angle..............................
Slave1 Cur Unbal.......................
Slave1 Line Cur .........................
Slave1 Line Freq........................
Slave1 Line Volt.........................
Slave1 Phasing..........................
Slave1 VoltUnbal .......................
Slave2 Angle..............................
Slave2 Cur Unbal.......................
Slave2 Line Cur .........................
Slave2 Line Freq........................
Slave2 Line Volt.........................
Slave2 Phasing..........................
Slave2 VoltUnbal .......................
Slip Frequency...........................
Sp Capacity ...............................
Sp Command.............................
Sp Slave ID ................................
SpdCmd Anlg Inp1.....................
SpdCmd Anlg Inp2.....................
SpdCmd DPI..............................
SpdCmd PID..............................
SpdCmd Pot ..............................
SpdReg Bandwidth ....................
Special Features........................
Speed Cmd Loss .......................
Speed Cmd Max ........................
293
277
276
472
89
289
631
630
7
88
278
243
387
486
485
340
448
344
433
434
435
439
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
431
422
385
228
226
227
297
225
298
229
249
393
230
Speed Cmd Min.........................
Speed Command ......................
Speed Command In ..................
Speed Error ...............................
Speed Fbk Mode .......................
Speed Feedback .......................
Speed Pot Vmax........................
Speed Pot Vmin.........................
Speed Ref Select ......................
Speed Ref Step .........................
Speed Reference ......................
Start Mask .................................
Start Owner ...............................
StatFrqCurModel .......................
StatFrqVoltModel.......................
Stator Current ............................
Stator Frequency.......................
Stator Voltage............................
Stnd XIO Fault ...........................
Stnd XIO Warning .....................
Stnd XIOFlt Mask ......................
StndXIO Config1 .......................
StndXIO Config2 .......................
StndXIO Config3 .......................
StndXIO Config4 .......................
StndXIO Config5 .......................
StndXIO Config6 .......................
StndXIO Config7 .......................
StndXIO Config8 .......................
StndXIO FltInput ........................
StndXIO Output .........................
Stop Owner................................
Sync Error Max..........................
Sync Lead Angle .......................
Sync Off Delay...........................
Sync Reg Error ..........................
Sync Reg Gain ..........................
Sync Reg Output .......................
Sync Time..................................
Sync Xfer Mask .........................
Sync Xfer Owner .......................
Sync Xfer Time ..........................
57
55
55
60
62
60
143
142
25
62
60
132
136
51
51
49
50
49
96
97
82
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
151
150
136
125
126
126
125
126
125
126
132
136
127
S
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
65
66
66
66
65
197
196
23
39
39
43
29
198
199
67
67
67
66
66
67
8
22
7
8
7
194
22
9
22
8
8
7
195
22
50
187
187
187
56
56
56
56
56
62
27
25
57
T
115
132
349
236
235
234
233
291
61
62
82
778
91
T DC Link...................................
T Rotor.......................................
Tach Feedback..........................
Tach Loss Delay........................
Tach Loss Trip...........................
Tach PPR ..................................
Tach Type..................................
Torque Reference .....................
Total Accel Time........................
Total Decel Time .......................
Total Inertia................................
TransientVoltMax ......................
Trq Cmd External ......................
70
54
127
124
124
128
128
71
61
61
62
9
72
Alphabetical Index
No.
ParameterName
Page
90
85
84
658
86
641
87
441
Trq Control Mode.......................
Trq Lmt Braking .........................
Trq Lmt Motoring .......................
Trq Lmt Overload.......................
TrqCmd0 SensrLss....................
TrqCmd0 Tach...........................
TrqCmd1 SensrLss....................
TxReacOvrTmpClss ..................
73
73
73
74
72
74
72
80
379
465
326
Vdc Ref 5p to 3p ........................
Vdc Ref 7p to 5p ........................
Vdc Reference ...........................
V
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
170
170
68
2-237
No.
ParameterName
Page
700
712
711
Warning Output .........................
Write Mask Act ..........................
Write Mask Cfg ..........................
23
177
177
596
594
593
64
686
592
XIO Adaptr Loss ........................
XIO Config Errs .........................
XIO Ext Faults ...........................
XIO Liquid Cool .........................
XIO Logix IO ..............................
XIO Standard IO ........................
W
X
107
154
155
155
156
155
2-238
Alphabetical Index
(This page is intentionally left blank)
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Linear Number Index
2-239
Linear Number Index
No.
ParameterName
Page
No.
ParameterName
Page
1
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
Input Ctctr Cfg............................
Auto Restart Dly.........................
Operating Mode .........................
Output Ctctr Cfg.........................
Speed Ref Select.......................
Drv Fault6 Mask.........................
Drive Fault6 ...............................
InpCtctr OpenDly .......................
Passcode 0 ................................
Passcode 1 ................................
Setup Wizard .............................
Setup Wizard .............................
Liquid Outputs............................
Line Cap kVAR ..........................
Line Cap Volts ...........................
Rated Line Freq .........................
Rated Line Volts ........................
Rated Drive Amps......................
Motor Cap kVAR........................
Motor Cap Volts .........................
Rated Motor Volt........................
Rated Motor Amps.....................
Rated Motor kW.........................
Rated Motor HP .........................
Rated Motor RPM ......................
DCLnk Inductance .....................
Motor Cap Freq..........................
Rated Motor Freq.......................
Motor Type.................................
Service Factor............................
Line Cap Freq ............................
Preset Speed 1 ..........................
Preset Speed 2 ..........................
Preset Speed 3 ..........................
Profile Mask ...............................
Profile Owner .............................
Passcode 2 ................................
Passcode 3 ................................
Preset Jog Speed ......................
RefCmd Pot Min ........................
RefCmd Pot Max .......................
RefCmdAnlgInpMin....................
RefCmdAnlgInpMax...................
RefCmd DPI Min........................
RefCmd DPI Max.......................
SpdCmd Pot ..............................
SpdCmd Anlg Inp1.....................
Skip Speed 1 .............................
Skip Speed 2 .............................
Skip Speed 3 .............................
Liquid Inputs ..............................
Skip Speed Band1 .....................
26
26
24
27
25
89
101
26
31
31
29
198
153
35
35
34
34
34
36
36
43
41
42
42
42
36
36
42
43
43
35
59
59
59
133
137
31
31
59
57
57
58
58
58
58
56
56
67
67
67
152
66
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
Skip Speed Band2.....................
Skip Speed Band3.....................
SpdCmd Anlg Inp2 ....................
Field Current..............................
SpdCmd DPI..............................
SpdCmd PID..............................
Coast Speed..............................
Total Accel Time........................
Total Decel Time .......................
Inertia Type................................
XIO Liquid Cool .........................
Accel Time 1..............................
Accel Time 2..............................
Accel Time 3..............................
Accel Time 4..............................
Decel Time 1 .............................
Decel Time 2 .............................
Decel Time 3 .............................
Decel Time 4 .............................
Ramp Speed 1 ..........................
Ramp Speed 2 ..........................
Ramp Speed 3 ..........................
Ramp Speed 4 ..........................
Control AC#2 RMS....................
Motor Flux Time.........................
Control AC#3 RMS....................
Ramp Test Step ........................
SpdReg Bandwidth....................
Total Inertia................................
Trq Lmt Motoring .......................
Trq Lmt Braking .........................
TrqCmd0 SensrLss ...................
TrqCmd1 SensrLss ...................
Speed Ref Step .........................
Speed Fbk Mode .......................
Trq Control Mode ......................
Trq Cmd External ......................
Control AC#4 RMS....................
DPI Loss Fault ...........................
Logic Owner ..............................
Rec Pulse Number ....................
InvAnlg SelfTst1 ........................
FlxReg Bandwidth .....................
Base Speed ...............................
Special Features .......................
FlxCmd RatedLoad ...................
IGDPS 56V ................................
Flux RefStep..............................
FlxCmd No Load .......................
Ctrl Pwr FltMask ........................
Ctrl Pwr WrnMask .....................
Field Bandwidth .........................
66
67
56
77
56
56
26
61
61
61
155
63
63
63
63
64
64
64
64
64
65
65
65
166
78
167
67
62
62
73
73
72
72
62
62
73
72
167
106
137
169
17
78
79
27
78
168
79
78
93
94
79
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
240
Linear Number Index
No.
ParameterName
Page
No.
ParameterName
Page
107
108
109
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
Icd Command Gain....................
Line CurUnbalTrp ......................
Line CurUnbalDly.......................
RecHSink TempTrp ...................
RecHSink TempWrn ..................
CurReg Bandwidth.....................
DCLnk Induct pu ........................
T DC Link...................................
DC Link Current .........................
Bypass Voltage..........................
Control AC#1 RMS ....................
Idc Test Command ....................
Idc Ref Step ...............................
Control 56V................................
Line Current pu ..........................
Anlg Out4 Scale.........................
Anlg RecTstPt3..........................
Anlg RecTstPt4..........................
Anlg InvTstPt3 ...........................
Anlg InvTstPt4 ...........................
Motor Filter Cap .........................
R Stator......................................
L Total Leakage .........................
Lm Rated ...................................
T Rotor .......................................
Line Filter Cap ...........................
Lm Measured.............................
Line Voltage pu..........................
Master Line Volt.........................
Slave1 Line Volt.........................
Slave2 Line Volt.........................
Control 5V..................................
Input Impedance ........................
HardwareOptions1.....................
Control 15V................................
InvDvc CurRating.......................
RecDvc CurRating .....................
Series RecDvc ...........................
Series InvDvc.............................
Active Trq Limit ..........................
DPI Loss Warning......................
CT Ratio Line.............................
HECS Ratio Motor .....................
CT Brden Line............................
HECS Brden Motor ....................
Rectifier Type.............................
Inv PWM Max Freq ....................
Rec PWM Max Freq ..................
Control HECS ............................
CT Ratio Gndflt ..........................
CT Burden Gndflt.......................
Bypass Frequency .....................
RecControl Flag2.......................
Line OvrCur Trp .........................
Line OvrCur Dly .........................
Drv OvrLoad Trp ........................
Drv OvrLoad Dly ........................
79
112
112
118
117
69
32
70
166
125
166
69
70
167
4
148
148
149
149
149
32
54
54
52
54
32
52
3
7
7
7
167
70
40
167
38
38
39
39
71
107
37
38
37
38
34
171
171
168
37
36
125
15
110
110
113
113
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
Line OvrVolt Trp ........................
Line OvrVolt Dly.........................
Line UndVolt Lvl ........................
Line UndVolt Dly........................
DCLnk OvrCur Trp ....................
DCLnk OvrCur Dly.....................
Gnd OvrCur Trp.........................
Gnd OvrCur Dly.........................
Rec OvrVolt Trp.........................
Rec OvrVolt Dly .........................
DPI Loss Mask ..........................
Drive Model ...............................
Mtr OvrCur Trp ..........................
Mtr OvrCur Dly...........................
Mtr OvrLoad Trp ........................
Mtr OvrLoad Dly ........................
Mtr OvrVolt Trp ..........................
Mtr OvrVolt Dly ..........................
Anlg Out1 Scale ........................
Anlg Out2 Scale ........................
Mtr OvrSpeed Trp......................
Mtr OvrSpeed Dly......................
Anlg Out3 Scale ........................
Anlg4-20mA Scale.....................
Mtr NeutVolt Trp ........................
Mtr NeutVolt Dly ........................
Mtr Stall Dly ...............................
InpFilCutOffFreq ........................
Inv OvrVolt Trp ..........................
Inv OvrVolt Dly...........................
Control XIO................................
HECS Brden RNeut...................
HECS Ratio RNeut....................
Load Loss Detect ......................
ExtFault1 Class .........................
ExtFault2 Class .........................
ExtFault3 Class .........................
ExtFault4 Class .........................
ExtFault5 Class .........................
ExtFault6 Class .........................
ExtFault7 Class .........................
ExtFault8 Class .........................
Mtr CurUnbal Trp.......................
Autotune Select .........................
Autotune Idc Cmd......................
Autotune Idc Stp ........................
Autotune Idc BW .......................
Autotune Spd Cmd ....................
Mtr CurUnbal Dly.......................
Autotune Trq Stp .......................
Autotune Isd Stp ........................
Autotune L Input ........................
Autotune T DCLnk.....................
Autotune RStator .......................
Autotune LLeakge .....................
Autotune L Magn .......................
Autotune T Rotor .......................
110
110
112
112
109
109
114
114
110
111
94
33
120
120
121
121
120
120
147
147
121
121
147
148
120
121
122
33
111
111
168
40
39
27
82
82
83
83
83
83
84
84
123
44
47
47
47
48
123
48
48
45
45
45
45
46
46
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Linear Number Index
241
No.
ParameterName
Page
No.
ParameterName
Page
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
251
252
253
254
255
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
284
Autotune Inertia .........................
Autotune Lmd ............................
Sync Reg Gain...........................
Sync Lead Angle........................
Sync Off Delay...........................
Sync Error Max ..........................
Sync Time ..................................
Sync Xfer Time ..........................
Mtr LoadLoss Dly.......................
Ext Fault XIO .............................
Tach Type..................................
Tach PPR ..................................
Tach Loss Trip ...........................
Tach Loss Delay ........................
Control 5V Redn ........................
DrvStatus Flag2 .........................
Slave2 Line Freq........................
Logic Mask.................................
Local Mask.................................
Start Mask..................................
Direction Mask ...........................
Jog Mask ...................................
Mtr LoadLoss Lvl .......................
Reset Mask................................
Ref Cmd Mask ...........................
Sync Xfer Mask..........................
InvAnlg SelfTst2.........................
Inv HSink Temp C......................
Inv HSink Temp F ......................
Rec HSink Temp C ....................
Rec HSink Temp F ....................
Logic Command.........................
Logic Status ...............................
Mtr LoadLoss Spd......................
IdcRefLmt DCTest .....................
IdcRefLmt Autotn .......................
Drive Not Ready1 ......................
Motor Cur Unbal ........................
RecControl Flag1.......................
InvControl Flag1 ........................
Rec Dvc Diag Dly.......................
Inv Dvc Diag Dly ........................
Drv OvrLoad Min........................
Drv OvrLoad Wrn.......................
LineVoltUnbalTrp .......................
LineVoltUnbalDly .......................
Control Feedback ......................
HardwareOptions2.....................
Control Refernce........................
Speed Command In...................
Speed Command.......................
Speed Reference.......................
Drive Fault1 ...............................
Drive Fault2 ...............................
Drive Fault3 ...............................
Drive Warning1 ..........................
HECS Ratio DCLnk ...................
46
46
126
126
126
125
126
127
124
151
128
128
124
124
168
13
8
130
130
132
129
129
123
131
131
132
18
5
5
4
5
10
11
124
69
69
11
23
14
16
117
117
113
112
111
111
56
41
55
55
55
60
98
99
99
102
37
285
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
HECS Brden DCLnk..................
Ctrl Pwr Fault.............................
Ctrl Pwr Warning .......................
Speed Feedback .......................
Speed Cmd Max........................
Torque Reference .....................
MtrTorque CurCmd ...................
Speed Cmd Min.........................
InvTorque CurCmd....................
Inv Pulse Number......................
Lmq............................................
Sync Reg Error ..........................
Sync Reg Output .......................
PFC Access Code .....................
PowerFactor Comp ...................
PFC LeadingLimit......................
PFC LaggingLimit......................
PFC Flux Command..................
Flux Reference ..........................
Flux Feedback ...........................
Flux Error...................................
FluxCur Feedfwd .......................
FluxCurRegulator ......................
Mtr Flux CurCmd .......................
PFC Mod Index..........................
Inv Flux CurCmd .......................
PID Command ...........................
Field CurCmd ............................
InvHSink TempTrp ....................
InvHSink TempWrn ...................
Conv AirFlow Nom ....................
PID Max Limit ............................
Conv AirFlow Trp.......................
Conv AirFlow Wrn .....................
Idc Reference ............................
Idc Feedback .............................
Idc Error.....................................
Line Voltage...............................
Autotune Lmq ............................
Vdc Reference...........................
Alpha Rectifier ...........................
Alpha Inverter ............................
Master Line Freq .......................
Slave1 Line Freq .......................
PID Min Limit .............................
Rotor Frequency........................
MtrFlux Current .........................
MtrTrq Current...........................
Stator Current ............................
FlxFbk CurModel .......................
FlxFbk VoltModel.......................
Slip Frequency ..........................
Stator Voltage............................
Mtr AirGap Trq...........................
Mtr AirGap Power......................
Mtr Neutral Volt..........................
PID Manual Input.......................
37
105
106
60
57
71
60
57
60
169
55
125
125
30
30
71
71
77
75
75
75
76
76
75
173
76
193
77
118
118
119
192
119
119
68
68
68
165
47
68
68
76
8
8
192
50
51
51
49
52
52
50
49
50
50
6
192
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
242
Linear Number Index
No.
ParameterName
Page
No.
ParameterName
Page
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
Tach Feedback ..........................
Mtr OvrLoad Min ........................
Mtr OvrLoad Wrn .......................
PID Dead Band..........................
PID Gain ....................................
PID Intgral Time.........................
PID Deriv Time ..........................
PID Output .................................
Process Variable........................
Liquid Cool Flt............................
Liquid Cool Wrn .........................
Process Setpoint........................
Motor Current.............................
Motor Voltage ............................
Motor Speed RPM .....................
Motor Power ..............................
PID Preload ...............................
Process Var Eng........................
GndFault Current .......................
RecControl Flag3.......................
Motor Fault1...............................
Drive Fault4 ...............................
Drive Fault5 ...............................
External Fault.............................
Motor Warning1 .........................
Drive Warning3 ..........................
AutotuneComplete .....................
PLC Error Flags .........................
Autotune Warning ......................
Inv PWM Pattern........................
Vdc Ref 5p to 3p ........................
Coolant Temp C.........................
Coolant Temp F .........................
Master Line Cur .........................
Slave1 Line Cur .........................
Slave2 Line Cur .........................
Stop Owner................................
Local Owner...............................
Start Owner................................
Direction Owner .........................
Jog Owner .................................
PID Filter ....................................
Reset Owner..............................
Ref Cmd Owner .........................
Sync Xfer Owner........................
Drv Fault1 Mask.........................
Drv Fault2 Mask.........................
Drv Fault3 Mask.........................
Drv Wrn1 Mask ..........................
Process Gain .............................
ExtFault9 Class..........................
ExtFault10 Class........................
ExtFault11 Class........................
ExtFault12 Class........................
ExtFault13 Class........................
ExtFault14 Class........................
ExtFault15 Class........................
127
122
122
192
191
191
191
190
190
108
109
191
164
164
164
165
193
191
166
15
101
100
100
97
104
103
49
138
44
169
170
173
173
7
7
8
136
135
136
134
134
193
135
135
136
87
87
88
90
192
84
84
85
85
85
85
86
417
418
420
421
422
423
427
428
429
431
432
433
434
435
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
467
468
472
473
474
475
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
485
486
487
490
491
493
494
500
502
505
506
ExtFault16 Class .......................
Lmd............................................
DvcDiag Flt Mask ......................
RunTime Input ...........................
StndXIO Output .........................
Drv Wrn3 Mask..........................
OptXIO Output...........................
Bypass VoltUnbal ......................
External Warning.......................
StndXIO FltInput ........................
Pump Duty Cycle.......................
Stnd XIO Fault ...........................
Stnd XIO Warning .....................
Stnd XIOFlt Mask ......................
StndXIO Config1 .......................
InputProt1 Class........................
TxReacOvrTmpClss ..................
DCLnkOvrTmpClass .................
Motor Prot Class........................
InputProt2 Class........................
Aux Prot Class...........................
InvControl Flag3 ........................
Convrter AirFlow........................
Stator Frequency.......................
Fan Duty Cycle ..........................
StndXIO Config2 .......................
StndXIO Config3 .......................
StndXIO Config4 .......................
StndXIO Config5 .......................
StndXIO Config6 .......................
StndXIO Config7 .......................
StndXIO Config8 .......................
Vdc Ref 7p to 5p........................
Drive Warning4..........................
Drv Wrn4 Mask..........................
Speed Error ...............................
RecAnlg SelfTst1.......................
RecAnlg SelfTst2.......................
S Curve Percent ........................
Fan Config .................................
Coolant Temp Wrn ....................
S Curve Decel 1 ........................
S Curve Decel 2 ........................
S Curve Accel 1.........................
S Curve Accel 2.........................
Coolant Temp Trp .....................
StatFrqVoltModel.......................
StatFrqCurModel .......................
Motor Speed Hz ........................
Fault Output...............................
Fan1 Run Time..........................
Fan2 Run Time..........................
RecAnlg SelfTst3.......................
Line Current...............................
Feedforward Fil .........................
Contactor Cmd ..........................
Contactor Status........................
86
55
95
150
150
91
152
21
98
151
174
96
97
82
156
80
80
80
81
81
81
17
6
50
175
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
170
103
92
60
18
19
65
174
174
66
66
65
66
174
51
51
164
23
30
30
19
165
70
13
14
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Linear Number Index
243
No.
ParameterName
Page
No.
ParameterName
Page
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
550
551
554
555
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
567
568
569
575
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
Anlg Output4..............................
Anlg RecTstPt1..........................
Anlg RecTstPt2..........................
Anlg InvTstPt1 ...........................
Anlg InvTstPt2 ...........................
Anlg Output1..............................
Anlg Output2..............................
Anlg Output3..............................
Anlg 4-20mAOut ........................
Anlg Meter1 ...............................
Anlg Meter2 ...............................
Anlg Meter3 ...............................
Anlg Meter4 ...............................
AnlgMeter1 Scale ......................
AnlgMeter2 Scale ......................
AnlgMeter3 Scale ......................
AnlgMeter4 Scale ......................
PLC Inp Link A1.........................
PLC Inp Link A2.........................
PLC Inp Link B1.........................
PLC Inp Link B2.........................
PLC Inp Link C1.........................
PLC Inp Link C2.........................
PLC Inp Link D1.........................
PLC Inp Link D2.........................
PLC Out Link A1 ........................
PLC Out Link A2 ........................
PLC Out Link B1 ........................
PLC Out Link B2 ........................
PLC Out Link C1........................
PLC Out Link C2........................
PLC Out Link D1........................
PLC Out Link D2........................
Motor Overload ..........................
Drive Overload...........................
Motor Voltage pu .......................
Motor Current pu........................
Field Loss Dly ............................
Idc Fac 3p to 5p .........................
Mtr Fault1 Mask .........................
Drv Fault4 Mask.........................
Drv Fault5 Mask.........................
Ext Fault Mask ...........................
Mtr Wrn1 Mask ..........................
Air Filter Block............................
Air Filter Allow............................
DrvStatus Flag1 .........................
Number PwrSup ........................
Inv DvcGat Seqn........................
Mtr FluxUnbalTrp .......................
Mtr FluxUnbalDly .......................
LineNeutVoltTrp.........................
LineNeutVoltDly .........................
LineNeutral Volt .........................
Rec Gating Test.........................
Inv Gating Test ..........................
XIO Standard IO ........................
146
148
148
149
149
145
145
146
146
144
144
145
145
146
146
147
147
138
138
139
139
139
139
139
140
140
140
140
140
141
141
141
141
21
21
4
4
124
170
90
88
89
86
93
5
5
12
41
172
123
123
113
114
6
28
28
155
593
594
596
597
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
XIO Ext Faults ...........................
XIO Config Errs .........................
XIO Adaptr Loss ........................
Parameter Error.........................
Inv DvcDiag FbkA......................
Inv DvcDiag FbkB......................
Master VoltUnbal.......................
Slave1 VoltUnbal .......................
Slave2 VoltUnbal .......................
Master Cur Unbal ......................
Slave1 Cur Unbal ......................
Slave2 Cur Unbal ......................
Slave1 Angle .............................
Slave2 Angle .............................
Inv DvcDiag FbkC .....................
Motor Flux Unbal .......................
Rec DvcGat SeqnA ...................
Rec DvcGat SeqnB ...................
Flux Cmd Limit...........................
Line Reactor ..............................
Line Reactor pu .........................
Rec DvcGat SeqnC ...................
Rec DvcDiag FbkA ....................
Rec DvcDiag FbkB ....................
Rec DvcDiag FbkC....................
Speed Pot Vmin.........................
Speed Pot Vmax........................
Anlg Inp1 Vmin ..........................
Anlg Inp1 Vmax .........................
Anlg Inp2 Vmin ..........................
Angl Inp2 Vmax .........................
Anlg Inp3 Vmin ..........................
Anlg Inp3 Vmax .........................
Forced Flt Mask.........................
Forced Flt Owner.......................
Idc Fac 7p to 5p.........................
TrqCmd0 Tach ..........................
InvControl Flag2 ........................
Inv DCLink Volt..........................
Encoder Offset ..........................
Rec DCLink Volt ........................
Drive Warning2..........................
Drv Wrn2 Mask..........................
Drive VSB Gain .........................
Drive VSB Tap...........................
Ext Fault PLC ............................
Ext Fault Selct ...........................
Anlg Inp Config ..........................
IsoTx AirFlow.............................
IsoTx AirFlowTrp .......................
IsoTx AirFlowWrn ......................
IsoTx AirFlowNom .....................
Line Frequency..........................
Trq Lmt Overload ......................
Scale Zero Ref ..........................
Scale Full Ref ............................
Provide Zero Ref .......................
155
154
107
24
172
173
21
22
22
22
22
22
8
9
173
23
171
171
77
35
32
172
172
172
172
142
143
143
143
143
143
144
144
133
137
171
74
16
3
128
3
102
91
33
33
108
82
142
6
119
118
118
165
74
196
197
197
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
244
Linear Number Index
No.
ParameterName
Page
No.
ParameterName
Page
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
686
687
688
689
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
Provide Full Ref .........................
Master Phasing..........................
Slave1 Phasing..........................
Slave2 Phasing..........................
Setup Wizard 2 ..........................
CommissionStatus.....................
CommissionFlags ......................
BusTransTrpFac ........................
BusTransient Dly .......................
Harmonic VoltTrp.......................
Harmonic VoltDly .......................
BusTrans MinTrp .......................
BusTrans IdcFac........................
Min Freewhl Time ......................
Neutral Resistor .........................
RNeut Pwr Rating ......................
RNeutral OvrLoad......................
Harmonic Voltage ......................
BusTransient Trp .......................
XIO Logix IO ..............................
Logix Inputs ...............................
Logix Outputs.............................
Scope Trigger ............................
Mtr Power Factor .......................
Lm Regen ..................................
Lm Noload FlxMin......................
Lm Noload FlxMax.....................
Rec Input Volt ............................
ComMode Current .....................
Line Loss Trip ............................
Drive Not Ready2 ......................
Warning Output..........................
Lm Predicted..............................
Extended Trend .........................
Liq Cool Mask ............................
Drive Warning5 ..........................
Drv Wrn5 Mask ..........................
Port Mask Act ............................
Port Logic Mask .........................
Logic Mask Act ..........................
Write Mask Cfg ..........................
Write Mask Act...........................
Logix Register A ........................
Logix Register B ........................
Drive ID ......................................
Powerup Config .........................
Master Mask ..............................
Acting Master ID ........................
PD Fault Word ...........................
PD Warning Word......................
198
194
194
195
199
195
196
116
116
114
114
116
116
116
39
39
21
9
9
156
153
154
23
51
53
53
53
3
166
117
12
23
52
29
95
104
92
175
176
176
177
177
163
164
178
178
178
179
180
181
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
753
756
757
758
759
760
761
763
764
765
767
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
PD Flags....................................
PD Status ..................................
Drive0 Status .............................
Drive1 Status .............................
Drive2 Status .............................
Drive3 Status .............................
Drive4 Status .............................
Drive5 Status .............................
Drive6 Status .............................
Drive7 Status .............................
Master Flux Ref .........................
Master Torq Ref ........................
Master Isd Cmd .........................
Master Command......................
Sp Slave ID................................
Master Capacity ........................
Sp Capacity ...............................
Sp Command.............................
PD Flux Ref ...............................
PD Torq Ref...............................
PD Isd Cmd ...............................
PD Command ............................
Drives in System .......................
PD Capacity...............................
Pwr Lmt Motoring ......................
Pwr Lmt Braking ........................
Speed Cmd Loss.......................
ESP Cable Resis.......................
Drv Application ..........................
Input Power ...............................
Idc 3 Pulse.................................
Idc 5 Pulse.................................
PD Warning ...............................
PD Wrn Mask ............................
ESP Surface Volt.......................
Inv Output Volt...........................
DeSync Start Dly .......................
Cur Sens FltCode......................
Reduced Capacity .....................
BusTransient Lvl........................
Mtr Thermal Cyc ........................
Drv Thermal Cyc .......................
IdcRefLmt Motor ........................
RNeut OvrLoadTrp ....................
RNeut OvrLoadDly ....................
RNeut OvrCurTrp ......................
RNeut OvrCurDly ......................
TransientVoltMax ......................
ComModeCur Peak...................
180
181
182
182
183
183
184
184
185
185
186
186
186
187
187
186
187
187
188
188
188
189
179
188
74
74
25
189
190
165
169
170
105
96
189
4
127
20
179
10
122
113
69
115
115
115
115
9
9
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Chapter
3
Troubleshooting
(Firmware 7.xxx)
Documenting Shutdowns
All faults, warnings, or messages displayed on the Operator
Interface should be thoroughly documented by the user prior to
resetting those messages. This will assist maintenance personnel
in correcting problems and ensuring they do not recur.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-2
Troubleshooting
Acronyms and Abbreviations Used in this Manual
Acronym/
Abbreviation
Description
Acronym/
Abbreviation
A/D
AC
ADC
Cap
Ch
Chn
CIB
Cmd
CT
Ctctr
Cur
DAC
DC
DCB
DD
DIM
DO
DPI
DrvIn
ED
Fbk
Flt
Fltr
FO
FOB
FOI
FPGA
GND
Gnrl
HCS
Hi
HW
I
Init
Analog/Digital
Alternating Current
Analog to Digital Converter
Capacitor
Channel
Channel
Customer Interface Board
Command
Current Transformer
Contactor
Current
Digital to Analog Converter
Direct Current
Drive Control Board
Dimensional Drawings
Drive Identity Module
Drive Output
Drive Peripheral Interface
Drive Input
Electrical Drawings
Feedback
Fault
Filter
Fiber-Optic
Fiber-Optic Interface Board
Fiber-Optic Interface
Field-Programmable Gate Array
Ground
General
Hall Effect Current Sensor
High
Hardware
Current
Initialize
Lo
LV
M
Magntz
Max
Min
Mstr
MTR
NVRAM
OC
OL
OP
OT
OV
PLL
PS
Pu
PWM
Rect
Rot’n
SCB
SCR
SGCT
Slv
Spd
SPGD
SW
Sync
Tach
TFB
Trp
TSN
UB
UPS
Inv
Inverter
USART
IO
Isoltn Sw
L
L
LED
Liq
Input/Output
Isolation Switch
Inductance
Line
Light-emitting diode
Liquid
V
VSB
Wrn
Xfer
XIO
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Description
Low
Low Voltage
Machine
Magnetizing
Maximum
Minimum
Master
Motor
Non-Volatile Random Access Memory
Overcurrent
Overload
Output
Overtemperature
Overvoltage
Phase Lock Loop
Power Supply
Per Unit
Pulse-Width Modulation
Rectifier
Rotation
Signal Conditioning Board
Silicon-Controlled Rectifier
Symmetrical-Gate Commutated Thyristor
Slave
Speed
Self-Powered Gate Driver
Software
Synchronous
Tachometer
Temperature Feedback Board
Trip
Transient Suppression Network
Unbalance
Uninterrupted Power Supply
Universal Synchronous/Asynchronous
Transmitter/Receiver
Volt
Volt Sensing Board
Warning
Transfer
External Input/Output
Troubleshooting
3-3
FAULT MESSAGES
FAULT
MESSAGE
AC/DC#1 AC Fail
AC/DC#2 AC Fail
AC/DC#3 AC Fail
AC/DC#4 AC Fail
FAULT
CODE
58
59
60
61
AC/DC#1 DC Fail
AC/DC#2 DC Fail
AC/DC#3 DC Fail
AC/DC#4 DC Fail
48
49
50
51
The 56VDC output voltage of this AC/DC
converter has dropped below 49V. Check
the connections and verify the input voltage
and the output DC voltage. Ensure that the
fault detection wiring is connected to J19 on
the ACB. Replace the power supply if
required.
Adapter 1 Loss
Adapter 2 Loss
Adapter 3 Loss
Adapter 4 Loss
Adapter 5 Loss
Adapter 6 Loss
Adaptr1 ForceFlt
Adaptr2 ForceFlt
Adaptr3 ForceFlt
Adaptr4 ForceFlt
Adaptr5 ForceFlt
Adaptr6 ForceFlt
17
18
19
20
21
22
26
27
28
29
30
31
There has been a loss of communication
between the DPM and the DPI Adapter 1-6.
Ensure that the Adapter is plugged in the
ACB, powered and working properly. Cycle
power to the drive if necessary.
There has been a loss of communication
between the identified DPI adapter and the
customer’s communication network. The
communication between the drive and the
DPI adapter may still be active. This is a
requirement for DPI communications. If the
loss of communication from the network to
the adapter is required to be a warning, this
must be set in the adapter itself, not within
the drive.
– Verify the customer network is properly
communicated with the device
– Check DPM status and compare to the
information in the User’s Manual
– Change the Adapter if all attempts to
restore communication fail
Ambient OvrTemp
182
NOT ACTIVE
–
Ambient LowTemp
183
NOT ACTIVE
–
Ambient FbrOptic
184
NOT ACTIVE
–
Ambient Sensor
185
NOT ACTIVE
–
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
There has been a loss of the AC power to
this AC/DC converter and the power supply
connector J14 is not plugged in.
– Verify the input ac voltage and ensure
that the dc-dc power supply monitor is
plugged in.
– Check alarm signal connections
– Replace PS if necessary
– Measure the input voltage and verify it is
within limits
– Measure the output voltage and confirm
whether the output level indeed falls below
the trip level
– Verify fault detection wiring is per the
drawings, and measure the voltage on the
trip signals
– Verify the PS internal cooling fan is
operational
– Replace the Power Supply if required
– Cycle control power to the drive
– Change the Adapter and/or DPM if all
attempts to restore communication fail
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-4
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
Auxiliary Prot’n
FAULT
CODE
37
Bypass CtctrOpen
168
Bypass IsoSwClsd
175
Bypass
IsoSwOpen
172
CabinetTemp High
(C-Frame Only)
70
Control Pwr Loss
57
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
Standard External Fault/Warning Input
included to allow the end-user to install a
protective relay/system status contact that
can activate a drive fault or warning,
depending on configuration of Aux Prot
Class (P445). The message means drive
has detected a fault triggered by the input
wired in the auxillary input of the XIO card.
Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO card.
The bypass contactor was opened without a
command from the drive. Verify the
contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to
the ACB.
The bypass isolation switch is closed when
it was expected to be open. Verify the
isolation switch mechanical set up and the
120V wiring to the ACB. Depending on the
Operating Mode of the drive, ensure that the
switch is in the proper position.
The bypass isolation switch is open when it
was expected to be closed. Verify the
isolation switch mechanical set up and the
120V wiring to the ACB. Depending on the
Operating Mode of the drive, ensure that the
switch is in the proper position.
The drive has a temperature switch in
several cabinets, and all the N/C switches
are connected in series and fed back to the
XIO input. The levels are set differently for
different cabinets.
There has been a loss or dip in the control
power feeding the drive for more than
5cycles.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Check device responsible for the
auxiliary contact to this input, and
investigate cause of the open contact
status
– Check the 120V signal through the
external device
– Check the XIO board inputs and
parameter status bits
– The drive system needs to have
complete control over all contactors, so
investigation of the specific contactor
fault is required
– Verify contactor feedback
– Verify the control power circuit for the
contactor
– Check permissive string to the contactor
control relay (refer to drawing) -Check
contactor/breaker for physical
malfunction (auxiliaries)
– Check ACB inputs and outputs at J1.
– Depending on the mode of operation
(Normal, System Test, Open-Circuit
Test, DC Current Test, or Open-Loop),
there are specific states for all the
possible system isolation switches (Refer
to the description of the Parameter 141 –
Hardware Options1). Ensure the isolation
switches are in the proper position.
– Verify wiring feedback
– Verify isolation switch mechanical
auxiliary setup
– READ ASSOCIATED DESCRIPTION
– Identify which switch has opened, and
focus on that cabinet
– Check for proper air flow within the
identified section
– Verify muffin fans are operating correctly
– Verify ambient temperature is within
tolerances
– Ensure that the power source is active
and investigate the reliability of the
source.
– Check control power input to ACB
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
Convrtr Air Flow
FAULT
CODE
176
ConductivityHigh
(C-Frame Only)
68
The measured coolant conductivity is
greater than 2 μS/cm3.
Control 5V Loss
54
There has been a loss of the 5 volt DC rail
from the DC/DC Converter.
Control 15V Loss
55
There has been a loss of the 15 volt DC rail
from the DC/DC Converter.
Control 56V Loss
52
The drive has detected a loss of the 56V dc
voltage feeding the DC/DC converter.
3-5
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The Pressure drop at the input to the
converter section sensed by the pressure
transducer (as a voltage) has dropped
below the value set in Pressure Value Trip
(P319). This is dependent on the operation
of the Main Cooling Fan.
– Verify fan rotation
– Check for blocked airflow in the filters/
heatsinks/ ducting (if installed) – Clean as
required
– Improper Trip settings – Verify Pressure
Value voltage level when running with
clear air flow, and compare to expected
values for that specific drive type
– Check that the pressure sensor is working
and is connected to the ACB at J9.
– Verify Alarm and Trip set-up procedure
was completed adequately and adjust as
necessary
– Verify for drives with external ducting that
there is sufficient air to the drive input
– Verify supply voltage to differential
pressure transducer, and confirm output is
stable
– Verify that no foreign debris has entered
the system (iron piping, non-deionized
water, etc.)
– Wash the mesh filters
– Change the de-ionizing cartridge and run
the system, verifying that the conductivity
is decreasing
– Check connections, test the rail voltage
level and test for shorts
– Replace the DC/DC converter if this
problem remains.
– Check connections, test the rail voltage
level and test for shorts.
– Replace the DC/DC converter if this
problem remains.
– Check the connections, feedback wiring
on J14 of the ACB, the DC output of the
AC/DC converter and the input voltage to
the DC/DC converter.
– Replace the power supply if required.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-6
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
CoolantLevel Low
(C-Frame Only)
FAULT
CODE
69
CoolantTemp High
(C-Frame Only)
67
The measured coolant temperature has
exceeded 54°C (129°F). The drive detected
that the coolant temperature has exceeded
the trip setting in P#483. Ensure that the
heat exchanger fans are working properly
and the room ambient is adequate for the
drive operation.
CoolantTemp Low
(C-Frame Only)
66
The measured coolant temperature has
dropped below 4°C (40°F). It will not clear
until the coolant temperature reaches 10°C
(50°F). This fault will only occur if the drive
is not running, to stop you from starting with
a low coolant temperature. If you are
already running when the coolant level
drops, you will only get a warning.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The measured coolant level within the
reservoir has dropped below the second
(lowest) level sensor and the drive has
faulted. This sensor is set for the minimum
level required to ensure there will be no air
drawn into the system through the reservoir.
– Verify that the drive cooling system does
not have any coolant leaks – repair if
found
– Add the proper amount of de-ionized
water to get the level above the warning
sensor (de-ionized water will evaporate,
not the glycol)
– Verify the heat exchanger fans are
operating
– Verify that the thermostatic valve is fully
opened
– Check that all valves are in the normal
operating position
– Verify that the drive is operating within
specified load and ambient conditions
– Verify that the thermostatic bypass valve
(V10) was not left open
– Verify that the ambient temperature
within the drive control room is not below
specification
– Warm up the control room ambient to get
the drive to an operational level
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
Current Sensor
FAULT
CODE
155
3-7
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
This fault is detected in either DC Test Mode
or Open Loop test mode or during auto tune.
This indicates that there is a problem with
the current feedback in the drive. There are
three different current sensors: Line side
CT, DC Link HECS and Motor HECS. To
ascertain the cause of the fault check Cur
Sens FltCode (P764) under Diagnostic
group. Corresponding bit and its
troubleshooting guide should be followed.
– If you have the Line HECS/CT code, the
line current measurement is not what is
expected at this level of dc current.
Either of the CT DC HECS and there
burden resistors may be damaged or
programmed incorrectly. For example,
the DC HECS may actually be 2500:1,
the drawings and parameters indicate
4000:1. Another cause would be an
unplugged DC HECS.
– If you have the CT Phs Seqn code, the
CTs are likely swapped. For example the
CT/wiring for 2U has been switched with
2W.
– If you have the CT Phs/Alpha code, the
rectifier is firing with the wrong firing
angle relative to the angle measured
from the line current. This can occur
when the CTs on an 18-pulse rectifier are
switched between master and slaves.
– If you have the Cap/CT Error code, this
only occurs for PWM rectifiers when
energized and not running. The line
current measured by the CTs does not
match the expected line current based
on the capacitor parameters and
measured voltage. Possible causes are
incorrect capacitor, CT or burden resistor
parameters, and in some cases, blown
TSN fuses.
– If you have the Motor HECS code, this
only occurs when running on the motor
in open loop mode. The drive
compares the motor current to the dc
current, and flags this fault if there is a
significant difference. If there were no
Line HECS/CT codes, then the likely
cause of this fault in an incorrectly
programmed motor HECS value or
burden resistor. Other causes could be
a defective or unplugged motor HECS.
– Make sure hardware parameters are
correct and do not exceed the range.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-8
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
DAN Comm Loss
FAULT
CODE
456
DC Link Flow Low
(C-Frame Only)
72
The flow switch in the DC Link coolant path
has detected the flow is less than optimal,
indicating a problem with the flow path. This
is not designed to specifically measure flow.
This is a switch that differentiates between
flow and no flow.
DClnk OvrCurrent
113
The DC Link current given by Idc Feedback
(P322) has exceeded the DC Link current
trip settings(P169). Verify the parameter
settings of the drive. Check the HECS and
burden resistor. Confirm stable operation of
the drive and any sudden load transients.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
Drive Area network communication fault.
This is applicable to parallel drive only
This fault is for parallel drives only and
indicates a loss of the Drive Area Network
(DAN) link for a drive acting as a Slave.
This would result in the slave drive stopping.
– Check RS485/RS232 converter. Red
LED should be steady, and green and
yellow transmit and receive LEDs should
be flashing.
– Check RS485 cable between drives
– Check RS232 cable between ACB Board
and serial converter
– Verify pressure values in the cooling
system are nominal
– Verify the cooling path is not restricted
because of tube crimping
– Check flow switch for proper operation
– It may be required to disconnect cooling
path and complete a check on the DC
Link for blockages
– Verify that the parameters for drive and
device ratings, and installed current
sensing components are set accordingly
– Verify that the DC Link HECS is wired
properly and properly powered
– Verify the Burden Resistor value
– Complete a DC Current Test to verify the
feedback corresponds to the IDC
Command
– Setup trending to capture DC Link
current Feedback and other related readonly parameters (Contact factory if you
require assistance)
– Check Alpha Line, and verify that the
value is not too low (15°) and the current
regulator is not in limit; Decrease Flux
Command Base Speed or increase
incoming Line Voltage
– Restart the drive to allow the start up
diagnostics to detect any shorted
thyristors, but only attempt this once if
shorted SCRs are detected
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
DCLnk OvrTemp
FAULT
CODE
34
DC Neutral VSB
461
Drive OvrLoad
144
DvcAnodCath/Snub
Drv Output Open
External 1-16
154
161
1-16
Ext Cooling Loss
(C-Frame only)
65
3-9
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The thermal switch in the DC Link inductor
has detected an over temperature condition
and opened the AC input to the standard
XIO. Ensure that the converter cooling fan is
working and that the air flow is not
obstructed. Also check the 120V wiring and
the XIO card. There is a thermal switch in
each DC Link winding, and they are
connected in series.
– Verify operating conditions (ambient/
altitude/ load levels/ ventilation and fans)
and verify that the DC Link Reactor is
within ratings
– Check the 120V signal through the
thermal switch
– Verify the drive cooling circuit is
operating correctly
– Check the XIO board inputs and
parameter status bits
– Determine through elimination whether
there is a faulty switch and replace if
necessary
– Check connector J25.
– Verify connection from VSB to ACB.
This fault indicates that the voltage sensing
board associated with the dc and neutral
voltages is not plugged in.
Drive Overload Trip (P163) as the absolute
trip level, Drive Overload Delay (P164) as
the base trip delay, and Drive Overload Min
(P269) as initial detection level.
The drive has detected an overload
condition in the dc link indicated by Drive
Overload (P551).
Device Anode-Cathode or Snubber fault
NOT USED
These are the optional additional External
Faults available when there is an additional
XIO board installed. This is configured with
XIO Ext Faults (P593), and this message
will appear if the specific input (1-16) is
configured in Fault Config as a Class 1 or
Class 2 fault.
The drive has detected the loss of the ability
to provide cooling for the drive. This is
detected through feedback from the Heat
Exchanger Cooling fans contactors and
overloads.
– Transient Loading – Check torque limit
and overload settings and compare
loading to torque settings and trip
settings
– Open Burden Resistor – Check Current
feedback and check the burden resistors
– Verify the drive sizing and that the
overload parameters to meet the load
requirements.
– NOT USED
– NOT USED
– Review XIO Board Drawing:
– Identify source of Input from External
Fault XIO Board print and investigate the
cause of the fault
– Verify voltage signals from external
sources
– Review the inputs to the drive Liquid
Cooling XIO and determine the source of
the missing signals
– Investigate the Heat Exchanger fans and
control for a cause
– Check the liquid cool XIO card.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-10
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
Gnd OvrCurrent
FAULT
CODE
114
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The Ground Current (P367) measured on
the Ground Fault CT has exceeded the
value in Ground Overcurrent Trip (P171) for
the duration set in Ground Overcurrent
Delay (P172). The GFCT (Zero-Sequence
CT) is not installed in all drives.
– Verify the Burden resistor has not
opened
– Verify parameters are set properly
– Megger the drive and motor and input
transformer/AC line reactor to search for
a ground fault in the system
– Check for any imbalance.
– Verify the DC voltage on the DC/DC
supply, at the ACB board, and at the
Current Sensors[HECS]
– Check the Current Sensor wiring and
ensure all connections are per the
Electrical Drawing
– Turn off the control power and verify
that connector and the interlock are in
place
– Check connections, the DC output of the
AC/DC converter and the input voltage to
the IGDPS.
– Replace the power supply if required.
– Investigate the cause of the over-current
condition. Fault can only be reset after 5
minutes.
– Check the rectifier devices for short
HECS Power Loss
56
The power supplied to the Motor Hall-Effect
Current Sensors (±24VDC) is monitored on
the control board and will fault the drive if
the voltage is out of tolerance.
IdcHECSConnector
191
The drive has detected that the Idc HECS
connector (J7) is not connected properly.
IGDPS 56V Loss
53
The drive has detected a loss of the 56V dc
voltage feeding the IGDPS.
InputLockOut 5Min
462
This fault is valid for 18-pulse drives and
prevents damage to the isolation
transformer. The input contactor has been
locked out for 5 minutes due to a Line
OverCurrent condition.
InputLockOut Indef
463
This fault is valid for 18-pulse drives and
prevents damage to the isolation
transformer. The input contactor has been
locked indefinitely due to a Line OverCurrent
condition.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
– It is likely that there is line to line short
condition due to shorted SCR devices.
– Investigate the cause of the over-current
condition.
– If nothing found short, Cycle control
power to reset the fault.
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
InvFbrOpt Config
FAULT
CODE
187
InvHSnk FbrOptic
180
DESCRIPTION
The drive has detected that the number of
fiber optic boards does not match the
number of devices in the inverter section.
While Not Running, the Fiber Optic signal
from the TFB on the Inverter Heatsink,
connected to Channel A fiber optic receiver
RX7 on FOI-M-A is not present. This is only
a fault while not running. If this occurs while
running it will appear as a warning.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
–
–
–
–
–
InvHSnk LowTemp
179
If the measured temperature IHeatsink
Temp C (P#252) is less than 2°C, and the
drive is not running, the drive will display this
fault.
–
–
–
–
InvHSnk OvrTemp
178
The temperature detection on the Inverter
Heatsink, connected to Channel A fiber optic
receiver RX7 on FOI-M-A, has exceeded
Inverter Heatsink Temperature Trip (P315).
–
–
–
–
InvHSnk Sensor
181
While Not Running, The drive has detected
a missing temperature sensor connected to
the TFB on the inverter heatsink. A missing
sensor can result in either a Fiber Optic
Loss fault or a Sensor fault because a
missing sensor can be interpreted as either
0°C or over 100°C, and both are unrealistic
values.
3-11
–
–
–
Verify the parameter settings and
check that the board in plugged properly
on the OIBB
Check TFB and FOI board for power
Check the Fiber Optic cables are
properly seated in the transmitters and
receivers
Check the fiber optic cable for kinks,
bends, breaks that could be blocking the
signal
This can occur if the sensor is not
connected to the TFB
Verify that the ambient in the control
room is not below 2°C (35.6 °F)
Verify power to the TFB
There could be a mechanical problem
with the temperature sensor or with the
cable feeding the signal back to the TFB
Swap with the rectifier hardware to
identify the bad component
Confirm actual temperature in
parameters is not higher than the trip
value – If so, investigate the conditions of
the drive (ambient/ loading/ elevation /
ventilation/ filter status /heatsink
clogging)
Check the sensor and temperature
offline (ambient) for accuracy
Check for any harmonic and capture DC
current waveforms on ACB board
Ensure that the fan is working properly
and that the air flow is sufficient in this
cabinet.
Verify sensor is completely seated
properly on TFB.
Measure sensor resistance.
Replace if necessary.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-12
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
Input CtctrOpen
FAULT
CODE
166
Input IsoSwClsd
173
The input contactor isolation switch is closed
when it was expected to be open. Verify the
isolation switch mechanical set up and the
120V wiring to the ACB. Depending on the
Operating Mode of the drive, ensure that the
switch is in the proper position.
Input IsoSwOpen
170
The input isolation switch is open when it
was expected to be closed. Verify the
isolation switch mechanical set up and the
120V wiring to the ACB. Depending on the
Operating Mode of the drive, ensure that the
switch is in the proper position.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
The input contactor has opened without a
command from the drive. Verify the
contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to
the ACB.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– The drive system needs to have
complete control over all contactors, so
investigation of the specific contactor
fault is required
– Verify contactor feedback
– Verify the control power circuit for the
contactor
– Check permissive string to the contactor
control relay (refer to drawing) -Check
contactor/breaker for physical
malfunction (auxiliaries)
– Check ACB board inputs and outputs
– Depending on the mode of operation
(Normal, System Test, Open-Circuit
Test, DC Current Test, or Open-Loop),
there are specific states for all the
possible system isolation switches (Refer
to the description of the Parameter 141
(Hardware Options1). Ensure the isolation
switches are in the proper position.
– Verify wiring feedback
– Verify isolation switch mechanical
auxiliary setup
– READ ASSOCIATED DESCRIPTION
– Depending on the mode of operation
(Normal, System Test, Open-Circuit
Test, DC Current Test, or Open-Loop),
there are specific states for all the
possible system isolation switches (Refer
to the description of the Parameter 141
(Hardware Options1) Ensure the isolation
switches are in the proper position
– Verify wiring feedback
– Verify isolation switch mechanical
auxiliary setup
– READ ASSOCIATED DESCRIPTION
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
Input Prot’n #1
FAULT
CODE
32
InputProt’n #2
36
InvAnlg SelfTest
186
InvA2D Convrsion
189
Inv Heartbeat
132
Inv OvrVoltage
160
3-13
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
Standard External Fault/Warning Input
included allowing the end-user to install a
protective relay (i.e Input Feed Protection
Relay) auxiliary contact that can activate a
drive fault or warning, depending on
configuration of InputProt1 Class (P440).
Standard External Fault/Warning Input
included allowing the end-user to install a
protective relay (IE Input Feed Protection
Relay) auxiliary contact that can activate a
drive fault or warning, depending on
configuration of InputProt2 Class (P444).
On power up the drive has detected that dc
offset on some analog feedback channels is
high. The offending channels are indicated
by parameters InvAnlg SelfTst1 and InvAnlg
SelfTst2 in Diagnostic group.
– Check device responsible for the
auxiliary contact to this input and
investigate the fault indicated by the
device’s fault message
– Investigate internal and external causes
for this fault code
– Check the 120V signal through the
external device
– Check the XIO board inputs and
parameter status bits
This fault indicates that the analog to digital
converters on the ACB were not able to
completely transmit the data to the slave
processor using the DMA within the
sampling period.
The master processor has detected that the
slave DSP software has either over-run or
failed to initialize.
The inverter output voltage given by Inv
Output Volt (P761) has exceeded the trip
settings. This is detected by the hardware
circuit in the ACB.
– Cycle Control Power to see if the Fault
remains, and Replace ACB if necessary
– Check with multimter the DC offset on
the circuit when this fault is present. The
feedbacks that cause this fault can be
determined by looking at parameter (P96
and P251) under Diagnostic Group
– Cycle Control Power to see if the Fault
remains, and Replace ACB or DPM
– Verify DC Control voltages on ACB
– Recycle power and replace DPM board if
necessary
– This is drive output Voltage [ESP
Surface volt (P760) terminology used in
ESP application].
– The protection uses P#193 setting but
drive calculates the motor filter cap
voltage
– In ESP application Inverter voltage may
be different from motor voltage due to
long cable drop.
– Check the voltage sensing board for any
resistor failure
– Check for any open circuit at the drive
output.
– Check the devices at the inverter.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-14
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
IsoTx Air Flow
(A-Frame Only)
FAULT
CODE
177
DESCRIPTION
The Pressure sensed by the pressure
transducer in the Integral Isolation
Transformer section (as a voltage) has
dropped below the value set in Pressure
Value Transformer Trip (P654).
IsoTx/ReacOvrTmp
33
The thermal switch in the drive input
Isolation Transformer or the Line Reactor
has detected an over temperature condition
and opened the AC input to the standard
XIO.
Isolator 24V Loss
63
The 24V isolator power supply has
malfunctioned.
Line Harmonic OV
119
The drive has detected a steady-state
resonance-induced overvoltage on the line
(P683). This is defined at the level set in
Harmonic OV Trip (P675) for the delay
Harmonic OV Delay (P676) (on top of
normal line voltage) for 1 second. The drive
only detects the 5th harmonic to eliminate
nuisance faults from capacitor charging
events.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Verify fan rotation
– Check for blocked airflow in the filters /
ducting (if installed) – Clean as required
– Improper Trip settings – Verify Pressure
Value voltage level when running with
clear air flow
– Check that the pressure sensor is
working and is connected to the ACB.
– Verify Alarm and Trip set-up procedure
was completed adequately and adjust as
necessary, and compare with expected
values for that specific drive type
– Verify for drives with external ducting that
there is sufficient air to the drive input
– Verify supply voltage to pressure
transducer, and confirm output is stable
– Verify operating conditions (ambient/
altitude/ current levels/ ventilation and
fans/ cooling oil) and verify that the
Rectifier Transformer/Reactor is within
ratings
– Check the 120V signal through the
thermal switch
– Verify that it is not a faulty switch
– Check the XIO board inputs and
parameter status bits
– Determine through elimination whether
there is a faulty switch and replace if
necessary
– Measure the voltage between pins 1 and
2 on connector P3 on the DC/DC power
supply.
– Ensure that the ribbon cable between P2
(at DC/DC PS) and J14 (at ACB) is
securely fastened.
– Verify waveforms show excessive
harmonics using oscilloscope on ACB
unfiltered voltage testpoints
– Investigate sources for excessive
harmonics on customer power system
– Contact factory for possible re-tuning of
input filter
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
LineNeut OvrVolt
FAULT
CODE
118
Line OvrCurrent
112
The measured Line Current (P122) has
exceeded Line Overcurrent Trip (P161) for
the duration set in Line Overcurrent Delay
(P162).
Line OvrVoltage
116
The calculated Line Voltage has exceeded
Line Overvoltage Trip (P165) for the
duration set in Line Overvoltage Delay
(P166). This is calculated by looking at the
compensated individual bridge voltages
Master, Slave1 and Slave2 line volt (P136138), and comparing them to 1/3 of Line
Overvoltage Trip.
Main VSB
459
This fault indicates that the voltage sensing
board associated with the motor and line
voltages is not plugged in.
3-15
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The line side neutral voltage (calculated
from line to ground voltages for SCR
rectifiers and measured from the capacitor
neutral point for PWM rectifiers) displayed in
LineNeutral Volt (P589) has exceeded the
trip settings. Verify parameter settings.
Check the system grounding and megger
the input cables to ground.
– Insulation Failure – Megger the motor
insulation/motor cables/drive insulation to
ground
– If the grounding network is NOT
connected to to the line cap neutral then
the trip level can be increased from
default 0.4p.u to higher.
– NOTE: In DTD drive the default trip
setting MUST not be increased with
out consulting with MV Tech Support.
– Verify the integrity of the input grounding
network if applicable
– Megger the input Isolation Transformer
Secondary/Input Cables to ground
– Verify Parameter settings are appropriate
for AC Line Reactor or Isolation
Transformer drives
– CHECK FOR SHORTED SCRs – DO
NOT ATTEMPT TO RESET THIS
FAULT UNTIL YOU HAVE VERIFIED
THE SCRS ARE NOT SHORTED
– Investigate Possible damage to the input
isolation transformer if there have been
several aborted starts with Line OC faults
– Verify that the drive sizing is not too
small for the Rated Motor Current
– Verify Parameters are set properly
– Verify the Burden resistors are not
opened and there are no loose grounds
– Verify the parameters are set properly
– Verify VSB connections and tap settings,
resistor values, and grounds
– Verify that the parameter Input
Impedance (P140) was tuned properly.
– If voltage is too high, change tap settings
on the input source to lower voltage to an
acceptable level
– Check connector J27 at ACB.
– Verify connection from VSB to ACB.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-16
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
Master CurUnbal
FAULT
CODE
123
Master VoltUnbal
120
The measured phase voltages (610) in the
Master Bridge have exceeded the value set
in Line Voltage Unbalance Trip (P271) for
the duration set in Line Voltage Unbalance
Delay (P272).
Motor Current UB
100
The measured current unbalance on the
drive output has exceeded Mtr current
UnBalance Trip (P208) for the duration set
in Mtr current UnBalance Delay (P214).
Motor Load Loss
104
The drive has detected a loss of load
condition. This is activated as a fault using
the parameter Mtr Load Loss Detect (P199),
and the necessary setpoints are Mtr Load
Loss Level (P246), Mtr Load Loss Delay
(P231), and Mtr Load Loss Speed (P259).
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The measured and calculated phase currents
in the Master Bridge have exceeded the
value set in Line Current Unbalance Trip
(P108) for the duration set in Line Current
Unbalance Delay (P109). The unbalance
value can be seen in Parameter 613.
– Verify that all Current Transformer
connections are connected properly and
that no wires are reversed – Ring-out
wires to verify connections
– Check grounding on CTs
– Ensure that all plugs are firmly
connected in the ACB
– Check that all input voltages are
balanced
– Verify Parameter settings
– Check the burden resistors
– Verify the Input Capacitor values if
installed
– Verity that there are no open sharing
resistors.
– Verify all Line Thyristors are firing in
Gating Test Mode
– Check the input filter capacitor (for PWM
rectifier drives).
– CHECK TSN FUSING
– Verify the VSB connections and tap
settings, and check resistance of VSB
board – Megger board to confirm integrity
– Check actual voltage values on the
Operator Interface terminal for each
bridge and the total line voltage
– Check for possible source voltage supply
problems
– Use Multimeter and Oscilloscope to
check voltages on the drive voltage test
points
– Verify the current sensor wiring and
Burden Resistors from the Motor current
sensors
– Verify the HCS power
– Check the Output Filter Capacitors for
balanced loading on all 3 phases
– Investigate the possibility of Motor
winding or cabling problems
– Verify the parameter settings
– Ensure that the load should not normally
be in an unloaded condition
– This is designed for applications likely to
lose the load (downhole pump – hollowshaft motor) and we do not want to run
with the loss of load
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
MotorNeut
OvrVolt
FAULT
CODE
98
3-17
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The measured motor voltage neutral voltage
Mtr Neutral Volt (#P347) has exceeded the
Mtr NeutVolt Trp (P189) setting.
– NOTE: In DTD drive the default trip
setting MUST not be increased with
out consulting with MV Tech Support.
– Insulation Failure – Megger the motor
insulation/motor cables/drive insulation to
ground
– Verify the integrity of the output
grounding network if applicable
– Megger the input Isolation Transformer
Secondaries/Input Cables to ground
– Verify Parameter settings are appropriate
for AC Line Reactor or Isolation
Transformer drives
– Verify the integrity of the Output Filter
Capacitors, looking for shorts or signs of
physical damage
Possible Causes:
– Real OC/Transients
– Bad Burden resistor/Current Sensor
Circuit Failure – Check components
– Parameter settings too low compared to
torque limit. Verify Parameter settings
– Current regulator in limit (check line
voltage and Alpha line while running)
– Transient Loading - Check torque limit
motoring, Torque limit Overload and
motor overload settings and Compare
loading to torque settings and trip
settings
– Burden Resistor – Check HECS
feedback and Check the burden resistors
Motor OvrCurrent
96
The measured motor current Stator Current
(P340) has exceeded the Mtr OvrCur Trip
(P177) setting.
Motor OvrLoad
101
Motor Ovrspeed
102
A Motor Overload condition has been
detected, where the overload condition is
calculated using I Stator (P340) and an
algorithm based on Motor Overload Trip
(P179) as the absolute trip level, Motor
Overload Delay (P180) as the base trip delay,
and Motor Overload Min (P351) as the point
where the overload calculation begins.
The speed of the motor has exceeded the
Motor Overspeed Trip (P185). Verify that
parameter meets the load requirements.
Check for load transients
– Check for unbalance on the motor and
line feedback voltages
– Improper Settings – Check parameter
settings for Reference Command
Maximum and Ensure it is not too close
to Overspeed Trip increase
– Adjust Speed Regulator Bandwidth to
control overshoot, and ensure
acceleration rate near maximum speed is
not too great
– Check for load transients
– For Tachometers, ensure the ppr is set
properly and the feedback is valid
– Check tachometer pulse train with an
oscilloscope
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-18
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
Motor OvrVoltage
FAULT
CODE
97
Motor Protection
35
Standard External Fault/Warning Input
included allowing the end-user to install a
protective relay (IE Bulletin 825 Motor
Protection Relay) auxiliary contact that can
activate a drive fault or warning, depending
on configuration of Motor Prot Class (P443).
Motor Slip Range
106
Incorrect motor RPM has been entered for
an induction motor. Check the name plate
data. Motor RPM cannot be the
synchronous RPM. Enter the correct data
and cycle control power.
Motor Stall
103
The drive has detected a motor stall
condition, with a delay set by Motor Stall
Delay (P191). The different methods of
Motor Stall detection depend on whether a
tachometer/encoder is installed or not.
Sensorless faults involve the motor not
building up enough flux feedback to be
detected by the drive, while tachometer
feedback methods look at the difference
between the tachometer/encoder feedback
and the speed command.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The measured motor voltage Stator Voltage
(#P344) has exceeded the Mtr OvrVolt Trip
(P181) setting.
– Parameter setting incorrect (flux
command/trip values)
– VSB damage – Check VSB resistors,
grounds, and verify tap settings are
correct
– Self-Excitation – Check for flying
start/induced motor rotation
– Make sure motor is not started in open
circuit.
– Make sure drive is not started in open
circuit. Verify Motor is connected.
– Check device responsible for the
auxiliary contact to this input and
investigate the fault indicated by the
device’s fault message
– Investigate internal and external causes
for this fault code
– Check the 120V signal through the
external device. Check the XIO board
inputs and parameter status bits
– This fault can not be reset until correct
slip is programmed.
– If the motor nameplate shows
synchronous rpm, then verify what the
rated slip rpm is, subtract the slip rpm
from synchronous rpm.
Possible Causes:
– Insufficient torque on starting– Increase
Torque Command 0 and 1 to avoid motor
stalls when starting if Speed Feedback
Mode is Sensorless
– Insufficient torque – Increase Torque
Limit Motoring to avoid motor stalls while
running
– Reverse Load Rotation – Ensure the
load is not rotating in the opposite
direction
– Capture flux feedback voltModel (P342)
parameter
– Ensure Tachometer Feedback is
functional where applicable
– Ensure the motor is not spinning forward
at a speed greater than Reference
Command
– While running – make sure there is no
sudden increase of the load.
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
Motor Flux UB
FAULT
CODE
99
Mstr Transfr Err
457
Master transfer Error
This is applicable to parallel drive only
MV in Gate Test
165
MV in System
Test
164
No Output Ctctr
169
Process Var Loss
464
The drive has Medium voltage applied and
the user attempted to program the drive in
Gate Test. Isolate medium voltage from the
drive and then proceed with the test.
The drive has Medium voltage applied and
the user attempted to program the drive in
System Test. Isolate medium voltage from
the drive and then proceed with the test.
This fault is specifically used for Open
Circuit Test Mode, which demands that an
Output Contactor be specified in IsoSw/Ctctr
Cfg (P192). If the contactor is not specified,
you will get this fault in Open Circuit Test
Mode. This is to help avoid inexperienced
people putting the drive in open circuit test
mode without actually open circuiting the
output with either a contactor or by
disconnecting the motor cables.
Feedback from the process is not valid.
PD Capcity Low
458
Pressure Loss
(C-Frame Only)
64
3-19
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The measured Motor Flux has exceeded
Motor Flux Unbalance Trip (P585) for the
duration set in Motor Flux Unbalance Delay
(P586).
– Verify the VSB resistors are not open
and that they are balanced
– Check for Shorted Motor Output Filter
Capacitors
– Check for a grounded phase on the drive
system using a megger test
– The master drive cannot find a slave
drive able to take over as master
– Possible causes are: slave drive not
ready, or slave drive masked off
– Check input contactor control and Status
– Ensure that the isolation switch is in the
open position and locked out – Confirm
with hot-stick and status parameters
– Check input contactor control and Status
– Ensure that the isolation switch is in the
open position and locked out – Confirm
with hot-stick and status parameters
– If there truly is no Output Contactor in the
system, then you can mask the fault.
Then there will be a No DO/OP Ctctr
warning, and you can continue with the
open circuit test after disconnecting
MOTOR cables
This fault is for parallel drives only and
indicates that the available drive capacity is
less than 50% of the motor rated current.
The drive cannot run.
The measured system pressure has
dropped below a preset trip level. The
standard operating pressure is around
50psi. The pressure switch is not designed
to be an accurate measure of pressure, but
is designed as a Pressure/No Pressure
indication. Typically anything less than
20psi will activate this switch.
– Check the process sensor, 4-20mA or
0-10V input to the drive at IFM board
– Check the wiring at IFM board and
connection between IFM and ACB.
– The available drive capacity is less than
50% of the motor rated current. The
drive cannot run.
– Check that the pumps are operating
– Verify that there are no leaks in the
system
– Verify that there is no blockage in the
system
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-20
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
Pump/Fan Pwr
Off
(C-Frame Only)
FAULT
CODE
71
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The control power to the pumping system
and the heat exchanger fans is not present.
The drive detected that the Pump/Fan power
is off.
– Verify the disconnect switch is closed
and that there are no blown fuses
– Measure the voltage at the pump and fan
inputs to ensure voltage is present
– Trace the feedback to the drive from the
circuit, looking for loose wiring or
incorrect auxiliaries
– Check the neutral R for open
– Check devices on rectifier and inverter
for shorts
– Check the Line and Motor filter cap for
short between Phase to Neutral or Phase
to Phase.
– Check the line and motor neutral voltage
– Verify the neutral R parameters.
– Investigate the cause of neutral shift
between the input and output filter
capacitors which could be due to severe
line transients or insulation failure.
– Megger the drive if necessary.
– Check with multimter the DC offset on
the circuit when this fault is present. The
feedbacks that cause this fault can be
determined by looking at parameter
(P473, P474 and P494) under Diagnostic
Group.
– Cycle Control Power, to see if the Fault
condition remains and Replace ACB if
necessary
– Cycle power to the drive.
– If the problem persists replace DPM or
ACB.
RNeut OvrCurrent
115
This fault is valid only for common mode
choke drives (D2D) and indicates that the
current through the neutral resistor has
exceeded the trip settings The current is
displayed by ComMode Current (P697).
RecAnlg SelfTest
128
On power up the drive has detected that dc
offset on some analog feedback channels is
high. The offending channels are indicated
by parameters RecAnlg SelfTst1, RecAnlg
SelfTst2 and RecAnlg SelfTst3 in Diagnostic
group
RecA2D
Convrsion
131
RecChB FbrOptic
152
RecHSnk
FbrOptic
148
This fault indicates that the analog to digital
converters on the ACB were not able to
completely transmit the data to the master
processor using the DMA within the
sampling period.
Not Normally Used: While Not Running, the
Fiber Optic signal from the optional TFB
connected to Channel B fiber optic receiver
RX7 on FOI-L-B is not present. This is only
a fault while not running. If this occurs while
running it will appear as a warning.
While Not Running, the Fiber Optic signal
from the TFB on the Rectifier Heatsink,
connected to Channel A fiber optic receiver
RX7 on FOI-L-A is not present. This is only
a fault while not running. If this occurs while
running it will appear as a warning.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
– Check TFB and FOI board for power
Check the Fiber Optic cables are
properly seated in the transmitters and
receivers
– Check the fiber optic cable for
kinks/bends/breaks that could be
blocking the signal
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
RecHSnk
LowTemp
FAULT
CODE
147
3-21
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The drive detected that the rectifier heat sink
temperature is less than 2 degrees C.
Ensure the room ambient is higher than 0
degrees C (32F) before starting the drive.
– Verify that the ambient in the control
room is not below 2°C (35.6°F)
– Verify power to the TFB
– There could be a mechanical problem
with the temperature sensor or with the
cable feeding the signal back to the TFB
– Swap with the inverter hardware to
identify the bad component
This is not enabled on most drives, and the
parameter is a high-level parameter. The
drive has detected that the temperature
feedback from the optional temperature
board is less than 2 degrees C.
The drive detected that the rectifier heat sink
temperature has reached the trip setting.
Ensure that the fan is working properly and
that the air flow is sufficient in this cabinet.
RecChB
LowTemp
151
RecHSnk
OvrTemp
146
RecChB OvrTemp
150
Not Normally Used The drive has detected that the temperature
feedback from the optional temperature
board has reached the trip setting.
RecHSnk Sensor
149
RecChB Sensor
153
RecFbrOpt
Config
129
Rec Heartbeat
190
The drive has detected while not running a
missing temperature sensor connected to
the TFB on the rectifier heatsink. A missing
sensor can result in either a Fiber Optic
Loss fault or a Sensor fault because a
missing sensor can be interpreted as either
0°C or over 100°C, and both are unrealistic
values.
Not normally used:
The drive while not running has detected a
missing temperature sensor connected to
the optional temperature feedback channel.
Ensure that the sensor in plugged in.
The drive has detected that the number of
fiber optic boards does not match the
number of devices.
The slave processor drive has detected that
the master DSP software has either over-run
or failed to initialize.
Rec OvrVoltage
117
The rectifier input voltage given by Rec Input
Volt (P696) has exceeded the trip settings
(P#173). This is detected by the hardware
circuit in the ACB.
– Confirm actual temperature in
parameters is not higher than the trip
value – If so, investigate the conditions of
the drive (ambient/ loading/ elevation /
ventilation/ filter status /heatsink
clogging)
– Check TFB and FOI board for power and
fiber optic integrity
– Check the sensor and temperature
offline (ambient) for accuracy
– Verify sensor is completely seated
properly on TFB.
– Measure sensor resistance.
– Replace if necessary.
– Verify the parameter settings
– Check that the boards are plugged
properly on the OIBB
– Verify DC Control voltages to both
ACB/DPM
– Possible Failed ACB board
– Recycle power and replace DPM board if
necessary
– Verify the parameters are set properly
– Verify VSB connections and tap settings,
resistor values, and grounds
– This is less likely to be caused by a true
Line Overvoltage and more likely to be
due to the effects of capacitive leading
VARs on a high-impedance system
– Tap down the input if possible
– Investigate occurrences of bus
transients.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-22
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
RNeutral OvrLoad
FAULT
CODE
145
Slave1 CurUnbal
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The neutral resistor required for Direct-toDrive technology has reached an overload
condition. This is determined from
parameters Neutral Resistor (P680), R
Neutral power Rating (P681). The current
through the neutral resistor is calculated by
measuring the voltage across the resistor
and knowing the resistance. Common Mode
current (P697) displays that current, and R
Neutral OL (P682) shows the overload
accumulator. The resistor is allowed 500%
for 10 seconds every 5 minutes, and P682 is
normalized to fault whenever the value
reaches 1.00.
– Verify the resistor ratings
– Verify that the drive Voltage Feedback
Splitter board is operating properly
– Investigate the possibility of voltage
unbalances on the input or output of the
drive that would create a voltage
differential across the resistor
– Contact the factory for further instructions
– Verify the resistor parameters.
– Investigate the cause of neutral shift
between the input and output filter
capacitors which could be due to severe
line transients or insulation failure.
– Megger the drive if necessary.
124
The level of unbalance in the input current of
the Slave1 Bridge displayed in Slave1 Cur
Unbal (P614) has exceeded the value of the
trip settings (P108). Verify the CTs, burden
resistors and connections on the ACB.
Investigate the incoming source voltage for
unbalance.
Slave2 CurUnbal
125
The level of unbalance in the input voltage
of the Slave 2 Bridge displayed in Slave2
Cur Unbal (P615) has exceeded the value of
the trip settings (P108). Verify the CTs,
burden resistors and connections on the
ACB. Investigate the incoming source
voltage for unbalance.
Slave1 Phasing
126
The drive has detected that the phasing in
the Slave1 bridge is incorrect. Verify the
cables are terminated correctly.
Slave2 Phasing
127
The drive has detected that the phasing in
the Slave2 bridge is incorrect. Verify the
cables are terminated correctly.
– Verify that all Current Transformer
connections are connected properly and
that no wires are reversed – Ring-out
wires to verify connections
– Check grounding on CTs
– Ensure that all plugs are firmly
connected in the ACB
– Check that all input voltages are
balanced
– Verify Parameter settings
– Check the burden resistors
– Verify the Input Capacitor values if
installed
– Verify that there are no open sharing
resistors
– Verify all Line Thyristors are firing in
Gating Test Mode
– Verify cables are terminated correctly
– Verify the feedback wires from the
terminals to the VSB is terminated correctly
– The faults can be masked, and then the
voltages and phasing can be checked
using the test points on the ACB, being
aware that there will be phase
differences between the master and
secondary bridges depending on the
drive configuration. Refer to
Commissioning chapter of the Manual.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
Slave1 VoltUnbal
FAULT
CODE
121
Slave2 VoltUnbal
122
The level of unbalance in the input voltage
of the Slave 2 Bridge displayed in Slave2
VoltUnbal (P610) has exceeded the value of
the trip settings in (P271). This fault is valid
only for 18-pulse rectifier.
Speed Cmd Loss
23
Sync VSB
460
Sync Xfer Failure
162
The drive has lost communication with the
device responsible for providing the speed
command to the drive. This has been set to
annunciate as a fault. The drive will
configure the Speed Command Loss as a
fault when the associated bit in DPI Loss
Mask (P175) is set to a 1. Setting the bit to
0 will cause the drive to indicate a warning
and run at the last commanded speed.
The fault could be the DPI adapter or the 420mA signal wired to the analog input (IFM
board). Ensure that all connections are
secure, device is powered and operating
correctly.
This fault indicates that the voltage sensing
board associated with the synchronous
transfer voltages is not plugged in.
A Synchronous Transfer was not completed
in the time specified in Synchronous
Transfer Time (P230) and the drive has
faulted. This fault will only occur if the
parameter Sync Xfer Option is configured as
Enable Fault. If the parameter is set as
Enable Warn, the drive will go back to last
speed command and issue a warning.
3-23
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The level of unbalance in the input voltage
of the Slave 1 Bridge displayed in Slave1
VoltUnbal (P611) has exceeded the value of
the trip settings in (P271). This fault is valid
only for 18-pulse rectifier.
– CHECK TSN FUSING
– Verify the VSB connections and tap
settings, and check resistance of VSB
board – Megger board to confirm
integrity
– Check actual voltage values on the
Operator Interface terminal for each
bridge and the total line voltage
– Check for possible source voltage supply
problems
– Use Multimeter and Oscilloscope to
check voltages on the drive voltage test
points
– Ensure that the communication device is
powered
– Verify the light status and ensure the
communicating device is operating properly
– Verify the customer network is properly
communicated with the device
– Check ACB LED status
– Cycle control power to the drive
– Change the Adapter and/or ACB if all
attempts to restore communication fail
– Ensure that all connections at IFM are
secure, device is powered and operating
correctly.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Check connector J25 at ACB
Verify the ribbon cable connection from
Sync VSB to ACB board.
Instability at Synchronous Speed - Check
for stability of the synchronous transfer
process/ speed regulator
Motor can not reach Synchronous Speed
due to heavy load
Check load conditions for torque limit or
low alpha line (low line voltage)
Consult factory for review of
synchronous transfer parameters
This fault indicates that the drive failed to
synchronize the motor to the bypass
within the specified time. Adjust the Sync
Reg Gain (P225), Sync Error Max
(P228), Spd Reg Bandwidth (P81) for a
smooth transfer.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-24
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
Tach Loss
FAULT
CODE
163
TempFeedback
Loss
(C-Frame only)
73
This fault occurs only if the drive is not
running. The drive has detected missing
temperature feedback from the cooling
system. A missing sensor can be
interpreted as either 0°C or over 100°C, and
both are unrealistic values, so it is
considered a Feedback Loss.
UPS Fault
62
U1A Offline
U1B Offline
U1C Offline
U4A Offline
U4B Offline
U4C Offline
V3A Offline
V3B Offline
V3C Offline
V6A Offline
V6B Offline
V6C Offline
W2A Offline
W2B Offline
W2C Offline
W5A Offline
W5B Offline
W5C Offline
246
252
258
249
255
261
248
254
260
251
257
263
247
253
259
250
256
262
The drive has detected that either the UPS
is running on low battery or there is an
internal problem with the UPS and the dc
output voltage of the dc/dc converter fed by
the UPS has dropped below 52V.
INVERTER SGCT FAULT
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
This fault is for parallel drives. The signal
from the encoder (tachometer) was lost.
Ensure that the encoder is powered and
connected properly
This fault will only occur during the initial
contactor closure and the diagnostic
sequence after a start command. The
inverter monitors the state of the feedback
before a gate pulse is given, and monitors
the feedback after a gate pulse has been
sent. The SGCT has smart diagnostics, so
the feedback may indicate short before
firing, and if the pulse is received and the
device is really shorted, the diagnostic will
toggle the feedback to let you know the
problem is with the device, or the power
supply for that device.
The firmware now completes a diagnostics
sequence immediately after any drive reset,
with the goal of detecting faults before any
destructive action is taken from the next
action
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Check the tach feedback
– Check if there is any loss of tach
feedback signals.
– Check the PS for Tach signal on ACB
– Verify sensor is completely seated
properly on TFB.
– Measure sensor resistance.
– Verify Fiber Optics are properly seated
on TFB
– Verify the TFB has power
– Replace if necessary.
– Check the UPS and the AC/DC power
supply.
– Investigate what is causing PS dip.
Replace UPS or PS if the problem still
persists.
– Complete a resistance check per the
instructions in the manual
– NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely
shorted, and still could read in the kΩ
range – Any devices with low suspect
readings should be changed
– Check the LED status of the SCGT gate
driver card for abnormal readings
– Complete a Gating Test mode check on
the devices
– Verify the associated 20V power supply
is powered and active
– Verify all the power connections to the
SCGT firing card are seated properly
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
U1A DiagFbkLoss
U1B DiagFbkLoss
U1C DiagFbkLoss
U4A DiagFbkLoss
U4B DiagFbkLoss
U4C DiagFbkLoss
V3A DiagFbkLoss
V3B DiagFbkLoss
V3C DiagFbkLoss
V6A DiagFbkLoss
V6B DiagFbkLoss
V6C DiagFbkLoss
W2A DiagFbkLoss
W2B DiagFbkLoss
W2C DiagFbkLoss
W5A DiagFbkLoss
W5B DiagFbkLoss
W5C DiagFbkLoss
FAULT
CODE
210
216
222
213
219
225
212
218
224
215
221
227
211
217
223
214
220
226
U1A Gating Loss
U1B Gating Loss
U1C Gating Loss
U4A Gating Loss
U4B Gating Loss
U4C Gating Loss
V3A Gating Loss
V3B Gating Loss
V3C Gating Loss
V6A Gating Loss
V6B Gating Loss
V6C Gating Loss
W2A Gating Loss
W2B Gating Loss
W2C Gating Loss
W5A Gating Loss
W5B Gating Loss
W5C Gating Loss
228
234
240
231
237
243
230
236
242
233
239
245
229
235
241
232
238
244
DESCRIPTION
INVERTER SGCT FAULT
(Feedback Fiber-Optic Loss)
This fault will only occur during the initial
contactor closure and the diagnostic
sequence after a start command. The
inverter monitors the state of the feedback
before a gate pulse is given, and monitors
the feedback after a gate pulse has been
sent. This fault occurs when the feedback
was low from the device before gating, and
is still low from the device after gating. The
drive then assumes the feedback must be
the problem.
The firmware now completes a diagnostics
sequence immediately after any drive reset,
with the goal of detecting faults before any
destructive action is taken from the next
action
INVERTER SGCT FAULT
(Gating Fiber-Optic Loss)
This fault will only occur during the initial
contactor closure and the diagnostic
sequence after a start command. The
inverter monitors the state of the feedback
before a gate pulse is given, and monitors
the feedback after a gate pulse has been
sent. This fault occurs when the feedback
was high from the device before gating, and
is still high from the device after gating. The
drive then assumes the gating pulse must
not have reached the device.
The firmware now completes a diagnostics
sequence immediately after any drive reset,
with the goal of detecting faults before any
destructive action is taken from the next
action
3-25
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Check that the fiber optic cables are
seated properly in the Optical Interface
Board and the SCGT firing card
– Check that the fiber optic cable is not
pinched or damaged
– Complete a resistance check per the
instructions in the manual
– NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely
shorted, and still could read in the kΩ
range – Any devices with low suspect
readings should be changed
– Check the LED status of the SCGT gate
driver card for abnormal readings
– Complete a Gating Test mode check on
the devices
– Verify the associated 20V power supply
is powered and active
– Verify all the power connections to the
SCGT firing card are seated properly
– Check that the fiber optic cables are
seated properly in the Optical Interface
Board and the SCGT firing card
– Check that the fiber optic cable is not
pinched or damaged
– Complete a resistance check per the
instructions in the manual
– NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely
shorted, and still could read in the kΩ
range – Any devices with low suspect
readings should be changed
– Check the LED status of the SCGT gate
driver card for abnormal readings
– Complete a Gating Test mode check on
the devices
– Verify the associated 20V power supply
is powered and active
– Verify all the power connections to the
SCGT firing card are seated properly
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-26
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
U1A Online
U1B Online
U1C Online
U4A Online
U4B Online
U4C Online
V3A Online
V3B Online
V3C Online
V6A Online
V6B Online
V6C Online
W2A Online
W2B Online
W2C Online
W5A Online
W5B Online
W5C Online
FAULT
CODE
192
198
204
195
201
207
194
200
206
197
203
209
193
199
205
196
202
208
2U1A Offline
2U1B Offline
2U1C Offline
2U4A Offline
2U4B Offline
2U4C Offline
2V3A Offline
2V3B Offline
2V3C Offline
2V6A Offline
2V6B Offline
2V6C Offline
2W2A Offline
2W2B Offline
2W2C Offline
2W5A Offline
2W5B Offline
2W5C Offline
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
318
324
330
321
327
333
320
326
332
323
329
335
319
325
331
322
328
334
DESCRIPTION
INVERTER SGCT FAULT
This fault will occur during running operation
of the drive. The drive has detected that the
feedback from the device was not correct,
and does not wait to determine the exact
problem. The drive polls the entire bridge 3
times before and 3 times after each gating
command. All 6 of these readings for each
device must be consistent for the fault to
occur. There is also a parameter called
Inverter Device Diagnostic Delay (P268),
which allows you to change the number of
consecutive firings to eliminate nuisance
faults. It will still poll 3 times before and
after each firing, but will now require the
condition to exist for the number of
consecutive firings set in the Diagnostic
Delay parameter for a fault to occur.
The firmware now completes a diagnostics
sequence immediately after any drive reset,
with the goal of detecting faults before any
destructive action is taken from the next
action. The drive detected that the
diagnostic feedback from this device did not
match the gating pattern.
PWM RECTIFIER SGCT FAULT
This fault will occur during the initial
contactor closure, the diagnostic sequence
after a start command, or the diagnostic
sequence after a stop command. The
rectifier monitors the state of the feedback
before a gate pulse is given, and monitors
the feedback after a gate pulse has been
sent. The SGCT has smart diagnostics, so
the feedback may indicate short before
firing, and if the pulse is received and the
device is really shorted, the diagnostic will
toggle the feedback to let you know the
problem is with the device, or the power
supply for that device.
The firmware now completes a diagnostics
sequence immediately after any drive reset,
with the goal of detecting faults before any
destructive action is taken from the next
action. The main example of this is closing
the input contactor on a shorted bridge.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Complete a resistance check per the
instructions in the manual
– NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely
shorted, and still could read in the kΩ
range – Any devices with low suspect
readings should be changed
– Check the LED status of the SCGT gate
driver card for abnormal readings
– Complete a Gating Test mode check on
the devices
– Verify the associated 20V power supply
is powered and active
– Verify all the power connections to the
SCGT firing card are seated properly
– For nuisance faults, contact the factory
about extending the Diagnostic Delay
– Complete a resistance check per the
instructions in the manual
– NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely
shorted, and still could read in the kΩ
range – Any devices with low suspect
readings should be changed
– Check the LED status of the SCGT gate
driver card for abnormal readings
– Complete a Gating Test mode check on
the devices
– Verify the associated 20V power supply
is powered and active
– Verify all the power connections to the
SCGT firing card are seated properly
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
2U1A DiagFbkLoss
2U1B DiagFbkLoss
2U1C DiagFbkLoss
2U4A DiagFbkLoss
2U4B DiagFbkLoss
2U4C DiagFbkLoss
2V3A DiagFbkLoss
2V3B DiagFbkLoss
2V3C DiagFbkLoss
2V6A DiagFbkLoss
2V6B DiagFbkLoss
2V6C DiagFbkLoss
2W2A DiagFbkLoss
2W2B DiagFbkLoss
2W2C DiagFbkLoss
2W5A DiagFbkLoss
2W5B DiagFbkLoss
2W5C DiagFbkLoss
FAULT
CODE
282
288
294
285
291
297
284
290
296
287
293
299
283
289
295
286
292
298
2U1A Gating Loss
2U1B Gating Loss
2U1C Gating Loss
2U4A Gating Loss
2U4B Gating Loss
2U4C Gating Loss
2V3A Gating Loss
2V3B Gating Loss
2V3C Gating Loss
2V6A Gating Loss
2V6B Gating Loss
2V6C Gating Loss
2W2A Gating Loss
2W2B Gating Loss
2W2C Gating Loss
2W5A Gating Loss
2W5B Gating Loss
2W5C Gating Loss
300
306
312
303
309
315
302
308
314
305
311
317
301
307
313
304
310
316
DESCRIPTION
PWM RECTIFIER SGCT FAULT
(Feedback Fiber-Optic Loss)
This fault will occur during the initial
contactor closure, the diagnostic sequence
after a start command, or the diagnostic
sequence after a stop command. The
rectifier monitors the state of the feedback
before a gate pulse is given, and monitors
the feedback after a gate pulse has been
sent. This fault occurs when the feedback
was low from the device before gating, and
is still low from the device after gating. The
drive then assumes the feedback must be
the problem.
The firmware now completes a diagnostics
sequence immediately after any drive reset,
with the goal of detecting faults before any
destructive action is taken from the next
action
PWM RECTIFIER SGCT FAULT
(Gating Fiber-Optic Loss)
This fault will occur during the initial
contactor closure, the diagnostic sequence
after a start command, or the diagnostic
sequence after a stop command. The
rectifier monitors the state of the feedback
before a gate pulse is given, and monitors
the feedback after a gate pulse has been
sent. This fault occurs when the feedback
was high from the device before gating, and
is still high from the device after gating. The
drive then assumes the gating pulse must
not have reached the device.
The firmware now completes a diagnostics
sequence immediately after any drive reset,
with the goal of detecting faults before any
destructive action is taken from the next
action
3-27
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Verify that the Feedback Fiber-Optic
from the SCGT to the FOI board is not
damaged or disconnected
– Verify that the Gate Pulse has been
received by the SGCT board using
Gating Test Mode
– Complete a resistance check described
in Chapter 4, checking the devices,
sharing resistors, and snubber circuitry
– Replace all faulty components
– It is likely that the feedback fiber optic
cable is not plugged in or has been
damaged
– Check that the fiber optic cables are
seated properly in the Optical Interface
Board and the SCGT firing card
– Check that the fiber optic cable is not
pinched or damaged
– Complete a resistance check per the
instructions in the manual
– NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely
shorted, and still could read in the kΩ
range – Any devices with low suspect
readings should be changed
– Check the LED status of the SCGT gate
driver card for abnormal readings
– Complete a Gating Test mode check on
the devices
– Verify all the power connections to the
SCGT firing card are seated properly
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-28
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
2U1A Online
2U1B Online
2U1C Online
2U4A Online
2U4B Online
2U4C Online
2V3A Online
2V3B Online
2V3C Online
2V6A Online
2V6B Online
2V6C Online
2W2A Online
2W2B Online
2W2C Online
2W5A Online
2W5B Online
2W5C Online
FAULT
CODE
264
270
276
267
273
279
266
272
278
269
275
281
265
271
277
268
274
280
DESCRIPTION
PWM RECTIFIER SGCT FAULT
This fault will occur during operation of the
drive. The drive has detected that the
feedback from the device was not correct,
and does not wait to determine the exact
problem. The drive polls the entire bridge 3
times before and 3 times after each gating
command. All 6 of these readings for each
device must be consistent for the fault to
occur. There is also a parameter called
Rectifier Device Diagnostic Delay (P266),
which allows you to change the number of
consecutive firings to eliminate nuisance
faults. It will still poll 3 times before and
after each firing, but will now require the
condition to exist for the number of
consecutive firings set in the Diagnostic
Delay parameter for a fault to occur.
The firmware now completes a diagnostics
sequence immediately after any drive reset,
with the goal of detecting faults before any
destructive action is taken from the next
action
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Complete a resistance check per the
instructions in the manual
– NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely
shorted, and still could read in the kΩ
range – Any devices with low suspect
readings should be changed
– Check the LED status of the SCGT gate
driver card for abnormal readings
– Complete a Gating Test mode check on
the devices
– Verify the associated 20V power supply
is powered and active
– Verify all the power connections to the
SCGT firing card are seated properly
– Reset the drive and let the offline
diagnostics further define the problem
– For nuisance faults, contact the factory
about extending the Diagnostic Delay
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
2U1A OfflineOpen
2U1B OfflineOpen
2U1C OfflineOpen
2U4A OfflineOpen
2U4B OfflineOpen
2U4C OfflineOpen
2V3A OfflineOpen
2V3B OfflineOpen
2V3C OfflineOpen
2V6A OfflineOpen
2V6B OfflineOpen
2V6C OfflineOpen
2W2A OfflineOpen
2W2B OfflineOpen
2W2C OfflineOpen
2W5A OfflineOpen
2W5B OfflineOpen
2W5C OfflineOpen
3U1B OfflineOpen
3U4B OfflineOpen
3V3B OfflineOpen
3V6B OfflineOpen
3W2B OfflineOpen
3W5B OfflineOpen
4U1C OfflineOpen
4U4C OfflineOpen
4V3C OfflineOpen
4V6C OfflineOpen
4W2C OfflineOpen
4W5C OfflineOpen
FAULT
CODE
372
378
384
375
381
387
374
380
386
377
383
389
373
379
385
376
282
388
432
435
434
437
433
436
438
441
440
443
439
442
DESCRIPTION
6P or 18P SCR RECTIFIER FAULT
(Offline Open-Circuit)
For SCR rectifiers, this fault will occur after
the initial contact closure, or during the
diagnostic sequence after a start command.
After the Short-Circuit test described below,
the drive fires each device, and verifies that
the feedback from that device went low. If
the feedback does not go low, the drive
assumes the SCR must be Open-Circuited.
3-29
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Complete a resistance check on the
rectifier, including the gate-cathode
resistance, the snubber and sharing
resistors
– Complete a firing check on the rectifier
– Verify the snubber circuitry, and the
sharing resistors
– Verify fiber optic integrity from FOI board
transmitter to SCRGD board receiver
– Replace all faulty components
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-30
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
2U1A OfflineShrt
2U1B OfflineShrt
2U1C OfflineShrt
2U4A OfflineShrt
2U4B OfflineShrt
2U4C OfflineShrt
2V3A OfflineShrt
2V3B OfflineShrt
2V3C OfflineShrt
2V6A OfflineShrt
2V6B OfflineShrt
2V6C OfflineShrt
2W2A OfflineShrt
2W2B OfflineShrt
2W2C OfflineShrt
2W5A OfflineShrt
2W5B OfflineShrt
2W5C OfflineShrt
3U1B OfflineShrt
3U4B OfflineShrt
3V3B OfflineShrt
3V6B OfflineShrt
3W2B OfflineShrt
3W5B OfflineShrt
4U1C OfflineShrt
4U4C OfflineShrt
4V3C OfflineShrt
4V6C OfflineShrt
4W2C OfflineShrt
4W5C OfflineShrt
FAULT
CODE
390
396
402
393
399
405
392
398
404
395
401
407
391
397
403
394
400
406
444
447
446
449
445
448
450
453
452
455
451
454
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
6P or 18P SCR RECTIFIER FAULT
(Offline Short-Circuit)
For SCR rectifiers, this fault will occur after
the initial contact closure or during the
diagnostic sequence after a start command.
This is the first test on the rectifier. When all
devices blocking, the feedback from the
devices should toggle from open to short to
open every time the line voltage sine wave
passes through zero. If this is consistently
showing short (no feedback), then the drive
assumes that the device is Short-Circuited.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Complete a resistance check on the
rectifier, including the gate-cathode
resistance, the snubber and sharing
resistors
– Complete a firing check on the rectifier
– Verify the snubber circuitry, and the
sharing resistors
– Verify fiber optic integrity from SCRGD
board transmitter to FOI board receiver
– Replace all faulty components
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
2U1A OnlineOpen
2U1B OnlineOpen
2U1C OnlineOpen
2U4A OnlineOpen
2U4B OnlineOpen
2U4C OnlineOpen
2V3A OnlineOpen
2V3B OnlineOpen
2V3C OnlineOpen
2V6A OnlineOpen
2V6B OnlineOpen
2V6C OnlineOpen
2W2A OnlineOpen
2W2B OnlineOpen
2W2C OnlineOpen
2W5A OnlineOpen
2W5B OnlineOpen
2W5C OnlineOpen
3U1B OnlineOpen
3U4B OnlineOpen
3V3B OnlineOpen
3V6B OnlineOpen
3W2B OnlineOpen
3W5B OnlineOpen
4U1C OnlineOpen
4U4C OnlineOpen
4V3C OnlineOpen
4V6C OnlineOpen
4W2C OnlineOpen
4W5C OnlineOpen
FAULT
CODE
336
342
348
339
345
351
338
344
350
341
347
353
337
343
349
340
346
352
408
411
410
413
409
412
414
417
416
419
415
418
DESCRIPTION
6P or 18P SCR RECTIFIER FAULT
(Online Open-Circuit)
For SCR rectifiers, this fault will occur during
operation. After a firing signal is sent to a
device, the drive monitors the feedback
status to ensure the voltage drops to zero
across that device, indicating it has been
turned on. If the feedback does not drop to
zero before approximately 30-50 µsec, the
drive will assume the device is open and a
fault will occur. There is a 6 cycle fixed
delay, which means that this has to occur for
6 consecutive firings before the fault is
instigated.
3-31
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Complete a resistance check on the
rectifier, including the gate-cathode
resistance, the snubber and sharing
resistors
– Complete a firing check on the rectifier
– Verify the snubber circuitry, and the
sharing resistors
– Verify fiber optic integrity from FOI board
transmitter to SCRGD board receiver
– Replace all faulty components
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-32
Troubleshooting
FAULT
MESSAGE
2U1A OnlineShrt
2U1B OnlineShrt
2U1C OnlineShrt
2U4A OnlineShrt
2U4B OnlineShrt
2U4C OnlineShrt
2V3A OnlineShrt
2V3B OnlineShrt
2V3C OnlineShrt
2V6A OnlineShrt
2V6B OnlineShrt
2V6C OnlineShrt
2W2A OnlineShrt
2W2B OnlineShrt
2W2C OnlineShrt
2W5A OnlineShrt
2W5B OnlineShrt
2W5C OnlineShrt
3U1B OnlineShrt
3U4B OnlineShrt
3V3B OnlineShrt
3V6B OnlineShrt
3W2B OnlineShrt
3W5B OnlineShrt
4U1C OnlineShrt
4U4C OnlineShrt
4V3C OnlineShrt
4V6C OnlineShrt
4W2C OnlineShrt
4W5C OnlineShrt
FAULT
CODE
354
360
366
357
363
369
356
362
368
359
365
371
355
361
367
358
364
370
420
423
422
425
421
424
426
429
428
431
427
430
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
6P or 18P SCR RECTIFIER FAULT
(Online Short-Circuit)
For SCR rectifiers, this fault will occur during
operation. Before an individual leg is fired,
the drive takes 5 samples of the voltage
across that device. This is because the
notching on the line could cause individual
readings to be low. If they are all low, the
device is assumed to be short-circuited and
a fault occurs. There is also a parameter
called Rectifier Device Diagnostic Delay
(P266), which allows you to change the
number of consecutive firings to eliminate
nuisance faults. It will still check 5 times
before each firing, but will now require the
condition to exist for the number of
consecutive firings set in the Diagnostic
Delay parameter for a fault to occur.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– For multiple device faults, the risk of a
line to line short exists, so tests with MV
isolated should be attempted
– Complete a resistance check on the
rectifier, including the gate-cathode
resistance, the snubber and sharing
resistors
– Complete a firing check on the rectifier
– Verify the snubber circuitry, and the
sharing resistors
– Verify fiber optic integrity from SCRGD
board transmitter to FOI board receiver
– Replace all faulty components
– For nuisance faults, contact the factory
about extending the Diagnostic Delay
Troubleshooting
3-33
WARNING MESSAGES
WARNING
MESSAGE
WARNING
CODE
AC/DC#1 AC Fail
AC/DC#2 AC Fail
AC/DC#3 AC Fail
108
109
110
AC/DC#4 AC Fail
AC/DC#1Redundant
AC/DC#2Redundant
AC/DC#3Redundant
AC/DC#4Redundant
Adapter 1 Loss
Adapter 2 Loss
Adapter 3 Loss
Adapter 4 Loss
Adapter 5 Loss
Adapter 6 Loss
111
104
105
106
107
49
50
51
52
53
54
AIn1 Calib Error
AIn2 Calib Error
AIn3 Calib Error
224
225
226
Ambient FbrOptic
221
Ambient OvrTemp
Ambient Sensor
217
219
Autotune TimeLmt
62
Auxiliary Prot’n
79
DESCRIPTION
There has been a loss or dip in the control
power feeding the drive. Ensure that the
power source is active and investigate the
reliability of the source.
Redundant AC/DC Power Supply#1-4 has
failed. Verify electrical connections.
There has been a loss of communication
between the DPM and the Adapter 1-6.
Ensure that the Adapter is plugged in the
ACB, powered and working properly. Cycle
power to the drive if necessary.
The analog input supplied was outside of
the allowable range of 4-20 mA during
calibration. Recalibrate with the proper
range.
The drive has detected a missing
temperature sensor to the Temperature
Feedback Board (TFB). Ensure that the
sensor in plugged in
Drive detected high ambienttemperature.
The drive has detected a missing
temperature sensor to the Temperature
Feedback Board (TFB). Ensure that the
sensor in plugged in
Autotune test failed to complete in 2
minutes. Perform test manually.
Standard External Fault/Warning Input
included to allow the end-user to install a
protective relay/system status contact that
can activate a drive fault or warning,
depending on configuration of Aux Prot
Class (P445)
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Investigate possibility of loss of input
voltage to the AC/DC Power Supply
– Verify output voltage
– Check alarm signal connections
– Replace Power Supply if necessary
– Replace PS if necessary.
– Ensure that the remote communication
device is powered
– Verify the light status and ensure the
communication device is operating
properly
– Verify the customer network is properly
communicated with the device
– Check LED status
– Cycle control power to the drive
– Change the adapter if all attempts to
restore communication fail
– Verify the calibration of Analog inputs
– NOT USED
– NOT USED
– NOT USED
– REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000
DRIVE USER MANUAL (CHAPTER –
COMMISSIONING) ON AUTOTUNE
PROCEDURES, RESULTS, AND
ACTIONS
– See associated Fault Description
– The drive has detected an alarm
triggered by the input wired in the
auxillary input of the XIO card. The
alarm is user configurable by
parameters in Alarm Config. Investigate
the cause of the alarm. Check the 120V
wiring and the XIO card.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-34
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
BlkBox NVRAM Clr
Bus Transient
WARNING
CODE
176
164
Bypass CtctrOpen
188
Bypass CtctrClsd
189
Bypass
IsoSwOpen
192
The bypass contactor is open even though it
has been commanded to close, which is in
Normal mode, DC Current test mode, and
Open Loop test mode. Verify the contactor
feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB.
Bypass IsoSwClsd
195
The bypass isolation switch is closed when
it is expected to be open. The switch should
be open in in all operating modes of the
drive except Normal. Ensure proper
positioning, wiring feedback to ACB, mech
auxiliary setup.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
Black Box NVRAM has been cleared.
This warning indicates a line side switching
transient has occurred. The drive puts both
bridges in freewheel mode till the event is
cleared and resumes normal operation.
Check system for capacitative switching
events.
The bypass contactor is open even though it
has been commanded to close. Verify the
contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to
the ACB.
The bypass contactor is closed even though
it has been commanded to open. Verify
normal mode of starter the contactor
feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– NOT USED
– Check system for capacitive switching
events
– Check the drive if it is unstable.
– Check Alph line is it is stable.
– Contact factory for detailed actions
– Ensure the associated starter unit is set
to Normal mode
– Verify the feedback from the contactor
status (normally control relay auxiliary
and contactor mechanical auxiliary) is
wired properly and powered
– Verify that there is control power to the
contactor
– Verify the associated ACB I/O
– Verify that the Holding Coil or Closing
Coil is not shorted
– Review Contactor control wiring
– These warnings may also occur during
the autorestart feature, as the loss of
power may also result in the inability to
hold in the contactor during the outage
– In DC Current test modes, the isolation
switches are expected to be closed for
DC Current test; although only the input
contactor is required the test will run with
warnings if the switches are open
– Ensure the isolation switches are in the
proper position for the specific operating
mode (Refer to the description of the
Parameter 141 – Hardware Option1 in
the parameters manual)
– Verify wiring feedback
– Verify isolation switch mechanical
auxiliary setup
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
Bypass OvrVolt
WARNING
CODE
141
DESCRIPTION
The measured line voltage Bypass Voltage
pu (#P117) has exceeded the Line OvrVolt
Trip (P165) setting. Synchronous transfer
has been disabled.
Bypass Phase Seq
144
The bypass phase sequence does not
match the phase sequence of the input to
the drive. Synchronous transfer has been
disabled.
The measured bypass voltage Bypass
Voltage pu (#P117) is less than the Line
UndVolt Lvl (P167) setting. Synchronous
transfer has been disabled.
Bypass UnderVolt
142
Bypass VoltUnbal
143
The measured unbalance in the Bypass
Voltage has exceeded the trip setting
(P271). Synchronous transfer has been
disabled.
ConductivityHigh
(C-FRAME ONLY)
37
This warning is for liquid cool drives. The
drive indicates that the measured coolant
conductivity is greater than 1 μS/cm3. Verify
that there is no debris in the coolant, and
replace the de-ionizing cartridge if
necessary
Control Pwr Loss
112
This is used in the Autorestart feature
algorithm as an indicator to tell the drive to
stop gating and wait for control power to
return. This alarm is for drives engineered
with a UPS option. There has been a loss or
dip in the control power feeding the drive for
more than 5 cycles.
3-35
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Verify the parameters are set properly
– Check for possible line voltage
transients
– Verify VSB connections and tap settings,
resistor values, and grounds
– If voltage is too high, change tap
settings on the input source to lower
voltage to an acceptable level
– The drive will not allow a synchronous
transfer unless the phasing is the same
– Confirm the phase sequences and swap
cables if necessary
– Verify the VSB connections and tap
settings, and check resistance of VSB
board – Megger board to confirm integrity
– Check for possible source voltage
supply problems
– Use Multimeter and Oscilloscope to
check voltages on the drive test points
– Verify the VSB connections and tap
settings, and check resistance of VSB
board – Megger board to confirm integrity
– Check for possible source voltage
supply problems
– Use Multimeter and Oscilloscope to
check voltages on the drive voltage test
points
– Verify that no foreign debris has entered
the system (iron piping, non-deionized
water, etc.)
– There is no immediate need for action,
but be prepared to change the de-ionizing
cartridge and run the system, verifying
that the conductivity is decreasing
– Investigate reliability of the control power
– Ensure the drive operates as expected
when there is a control power outage
(UPS must be installed)
– Ensure that the power source is active
and investigate the reliability of the
source.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-36
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
Convrtr AirFlow
WARNING
CODE
204
Convrtr FansOn
206
Convrtr Fan1Loss
208
Convrtr Fan2Loss
209
Drives with a Redundant Fan (P141) will
give this warning if Fan 2 is running, there
were no problems with Fan 1, and Fan 2 is
lost. Fan 1 will start and the drive will
continue running.
Conv Fan1 Ctctr
200
This warning indicates that while the drive
was running it detected the loss of the main
converter cooling fan. When the drive is
running, the feedback from the Fan 1
Contactor auxiliary and Isolation Switch is
lost, but the drive will not trip and wait for
Power Supply faults or Conv AirFlow faults
to fault the drive.
Conv Fan2 Ctctr
201
This warning indicates that while the drive
was running it detected the loss of the
redundant converter cooling fan
When the drive is running, the feedback
from the Fan 2 Contactor auxiliary and
Isolation Switch is lost, but the drive will not
trip and wait for Power Supply faults or Air
Pressure faults to fault the drive.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
The Pressure drop at the input to the
converter section sensed by the pressure
transducer (as a voltage) has dropped
below the value set in Conv AirFlow
Warning Value (P320). This is dependent
on the operation of the Main Cooling Fan.
The drive contol has detected that the
converter fan contactors are closed even
though it has not been commanded to run.
Drives with a Redundant Fan (P141) will
give this warning if Fan 1 is running, there
were no problems with Fan 2, and Fan 1 is
lost. Fan 2 will start and the drive will
continue running
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Verify fan rotation
– Check for blocked airflow in the filters/
heatsinks/ ducting (if installed) – Clean as
required
– Improper Alarm settings – Verify Pressure
Value voltage level when running with
clear air flow, and compare to expected
values for that specific drive type
– Verify Alarm and Trip set-up procedure
was completed adequately and adjust as
necessary
– Verify for drives with external ducting that
there is sufficient air to the drive input
– Verify supply voltage to differential
pressure transducer at ACB and confirm
output is stable
– Check Fan feedback wiring and confirm
with ED
– Verify that XIO is functional.
– Investigate the cause of the Fan 1 loss
(OL / damaged relay)
– Verify Fan 2 is operating with the proper
current levels
– At the next possible shutdown, reset the
warnings and Fan 1 can be run again
– Investigate the cause of the Fan 2 loss
(OL / damaged relay)
– Verify Fan 1 is operating with the proper
current levels
– At the next possible shutdown, reset the
warnings and Fan 2 can be run again
– If the drive faults, investigate problems
with the fan contactors or the fan
overloads
– Verify the fan contactor, fan overload
and the 120V wiring to the standard
XIO card.
– If the drive is still running with this
warning, there is a problem with the
Fan Isolation Switch auxiliary
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
CoolantLevel Low
(C-FRAME ONLY)
WARNING
CODE
38
Coolant Temp Low
(C-FRAME ONLY)
35
CoolantTempHigh
(C-FRAME ONLY)
36
Ctrl5V Redundant
118
5V redundant output of the DC/DC converter
has failed.
DCLnk OvrTemp
76
There is a thermal switch in each DC Link
winding, and they are connected in series.
The thermal switch in the DC Link inductor
has detected an over temperature condition
and opened the AC input to the standard
XIO. The alarm is user configurable by
parameters in Alarm Config.
DCLnk OvrCurrent
156
DC Link Range
167
The DC Link current given by Idc Feedback
(P322) has exceeded the DC Link current
trip settings. A warning is logged first and if
the over-current persists for the time delay a
fault is logged.
The calculated pu value (P27) of the dc link
inductance is less than the minimum
recommended. For 6P SCR the value is less
than 0.8pu, for 18-pulse SCR the value is
less than 0.42pu and for PWM rectifier
drives the value is less than 0.55pu.
3-37
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
This warning is for liquid cool drives. The
measured coolant level in the reservoir is
low. Check the coolant level and inspect for
any leaks. If there are no visible leaks, then
top up the level with approved coolant.
– You will lose coolant over time through
evaporation, but you should still verify
that there are no slow leaks in the
system
– Add de-ionized water to the system
since this is what normally evaporates,
and check the coolant mixture with a
glycol tester
– Verify that the thermostatic bypass valve
(V10) was not left open
– Warm up the control room ambient to
get the drive to an operational level
This warning is for liquid cool drives.
Measured coolant temperature is below
10degC. The warning will not clear until the
temperature rises above 15°C (58°F).
Check thermostatic bypass valve and warm
control room to get the drive operational.
The measured coolant temperature has
exceeded 48°C (120°F) trip setting (P478).
The warning can not be cleared until the
temperature has dropped below 44°C
(110°F).
– Verify the heat exchanger fans are
operating
– Verify that the thermostatic valve is fully
opened
– Check that all valves are in the normal
operating position
– Verify room ambient temperature is
adequate for the drive operation
– Verify the output from the alarm signal is
wired correctly
– Check the 5V rail connections
– Replace Power Supply when possible
– Ensure that the converter cooling fan is
working and that the air flow is not
obstructed.
– Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO
card.
– Make sure there are no distorted
waveforms to the DC link. Check if there
are harmonics on line voltages/current
– See associated Fault Description
– Verify the parameter settings of the
drive. Check the HECS and burden
resistor. Confirm stable operation of the
drive and any sudden load transients.
– Review DC Link nameplate data
– Review Motor and Drive nameplate data
and verify that all parameters were
entered properly
– Contact factory if the above seems OK
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-38
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
DecLined Master
WARNING
CODE
122
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
This warning is for parallel drives only and
indicates that the slave drive was requested
to be the Master, but it was unable to
comply.
A transfer from the Line back to Drive
(desync) has been commanded, but it has
been less than 1 minute since the transfer
from Drive to Line (sync) was completed.
As a result, the Output Motor Filter Capacitors
have not had time to adequately discharge.
– Slave has lost communication with hub
PLC, or slave is masked off in parameter
Master Mask
– Wait for 1 minute and attempt the
desync transfer again.
– Insuffcient time gap between drive sync
and attempted desync. Wait till the
motor filter capacitor has discharged and
the drive is in READY mode.
Desync Delay
146
Drive OvrLoad
152
The drive has detected an overload
condition in the drive indicated by Drive
Overload (P551). A Drive Overload warning
has been detected, where the overload
condition is calculated using DC Current
Feedback (P322) and Drive Overload
Warning (P270) as the point where the
overload warning occurs. (P270) is
programmed as a percentage of the
difference between Line Overload Minimum
(P269) and Line Overload Trip (P163).
– Transient Loading – Check torque limit
and overload settings and Compare
loading to torque settings and trip
settings
– Verify the drive sizing and that the
overload parameters to meet the load
requirements. Verify HECS feedback
and burden resistors.
Drv Maintenance
212
– NOT USED
Drv in Test Mode
59
Duplicate Master
121
Ext Flt Config
19
Ext Flt Conflict
20
Drive maintenance is due. Contact the
factory.
The drive operating mode (P4) is
programmed in test mode (Gate, System,
DC Current, Open Circuit or Open Loop)
when intiated for Autotune test. Place drive
back in Normal mode before autotune.
This warning is for parallel drives only and
indicates that this drive was configured to be
the Master, but already another Master drive
exists in the link.
XIO Card assigned to External Fault is
unusable for this purpose. Select the proper
slot compatible for usage.
External Fault XIO card has been reassigned for another purpose. Check
configuration of all cards and reassign if
necessary.
These are the optional additional External
Faults available when there is an additional
XIO board installed. This is configured with
XIO Ext Faults (P593), and this message
will appear if the specific input (1-16) is
configured in Fault Config as a Warning.
External 1-16
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
1-16
– Place drive back in Normal Mode before
attempting Autotune
– The Powerup Config parameter is set to
Master in more than one drive. The first
drive to power up will become the
master
– Select the proper slot containing the XIO
card which is compatible for External
Faults usage.
– Check the configuration of all XIO slots
and reassign if necessary.
– See associated Fault Description
– Check for the input circuit for that
warning.
– Refer the optional XIO board wiring
circuit on electrical drawing
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
HeatExchnger Fan
(C-FRAME ONLY)
WARNING
CODE
34
Hub Comm Loss
120
Inertia High
63
InputCloseDelay
197
Input Prot’n #1
74
Input Prot’n #2
78
InvHSnk Sensor
218
Inv Gate PwrSup
213
DESCRIPTION
This warning is for liquid cool drives. Drive
has dected a problem in the Liquid to Air
heat exchanger fans.
This warning is for parallel drives only and
indicates that the drive has lost
communication with the PLC.
The drive estimated the Total Inertia is
greater than 20secs. Check Autotune Trq
Stp value and repeat. If the warning
persists, determine the inertia from system
data and if different from autotune value,
manually set Total Intertia
For PWM drives, this warning indicates that
a start command has been given, but the
drive is still waiting for the DC voltage to
discharge from the line filter capacitors.
This can be observed by the status
‘Discharging’, on the main screen.
Standard External Fault/Warning Input
included allowing the end-user to install a
protective relay (IE Input Feed Protection
Relay) auxiliary contact that can activate a
drive fault or warning, depending on
configuration of InputProt1 Class (P440).
Standard External Fault/Warning Input
included alllowing the end-user to install a
second protective relay (IE Input Feed
Protection Relay) auxiliary contact that can
activate a drive fault or warning, depending
on configuration of InputProt2 Class (P444).
While Running, the drive has detected a
missing temperature sensor connected to
the TFB on the inverter heatsink. A missing
sensor can result in either a Fiber Optic
Loss fault or a Sensor fault because a
missing sensor can be interpreted as either
0°C or over 100°C, and both are unrealistic
values.
This warning is for SGCT based drives and
indicates a problem with the gate power
supply associated with a particular device
which is also likely in the warning queue.
3-39
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Verify the Fan O/L settings and conditions
– Verify the Fan Control Relay status and
auxiliary contact signals.
– Verify that the Control Net adapter/cable
and PLC are working properly.
– REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000
MANUAL (COMMISSIONING chapter)
ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES,
RESULTS, AND ACTIONS
– Read DESCRIPTION
– Wait for the drive Ready status to
appear, allowing you to start the drive
– See associated Fault Description
– Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO
card.
– See associated Fault Description
– Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO
card.
– Verify sensor is completely seated
properly on TFB.
– Measure sensor resistance.
– Replace if necessary.
– Ensure that the sensor in plugged in.
– NOTE: This is a warning because the
drive should not fault on the loss of the
signal while running. There is no
imminent danger to the drive, but the
user needs to be aware that there is a
temperature feedback signal missing.
– The device feedback was not correct due
to power loss to the gate driver board.
– This can be from the 20V DC output of the
IGDPS or on the gate driver board itself.
– This warning can also appear as a result
of another device fault such as an
Online Fault.
– This warning can also appear if the
device has failed.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-40
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
Invalid AlarmBit
WARNING
CODE
98
Invalid DIM
99
Invalid Mstr Req
124
IsoTx Fan1 Ctctr
202
IsoTx Fan2 Ctctr
203
IsoTx Fan1 Loss
210
IsoTx Fan2 Loss
211
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
DEVELOPMENT ERROR - An unused bit in
the first 16 bits in either a fault or warning
word has been set and detected by the
Alarm Queue server. Either a used bit has
been overlooked in the Faults/Warnings
database, or the control is incorrectly setting
an alarm word.
Unused bit is being set in the fault or
warning word by the control software.
The drive tried to access the DIM, but either
encountered a problem with the checksum
on the DIM, or the DIM was not installed.
Invalid Master request-slave only
This warning is for parallel drives only and
indicates that the slave drive refused to the
request to be the Master because it
detected that another Master is active on the
link.
Isolation Transformer Fan 1 contactor
This warning indicates that while the drive
was running it detected the loss of the main
cooling fan in the isolation transformer
cabinet.
Isolation Transformer Fan 2 contactor
This warning indicates that while the drive
was running it detected the loss of the
redundant cooling fan in the isolation
transformer cabinet.
Isolation Transformer Fan 1 Loss
This warning is for drives with Redundant
isolation transformer fan option. The drive
detected the loss of Fan 1 and starts Fan 2.
Investigate Fan 1 loss and verify Fan 2
operation.
Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Loss
This warning is for drives with Redundant
isolation transformer fan option. The drive
detected the loss of Fan 2 and starts Fan 1.
Investigate Fan 2 loss and verify Fan 1
operation.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Contact the factory
– This fault may occur on drives upgrading
major revisions of firmware with the
older DIM installed, or if the DIM has a
failure
– Remove the DIM
– Drive tried to become master when
another master was already active
– Isolation transformer Fan status is NOT
HIGH while the drive asked the
contactor to be closed.
– This warning occurs when the drive
commands the Isolation Transformer
Fan contactor to close, and does not
detect the status feedback from the
contactor.
– Verify the fan contactor, fan overload
and the 120V wiring to the standard XIO
card.
– This warning occurs when the drive
detects a loss of pressure or a loss of
Fan contactor feedback when running.
– This warning occurs when the drive
detects a loss of pressure or a loss of
Fan 2 contactor feedback when running.
– Reset warning at next shutdown and
Fan 1 will start running.
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
IsoTx AirFlow
(A-Frame Only)
WARNING
CODE
205
IxoTx Fans On
207
L Input Low
64
L Input High
65
InpCtctrFeedback
159
DESCRIPTION
The Pressure sensed by the pressure
transducer in the integral Isolation
Transformer section (as a voltage) has
dropped below the value set in Pressure
Value Transformer Warning (P653).
Isolation Transformer Fan ON warning
This warning is for drives with Redundant
isolation transformer fan option. The drive
detected the loss of Fan 2 and starts Fan 1.
Investigate Fan 2 loss and verify Fan 1
operation. Reset warning at next shutdown
and Fan 2 will start running
Indicates that the Autotune L Input (P217)
measured was less than 0.02 pu and the
INPUT IMPEDANCE (P140) will have to be
tuned manually.
For PWM rectifier drives, verify that the line
reactor is properly installed.
Indicates that the Autotune L Input (P217)
measured was greater than 0.50 pu and the
INPUT IMPEDANCE (P140) will have to be
tuned manually. For PWM rectifier drives,
verify that the size of line reactor is correct.
The drive has detected the presence of
medium voltage but is not sensing the input
contactor status. Check the contactor
feedback wiring to the ACB.
3-41
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Verify fan rotation
– Blocked airflow in the filters / ducting (if
installed) – Clean as required
– Improper Warning settings – Verify
Pressure Value voltage level when
running with clear air flow
– Verify Alarm and Trip set-up procedure
was completed adequately and adjust as
necessary
– Verify for drives with external ducting that
there is sufficient air to the drive input
– Verify supply voltage to pressure
transducer, and confirm output is stable
– Ensure pressure sensor is working and is
connected to the ACB
– Isolation transformer Fan status is high
while it should be low.
– Investigate the control circuit for isolation
transformer Fan
– Check the wiring at XIO for fan status.
– REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000
MANUAL (COMMISSIONING Chapter)
ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES,
RESULTS, AND ACTIONS
– Read DESCRIPTION
– Verify the contactor is closed
– Confirm the feedback path from the
contactor to the XIO
– Replace XIO if required
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-42
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
Input CtctrOpen
WARNING
CODE
184
Input CtctrClsd
185
Input IsoSwOpen
190
Input IsoSwClsd
193
InvHSnk FbrOptic
220
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The input contactor is open even though it
has been commanded to close. Verify the
contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to
the ACB. Drive may be in auto-restart mode
following loss of medium voltage.
The input contactor is closed even though it
has been commanded to open. Verify
normal mode of starter the contactor
feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB.
– Ensure the associated starter unit is set
to Normal mode
– Verify the feedback from the contactor
status (normally control relay auxiliary
and contactor mechanical auxiliary) is
wired properly and powered
– Verify that there is control power to the
contactor
– Verify the associated ACB I/O
– Verify that the Holding Coil or Closing
Coil is not shorted
– Review Contactor control wiring
– These warnings may also occur during
the autorestart feature, as the loss of
power may also result in the inability to
hold in the contactor during the outage
– In DC Current test modes, the isolation
switches are expected to be closed for
DC Current test; although only the input
contactor is required the test will run with
warnings if the switches are open
– Ensure the isolation switches are in the
proper position for the specific operating
mode (Refer to the description of the
Parameter 141 – Hardware Option1 in
the parameters manual)
– Verify wiring feedback
– Verify isolation switch mechanical
auxiliary setup
– Check TFB and FOI board for power
– Check the Fiber Optic cables are
properly seated in the transmitters and
receivers
– Check the fiber optic cable for kinks,
bends, breaks that could be blocking the
signal
– This can occur if the sensor is not
connected to the TFB
The input isolation switch is open when it is
expected to be closed. The switch should be
closed in all operating modes of the drive
except System and Gate Test. Ensure
proper positioning, wiring feedback to ACB,
mech auxiliary setup.
The input isolation switch is closed when it
is expected to be open. The switch should
be open in System and Gate Test. Ensure
proper positioning, wiring feedback to ACB,
mech auxiliary setup.
While Running, the Fiber Optic signal from
the TFB on the Inverter Heatsink, connected
to Channel A fiber optic receiver RX7 on
FOI-M-A is not present. This is only a fault
while not running. If this occurs while
running it will appear as a warning.
– NOTE: This is a warning because the
drive should not fault on the loss of the
signal while running. There is no
imminent danger to the drive, but the
user needs to be aware that there is a
temperature feedback signal missing.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
InvHSnk OvrTemp
WARNING
CODE
216
Inv AC Cur Gain
223
Inv OvrVoltage
222
IsoTx/ReacOvrTmp
75
L Leakage Low
68
L Leakage High
69
DESCRIPTION
The temperature detection on the Inverter
Heatsink, connected to Channel A fiber optic
receiver RX7 on FOI-M-A, has exceeded
Inverter Heatsink Temperature Warning
(P316).
The current gain calculated for motor current
sensing is outside the limit of the expected
range [2 , 5 ] pu.
Motor Filter Capacitor Over Voltage. The
inverter output voltage given by Inv Output
Volt (P761) has exceeded the trip settings.
This is detected by the hardware circuit in
the ACB. A warning is logged first and if the
over-voltage persists for the time delay a
fault is logged Verify the parameters and
ensure that the motor is connected to the
drive either directly or through an output
contactor. Inspect the VSB for possible
damage.
The temperature switch in the drive Input
Isolation Transformer or Line Reactor has
detected an over-temperature and opened
the AC input to the standard XIO opened.
There is a thermal switch in each phase
winding, and they are connected in series.
The alarm is user configurable by
parameters in Alarm Config.
Indicates that the Autotune L leakage
(P220) measured was less than 0.10 pu.
Verify the motor name plate data entered in
the drive.
Indicates that the Autotune L Leakage
(P220) measured was greater than 0.35 pu.
Verify the motor name plate data entered in
the drive.
3-43
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Confirm actual temperature in
parameters is not higher than the
warning value – If so, investigate the
conditions of the drive (ambient /
loading/ elevation / ventilation/ filter
status / heatsink clogging)
– Check the sensor and temperature
offline (ambient) for accuracy
– Ensure that the fan is working properly
and that the air flow is sufficient in this
cabinet.
– Verify that the HECS ratio and burden
resistor match the drive/motor ratings.
– This warning occurs when drive is not
gating. It may be when motor is coasting.
– This is drive output V [Surface voltage
terminology used in ESP application].
– The protection uses P#193 setting but
drive calculates the motor filter cap
voltage
– Make sure there is no open circuit at the
drive output and motor is connected.
– See associated Fault Description
– The alarm is user configurable by
parameters in Alarm Config. Ensure that
the cooling fan in the cabinet is working
and that the air flow is not obstructed.
– Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO
card.
– REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000
MANUAL (COMMISSIONING chapter)
ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES,
RESULTS, AND ACTIONS
– Read DESCRIPTION
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-44
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
L Magnetize Low
WARNING
CODE
70
L Magnetize High
71
Line Cap Range
165
Line Loss
161
Line Synch Loss
158
The drive has lost synchronization with the
incoming line voltage, and has announced a
Phase Lock Loop warning.
Liqd IO Config
(C-Frame Only)
21
The XIO card which was being assigned to
the Liquid Cooling System Faults Input is
not a card which can be used for this
purpose.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
Indicates that the Autotune L mag (P221)
measured was less than 1.00 pu, and L
magnetizing (P131) will have to be tuned
manually. Verify the motor name plate data
entered in the drive.
Indicates that the Autotune L mag (P221)
measured was greater than 10.00 pu, and L
magnetizing (P131) will have to be tuned
manually. Verify the motor name plate data
entered in the drive. Manually tune flux
regulator.
The calculated pu value (P133) of the line
filter cap is either less than 0.35pu or bigger
than 0.55pu. Verify capacitor nameplate
data and compare with the drive and motor
ratings.
The drive has detected a loss of input
voltage from losing the frequency (PLL) lock
on the input voltage. This is designed to be
a faster method of detecting an
undervoltage. The drive responds to this
warning as it does to a Master UV warning.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000
MANUAL (COMMISSIONING chapter)
ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES,
RESULTS, AND ACTIONS
– Read DESCRIPTION
– Verify capacitor nameplate data and
compare with information entered in
drive for drive and motor ratings.
– Verify the VSB connections and tap
settings, and check resistance of VSB
board – Megger board to confirm
integrity
– Check TSN fusing
– Check actual voltage values on the
Terminal for each bridge and the total
line voltage
– Check for possible source voltage
supply problems
– Check input contactor status or it opens
– Capture the voltage waveforms from the
ACB test points and examine for
inconsistency
– Verify the incoming voltage, input
contactor status, VSB and TSN fuses.
– Verify that the drive power system is
properly grounded
– Check for noise on the control power in
the drive
– Check the grounding for all signal and
control wiring
– Verify the Input Impedance parameter is
valid and retune if required
– Select the proper slot containing the XIO
card which is compatible for Liquid
Cooling System Faults usage.
– Read DESCRIPTION
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
Liqd IO Conflict
(C-Frame Only)
WARNING
CODE
22
LogixIO Config
23
LogixIO Conflict
24
Master UnderVolt
153
Motor Cap Range
137
Motor Load Loss
138
Motor OvrLoad
136
DESCRIPTION
The XIO card previously being used for
Liquid Cooling System Faults has been
reassigned for another purpose.
XIO Card assigned to Logix IO is unsable
for this purpose.
Logix IO card has been re-assigned for
another purpose.
The measured Line voltage or Master Line
Volt (P135-136) is less than Line
Undervoltage level (P167) with respect to
1/3 Rated Line Voltage (P18) [for 18-pulse
drives], and Rated Line Voltage (P18) [for 6pulse and PWM drives] for the period set by
Line Undervoltage Delay (P168).
The calculated per unit value of the Motor
Filter Capacitor (P128), based on the values
entered for Motor Capacitor kVAR (P20),
Motor Capacitor Volts (P21), and Motor
Capacitor Frequency (P28) is outside of the
normal range of 0.26-0.55 pu.
The drive has detected a loss of load
condition. This is activated as a warning
using the parameter Load Loss Detect
(P199), and the necessary setpoints are
Load Loss Level (P246), Load Loss Delay
(P231), and Load Loss Speed (P259).
A Motor Overload (P550) warning has been
detected, where the overload condition is
calculated using Stator Current (P340) and
Motor Overload Warning (P351) as the point
where the overload warning occurs. P351 is
programmed as a percentage of the
difference between Motor Overload Min
(P350) and Motor Overload Trip (P179).
3-45
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Check the configuration of all XIO slots
and reassign if necessary.
– Read DESCRIPTION
– Select the proper slot compatible for
usage.
– Check configuration of all cards and
reassign if necessary.
– Verify the VSB connections and tap
settings, and check resistance of VSB
board – Megger board to confirm integrity
– Check TSN fusing
– Check actual voltage values on the
Terminal for each bridge and the total
line voltage
– Check for possible source voltage
supply problems
– Use Multimeter and Oscilloscope to
check voltages on the drive test points
– Verify capacitor nameplate data and
compare with information entered in
drive for drive rating and motor rating
– Contact factory
– Verify the parameter settings
– Ensure that the load should not normally
be in an unloaded condition
– Transient Loading - Check torque limit
and overload settings and Compare
loading to torque settings and trip
settings
– Verify the drive sizing and that the
overload parameters to meet the load
requirements. Verify HECS feedback
and burden resistors.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-46
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
Motor OvrVoltage
WARNING
CODE
139
Motor Protection
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The measured motor ac voltage or Stator
Voltage (#P344) has exceeded Motor
Overvoltage Trip (P181) for the duration set
in Motor Overvoltage Delay (P182), but this
has occurred with the drive NOT gating (as
in a Sync Transfer event)
Possible Causes:
– Make sure the motor is connected to the
drive and there is no open circuit at the
drive output when started in normal
mode
– Self-Excitation -Check for flying
start/induced motor rotation
– Noise from contactor closure
77
Standard External Fault/Warning Input
included allowing the end-user to install a
protective relay (IE Bulletin 825 Motor
Protection Relay) auxiliary contact that can
activate a drive fault or warning, depending
on configuration of Motor Prot Class (P443).
– See associated Fault Description
– Verify the alarm and ensure that there is
no damage to the motor. Also check the
120V wiring and the XIO card
No Output Ctctr
196
This warning will happen in Open Circuit test
mode and indicates that there is no output
contactor programmed in the drive. Verify
the parameter settings and ensure that the
output of the drive is truly open-circuited.
No Tach Installd
150
The drive has sensed that there is no
tachometer/encoder connected, but the
Speed Feedback Mode (P89) has been set
to Pulse Tach. Verify tach requirement for
system and change the tach configuration
parameter Tach Type (P233).
NVRAM Cleared
96
The drive parametrs are corrupt and have
been initialized to default values. This
happened either during firmware upgrade or
if the battery was low. Reload paramters.
– If there truly is no Output Contactor in the
system, then you can mask the fault.
Then there will be a No OP Ctctr
warning, and you can continue with the
test.
– ENSURE THE OUTPUT OF THE DRIVE
IS TRULY OPEN-CIRCUITED
– If there is no output contactor then you
MUST disconnect motor cables from the
drive in case running Open Circuit Test.
– Verify whether there is a tachometer
required for the system, and set the
parameter Speed Feedback Mode
accordingly.
– Investigate the tachometer for damage
– Verify the wiring from the drive to the
tachometer is per the Electrical Drawing
– Verify the +15VDC supplying the
tachometer is not low/missing.
– Reload parameters from Terminal
Memory, DriveTools, Flashcard, or from
a hardcopy.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
Output CtctrOpen
WARNING
CODE
186
Output CtctrClsd
187
Output IsoSwClsd
194
The input isolation switch is closed when it
is expected to be open. The switch should
be open in System, Gate and Open Circuit
Test. Ensure proper positioning, wiring
feedback to ACB, mech auxiliary setup.
Output IsoSwOpen
191
The output isolation switch is open when it is
expected to be closed. The switch should be
closed in Normal, DC current test and Open
Loop modes. Ensure proper positioning,
wiring feedback to ACB, mech auxiliary
setup.
Parameter Range
97
The parameter value loaded from the
NVRAM or the DIM is outside the valid
range and has been set to default value.
The offending parameter number has been
stored in Parameter Error (P597). Enter the
correct value.
3-47
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The output contactor is open even though it
has been commanded to close. Verify the
contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to
the ACB. Drive may be in auto-restart mode
following loss of medium voltage.
The output contactor is closed even though
it has been commanded to open. Verify
normal mode of starter the contactor
feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB.
– Ensure the associated starter unit is set
to Normal mode
– Verify the feedback from the contactor
status (normally control relay auxiliary
and contactor mechanical auxiliary) is
wired properly and powered
– Verify that there is control power to the
contactor
– Verify the associated ACB I/O
– Verify that the Holding Coil or Closing
Coil is not shorted
– Review Contactor control wiring
– These warnings may also occur during
the autorestart feature, as the loss of
power may also result in the inability to
hold in the contactor during the outage
– In DC Current test modes, the isolation
switches are expected to be closed for
DC Current test; although only the input
contactor is required the test will run with
warnings if the switches are open
– Ensure the isolation switches are in the
proper position for the specific operating
mode (Refer to the description of the
Parameter 141 – Hardware Option1 in
the parameters manual)
– Verify wiring feedback
– Verify isolation switch mechanical
auxiliary setup
– If this was a result of an INIT operation,
contact the factory
– If this was a result of a LOAD operation,
correct the parameter value and perform
a SAVE operation
– Check the settings on the DIM to
determine whether it is limiting the
paramter’s max or min values.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-48
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
PFC IdcLimit
WARNING
CODE
227
PFC Flux Limit
228
Flux command has been limited to avoid
high motor voltage or current.
Phantom Alarm
102
Process Var Loss
229
DEVELOPMENT ERROR Unused bit in fault/warning word has been
detected. It is due to noise interference on
the control boards. Contact factory.
Feedback from the process is not valid.
Pump Failure
(C-FRAME ONLY)
33
Queues Cleared
100
R Stator High
61
RAM Battery Low
166
The battery on the NVRAM is running low.
Rec Gate Pwr Sup
173
Rectifier Gate driver power supply warning
This warning is for SGCT based drives and
indicates a problem with the gate power
supply associated with a particular device
which is also likely in the warning queue.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
Maximum dc current limit for power factor
compensation has been reached.
This warning is for liquid cool drives. Drive
has detected a pump failure in the cooling
circuit. Verify O/L settings, control relay
status and aux contact signals.
This means that the drive had to clear the
fault and warning queues after an upgrade
of the firmware
Autotune R stator (P219) measured during
the autotune test was higher than 0.50 pu,
indicating the presence of extremely long
motor leads. Ensure motor windings are
connected properly.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– No further power factor correction is
possible under these conditions.
– Check the drive load, speed, line and
motor voltage
– Contact Factory
– Power factor cannot be compensated
further.
– Check the drive load, speed, line and
motor voltage.
– Contact Factory
– Noise/Grounding Issue
– Contact the factory
– Check the process sensor, 4-20 mA or
0-10V input to the drive.
– Check the wiring at IFM
– Verify the Pump O/L settings and
conditions
– Verify the Pump Control Relay status
and auxiliary contact signals.
– No action is required
– REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000
MANUAL (COMMISSIONING chapter)
ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES,
RESULTS, AND ACTIONS
– Ensure motor windings are connected
properly.
– Save the parameters in the drive
terminal and replace the battery.
– The device feedback was not correct due
to power loss to the gate driver board.
– This can be from the 20V DC output of the
IGDPS or on the gate driver board itself.
– This warning can also appear as a result of
another device fault such as an Online
Fault.
– This wanring can also come if the device
has failed.
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
RecHSnk FbrOptic
WARNING
CODE
170
RecChB FbrOptic
171
RecHSnk OvrTemp
162
RecChB OvrTemp
163
RecHSnk Sensor
168
RecChB Sensor
169
3-49
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
While Not Running, the Fiber Optic signal
from the TFB on the Rectifier Heatsink,
connected to Channel A fiber optic receiver
RX7 on FOI-L-A is not present. This is only
a fault while not running. If this occurs while
running it will appear as a warning.
Not Normally Used: While Not Running, the
Fiber Optic signal from the optional TFB
connected to Channel B fiber optic receiver
RX7 on FOI-L-B is not present. This is only
a fault while not running. If this occurs while
running it will appear as a warning.
– Check TFB and FOI board for power
– Check the Fiber Optic cables are properly
seated in the transmitters and receivers
– Check the fiber optic cable for kinks, bends,
breaks that could be blocking the signal
– This can occur if the sensor is not
connected to the TFB
NOTE: This is a warning because the
drive should not fault on the loss of the
signal while running. There is no
imminent danger to the drive, but the
user needs to be aware that there is a
temperature feedback signal missing.
– Confirm actual temperature in
parameters is not higher than the
warning value – If so, investigate the
conditions of the drive (ambient / loading
/ elevation / ventilation/ filter status /
heatsink clogging)
– Check TFB and FOI board for power and
fiber optic integrity
– Check the sensor and temperature
offline (ambient) for accuracy
– Ensure that the fan is working properly
and that the air flow is sufficient in this
cabinet.
– Verify sensor is completely seated
properly on TFB.
– Measure sensor resistance. Replace if
necessary.
– NOTE: This is a warning because the
drive should not fault on the loss of the
signal while running. There is no
imminent danger to the drive, but the
user needs to be aware that there is a
temperature feedback signal missing.
The drive detected that the heat sink
temperature has reached the alarm level.
Ensure that the fan is working properly and
that the air flow is sufficient in this cabinet.
Check TFB & FOI board and sensor. Verify
the trip and warning settings match the
factory recommended values.
Not Normally Used – The temperature
detection on a Rectifier Heatsink. The drive
has detected that the temperature feedback
from the optional temperature board has
reached the warning level.
While Running, the drive has detected a
missing temperature sensor connected to
the TFB on the rectifier heatsink. A missing
sensor can result in either a Fiber Optic
Loss fault or a Sensor fault because a
missing sensor can be interpreted as either
0°C or over 100°C, and both are unrealistic
values.
Not normally used: While Running, the
drive has detected a missing temperature
sensor connected to the optional TFB
connected to the fiber optic receiver RX7 on
FOI-L-B. A missing sensor can result in
either a Fiber Optic Loss fault or a Sensor
fault because a missing sensor can be
interpreted as either 0°C or over 100°C,
and both are unrealistic values.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-50
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
Rec OvrVoltage
WARNING
CODE
157
Rec DC Cur Gain
172
Rec AC Cur Gain
174
Regulator Limit
60
Slave 0-7 Comm
128-135
Slave1 UnderVolt
154
Slave2 UnderVolt
155
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
The rectifier input voltage given by Rec Input
Volt (P696) has exceeded the trip settings.
A warning is logged first and if the overvoltage persists for the time delay a fault is
logged.
– This is detected by the hardware circuit in
the ACB.
– Verify the parameters and inspect the
VSB for possible damage.
– Investigate occurrences of bus transients.
The current gain calculated for DC Link
current sensing is lower than expected
The current gain calculated for DC Link
current sensing is lower than expected.
The regulators in the drive (Current, Flux and
Speed) are running in the limit.
– Verify that the HECS ratio and burden
resistor match the drive/motor ratings.
– Verify that the HECS ratio and burden
resistor match the drive/motor ratings.
– The auto-tune results may not be
accurate. Verify the input line voltage
and the load conditions.
– Raise the torque limits if necessary and
repeat tuning.
– Slave is Off line.
– Check for communication between master
and slave drives
Slave (0-7) DAN Communication Loss-Master
only. This warning is for parallel drives only
and indicates on the master drive that the
Slave drive has stopped communication in
the link.
This warning is valid for 18-pulse drives only.
The measured slave voltage Slave1 Line Volt
(#P137) is less than the Line UndVolt Lvl
(P167) setting.
This warning is valid for 18-pulse drives only.
The measured slave voltage Slave2 Line Volt
(#P138) is less than the Line UndVolt Lvl
(P167) setting.
– Verify the VSB connections and tap
settings, and check resistance of VSB
board – Megger board to confirm integrity
– Check TSN fusing
– Check actual voltage values on the
Terminal for each bridge and the total line
voltage
– Check for possible source voltage supply
problems
– Use Multimeter and Oscilloscope to
check voltages on the drive test points
– Verify the parameter settings
– Verify the tap settings. Investigate
occurrences of bus transients.
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
Slave RfsdMstr
WARNING
CODE
123
SpdProfile Limit
101
Speed Cmd Loss
55
Stack Depth
175
Stnd IO Config
17
Stnd IO conflict
18
SyncXfer Failure
145
3-51
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
Slave refused Master-master only
This warning is for parallel drives only and
indicates that the master requested the
slave to be the Master, but the slave drive
refused.
The sum of the individual ramp times has
exceeded the maximum value for Total
Acceleration Time.
The drive has lost communication with the
device responsible for providing the speed
command for the drive. The warning is
configured by parameter Speed Cmd Loss.
The warning could be due to the DPI
adapter or the 4-20mA signal wired to the
analog input. Ensure that all connections
are secure, device is powered and operating
correctly.
– Slave has lost communication with hub
PLC, or slave is masked off in parameter
Master Mask
Stack size is now greater then the half
allocated at initialization.
XIO Card assigned to Stnd IO is unsable for
this purpose.
Stnd IO XIO card has been re-assigned for
another purpose.
A Synchronous Transfer was not completed
in the time specified in Synchronous
Transfer Time (P230). This warning will
occur if the Sync Transfer fault is masked,
and the drive will continue to run at the last
Reference Command before a
synchronization command was initiated.
– Set the ramp correctly.
– Contact Factory
– Verify the DPI adapter light status and
ensure the device is operating properly
– Verify the customer network is properly
communicated with the device
– Cycle control power to the drive
– Some time the adapter may not get
power prior to drive board, the drive may
detect speed command loss.
– Read DESCRIPTION
– NOT USED
– Select the proper slot compatible for
usage.
– Check configuration of all cards and
reassign if necessary.
– Instability at Synchronous Speed - Check
for stability of the synchronous transfer
process/ speed regulator
– Motor can not reach Synchronous Speed
due to heavy load
– Check load conditions for torque limit or
low alpha line (low line voltage)
– Consult factory for review of synchronous
transfer parameters
– This fault indicates that the drive failed to
synchronize the motor to the bypass
within the specified time. Adjust the Sync
Reg Gain (P225), Sync Error Max
(P228), Spd Reg Bandwidth (P81) for a
smooth transfer.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-52
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
T DC Link High
WARNING
CODE
67
T DC Link Low
66
T Rotor Low
72
T Rotor High
73
Tach Direction
148
Tach Loss
147
Tach PhaseA Loss
149
Tach PhaseB Loss
151
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
Indicates that the Autotune T DCLnk (P218)
measured was greater than 0.100 sec, and
the T DC Link (P115) will have to be tuned
manually.
Indicates that the Autotune T DCLnk (P218)
measured was less than 0.020 sec, and the
T DC Link (P115) will have to be tuned
manually.
Indicates that the Autotune T rotor (P222)
measured was less than 0.2 sec, and T
rotor (P132) will have to be tuned manually.
Indicates that the Autotune T rotor (P222)
measured was greater than 5.0 sec, and T
rotor (P132) will have to be tuned manually
– REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000
MANUAL (COMMISSIONING chapter)
ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES,
RESULTS, AND ACTIONS
The drive has sensed that the 2 channels
(generally A and B) are reversed.
The drive cannot determine the direction of
rotation from the tach feedback. It is likely
that one of the quadrature pulses is not
being sensed. Check all signal connections
on the tachometer feedback board. Replace
the board if necessary.
The error between tach feedback and
estimated speed from motor flux is more
than 2Hz (Tach Loss Trip P235). Drive will
continue to run in Sensorless mode. Verify
tach feedback, wiring & +15Vdc supply.
Also ensure the stability of the drive.
– Set the parameter Tachometer Select to
‘None’ and verify the parameter
Tachometer Feedback (Line or
Motor)shows the reverse speed
– Reverse the tachometer channels
– See Description as well.
The drive has detected a loss of a Phase
from the tachometer. The drive will continue
to run on the tachometer provided pulses
from the other phase are valid.
The drive has detected a loss of a Phase
from the tachometer. The drive will continue
to run on the tachometer provided pulses
from the other phase are valid.
– The drive should annunciate the warning
and continue to run on Stator feedback
– Verify that the parameter Tachometer
Feedback (Line or Motor) is/ is not giving
the correct feedback while running
– Investigate the tachometer for damage
– Scope the tachometer pulses on ACB
and verify they are not corrupted by for
example dust in the Optic disc of the tach.
– Verify the wiring from the drive to the
tachometer is per the Electrical Drawing
– Verify the +15VDC supplying the
tachometer is not low/missing
– Verify the tachometer, tachometer
wiring, power supply and the board.
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
TempFeedbackLoss
(C-Frame Only)
WARNING
CODE
42
DESCRIPTION
3-53
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
While Running, the drive has detected a
missing temperature feedback. A missing
sensor can be interpreted as either 0°C or
over 100°C, and both are unrealistic values.
– Verify sensor is completely seated
properly on TFB.
– Measure sensor resistance. Replace if
necessary.
– NOTE: This is a warning because the
drive should not fault on the loss of the
signal while running. There is no
imminent danger to the drive, but the
user needs to be aware that there is a
temperature feedback signal missing.
– Investigate why the Autotune Test
aborted, and Retry Autotune Test
– Verify Autotune default parameters are
sufficient to complete test
– Make sure the Speed min/max and
ramptime are set to default.
– Also Refer ther tuning section in user
manual.
– Attempt Manual Tuning
– This is not very useful as the UPS
battery low occurs at the point where the
UPS can no longer run and a fault is
initiated.
– Investigate the cause for the UPS failure
– Check batteries
– Verify input voltage/UPS wiring
– Refer to UPS manual
– Replace UPS if required
– Check for the reason that the UPS was
required, and rectify the situation before
the battery power expires
– Investigate cause for initial transfer to
UPS, and correct.
– Then investigate why the UPS failed and
was forced to go to bypass
– Transfer of master not allowed while
drive is stopping
Tuning Abort
58
Autotuning could not be completed in 2
minutes or had to be aborted due to drive
stop/fault. Check Alarm queue and perform
manual tuning if problem persists.
UPS Battery Low
115
Warning that the UPS Battery is low.
UPS Failed
116
The UPS has had an internal failure.
This is a warning because we do not want a
signal/wiring error to fault the drive. We are
relying on the subsequent power supply
faults to protect the drive.
UPS on Battery
114
UPS on Bypass
113
Xfer Disabled
125
There has been a loss of control power
feeding the UPS and it has switched to its
internal battery pack.
Warning that the UPS is now on Bypass.
This occurs when the drive has switched to
UPS, but a UPS fault has forced the system
to switch to Bypass, if available.
Transfer Disabled-master only.
This warning is for parallel drives only and
indicates that the transfer of mastership has
been disabled because they are performing
certain functions e.g Synchronous transfer
or stopping during a Class 2 fault.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-54
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
XIO Card #1-6
Loss
WARNING
CODE
90-95
XIO Power Loss
117
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
DESCRIPTION
XIO card has dropped off the
communication link between other XIO
cards and the ACB. Reset board.
The 24V input to the XIO boards from the
ACB has dropped below 22.8V. Check
DC/DC converter output to the board.
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Reset the board in an attempt to reestablish communications.
– Check all connections between the
Customer Interface Board and the
jumpers between individual adapters
– Verify the status of all XIO adapters by
comparing the LED status to the table in
the manual.
– Verify DC/DC power supply output
– Check XIO LED status and compare to
values in the manual
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
U1A Offline
U1B Offline
U1C Offline
U4A Offline
U4B Offline
U4C Offline
V3A Offline
V3B Offline
V3C Offline
V6A Offline
V6B Offline
V6C Offline
W2A Offline
W2B Offline
W2C Offline
W5A Offline
W5B Offline
W5C Offline
U1A Online
U1B Online
U1C Online
U4A Online
U4B Online
U4C Online
V3A Online
V3B Online
V3C Online
V6A Online
V6B Online
V6C Online
W2A Online
W2B Online
W2C Online
W5A Online
W5B Online
W5C Online
WARNING
CODE
250
256
262
253
259
265
252
258
264
255
261
267
251
257
263
254
260
266
232
238
244
235
241
247
234
240
246
237
243
249
233
239
245
236
242
248
3-55
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
INVERTER SGCT WARNING
This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Inv option
is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141).
This SGCT device on the inverter side was
detected to be faulted after the input
contactor was closed or following a start
command or following a drive reset. After
isolating the drive from MV, ensure that the
device, IGDPS power supply and the fiber
optic signals are not damaged
– Complete a resistance check per the
instructions in the manual
– NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely
shorted, and still could read in the kΩ
range – Any devices with low suspect
readings should be changed in matched
sets during the next outage
– Check the LED status of the SCGT gate
driver card for abnormal readings
– Complete a Gating Test mode check on
the devices
– Verify the associated 20V power supply
is powered and active
– Verify all the power connections to the
SCGT firing card are seated properly
– NOTE: For Redundant devices, there
will be no change in the drive operation.
For N-1 drives, the drive will attempt to
run at a load/speed combination that
does not exceed the voltage rating of the
remaining devices.
INVERTER SGCT WARNING
This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Inv option
is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141).
SGCT device in the inverter section was
detected to be faulted while the drive was
running. The drive detected that the
diagnostic feedback from this device did not
match the gating pattern. After isolating the
drive from MV, ensure that the device,
IGDPS power supply and the fiber optic
signals are not damaged.
– Complete a resistance check per the
instructions in the manual
– NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely
shorted, and still could read in the kΩ
range – Any devices with low suspect
readings should be changed
– Check the LED status of the SCGT gate
driver card for abnormal readings
– Complete a Gating Test mode check on
the devices
– Verify the associated 20V power supply
is powered and active
– Verify all the power connections to the
SCGT firing card are seated properly
– For nuisance faults, contact the factory
about extending the Diagnostic Delay
– NOTE: For Redundant devices, there
will be no change in the drive operation.
For N-1 drives, the drive will attempt to
run at a load/speed combination that
does not exceed the voltage rating of the
remaining devices.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-56
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
2U1A Offline
2U1B Offline
2U1C Offline
2U4A Offline
2U4B Offline
2U4C Offline
2V3A Offline
2V3B Offline
2V3C Offline
2V6A Offline
2V6B Offline
2V6C Offline
2W2A Offline
2W2B Offline
2W2C Offline
2W5A Offline
2W5B Offline
2W5C Offline
WARNING
CODE
286
292
298
289
295
301
288
294
300
291
297
303
287
293
299
290
296
302
2U1A Online
2U1B Online
2U1C Online
2U4A Online
2U4B Online
2U4C Online
2V3A Online
2V3B Online
2V3C Online
2V6A Online
2V6B Online
2V6C Online
2W2A Online
2W2B Online
2W2C Online
2W5A Online
2W5B Online
2W5C Online
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
268
274
280
271
277
283
270
276
282
273
279
285
269
275
281
272
278
284
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
PWM RECTIFIER SGCT WARNING
This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Rec option
is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141).
This SGCT device on the rectifier side was
detected to be faulted after the input
contactor was closed or following a start
command or following a drive reset. After
isolating the drive from MV, ensure that the
device, IGDPS power supply and the fiber
optic signals are not damaged.
– Complete a resistance check per the
instructions in the manual
– NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely
shorted, and still could read in the kΩ
range – Any devices with low suspect
readings should be changed
– Check the LED status of the SCGT gate
driver card for abnormal readings
– Complete a Gating Test mode check on
the devices
– Verify the associated 20V power supply
is powered and active
– Verify all the power connections to the
SCGT firing card are seated properly
– NOTE: There is only the Redundant
option available on the Rectifier, and
only on 6P drives (SCR orPWM). You
can not have N-1 operation on the
rectifier since we can not control the line
voltage.
PWM RECTIFIER SGCT WARNING
This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Rec option
is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141).
This SGCT device in the rectifier section
was detected to be faulted while the drive
was running. The drive detected that the
diagnostic feedback from this device did not
match the gating pattern. After isolating the
drive from MV, ensure that the device,
IGDPS power supply and the fiber optic
signals are not damaged.
– Complete a resistance check per the
instructions in the manual
– NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely
shorted, and still could read in the kΩ
range – Any devices with low suspect
readings should be changed
– Check the LED status of the SCGT gate
driver card for abnormal readings
– Complete a Gating Test mode check on
the devices
– Verify the associated 20V power supply
is powered and active
– Verify all the power connections to the
SCGT firing card are seated properly
– Reset the drive and let the offline
diagnostics further define the problem
– For nuisance faults, contact the factory
about extending the Diagnostic Delay
– NOTE: There is only the Redundant
option available on the Rectifier, and
only on 6P drives (SCR orPWM). You
can not have N-1 operation on the
rectifier since we can not control the line
voltage.
Troubleshooting
WARNING
MESSAGE
2U1A OfflineShrt
2U1B OfflineShrt
2U1C OfflineShrt
2U4A OfflineShrt
2U4B OfflineShrt
2U4C OfflineShrt
2V3A OfflineShrt
2V3B OfflineShrt
2V3C OfflineShrt
2V6A OfflineShrt
2V6B OfflineShrt
2V6C OfflineShrt
2W2A OfflineShrt
2W2B OfflineShrt
2W2C OfflineShrt
2W5A OfflineShrt
2W5B OfflineShrt
2W5C OfflineShrt
2U1A OnlineShrt
2U1B OnlineShrt
2U1C OnlineShrt
2U4A OnlineShrt
2U4B OnlineShrt
2U4C OnlineShrt
2V3A OnlineShrt
2V3B OnlineShrt
2V3C OnlineShrt
2V6A OnlineShrt
2V6B OnlineShrt
2V6C OnlineShrt
2W2A OnlineShrt
2W2B OnlineShrt
2W2C OnlineShrt
2W5A OnlineShrt
2W5B OnlineShrt
2W5C OnlineShrt
WARNING
CODE
322
328
334
325
331
337
324
330
336
327
333
339
323
329
335
326
332
338
304
310
316
307
313
319
306
312
318
309
315
321
305
311
317
308
314
320
DESCRIPTION
6P SCR RECTIFIER WARNING
This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Rec option
is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141) and
is valid only for 6P SCR drives. This SCR
device was detected to be short circuited
after the input contactor was closed or
following a start command. After isolating
the drive from MV, ensure that the device,
snubber circuit, sharing resistor and the
fiber-optic signal are not damaged.
3-57
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
– Complete a resistance check on the
rectifier, including the gate-cathode
resistance, the snubber and sharing
resistors
– Complete a firing check on the rectifier
– Verify the snubber circuitry, and the
sharing resistors
– Verify fiber optic integrity from SCRGD
board transmitter to FOI board receiver
– Replace all faulty components
– NOTE: There is only the Redundant
option available on the Rectifier, and only
on 6P drives (SCR orPWM). You can
not have N-1 operation on the rectifier
since we can not control the line voltage.
6P SCR RECTIFIER WARNING
This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Rec option
is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141) and
is valid only for 6P SCR drives. This SCR
device was detected to be short circuited
while the drive was running. After isolating
the drive from MV, ensure that the device,
snubber circuit, sharing resistor and the
fiber-optic signal are not damaged.
– For multiple device faults, the risk of a
line to line short exists, so tests with MV
isolated should be attempted
– Complete a resistance check on the
rectifier, including the gate-cathode
resistance, the snubber and sharing
resistors
– Complete a firing check on the rectifier
– Verify the snubber circuitry, and the
sharing resistors
– Verify fiber optic integrity from SCRGD
board transmitter to FOI board receiver
– Replace all faulty components
– For nuisance faults, contact the factory
about extending the Diagnostic Delay
– NOTE: There is only the Redundant
option available on the Rectifier, and
only on 6P drives (SCR orPWM). You
can not have N-1 operation on the
rectifier since we can not control the line
voltage.
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
3-58
Troubleshooting
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Appendix
A
Drive Logic Command and Status
Logic Status Word – Database 7.xxx
The following is the Logic Status word from the Drive.
It is common for all SCANport/DPI product specific peripherals.
Bit
Function
Value
Description
Notes
0
Ready
1
Drive is Ready
1
Running
1
Drive is Running
2
Commanded Direction
1
Drive has been commanded to run forward
0 = Reverse Command
3
Rotating Direction
1
Drive is rotating in the forward direction
0 = Reverse Rotation.
4
Accelerating
1
Drive is accelerating to commanded speed
0 = Drive is at speed
5
Decelerating
1
Drive is decelerating to commanded speed
0 = Drive is at speed or stopped
6
At Speed
1
Drive has reached the commanded speed
7
On Bypass
1
Motor is on bypass
8
Reverse Disabled
1
The reverse function is disabled.
9
Drive Fault
1
Drive has faulted
10
Drive Warning
1
Drive has encountered a warning
11
Local Lock
1
A DPI or XIO has local control of the drive
12
Forced Stop
1
A DPI adapter or CIB has forced the drive
to stop due to internal problems
13,15
Preset Speeds
000
External Reference 0 (Speed Pot)
001
External Reference 1 – ANI 1
010
External Reference 2 – ANI 2
011
External Reference 3 – ANI 3
100
Preset 1
101
Preset 2
110
Preset 3
111
DPI Adapter Reference
0 = Motor connected to Drive
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
A-2
Drive Logic Command and Status
Product Specific Logic Command – Firmware 7.xxx
To be used with gateway adapters such as RIO or DeviceNet.
Bit
Function
Value
Description
0
Stop
1
Stop Drive using Stop Profile
1
Start (Pulsed)
1
Start Drive on rising edge using Start
Profile
2
Jog
1
Jog at default or Preset Speed
3
Clear Fault Queue
1
Clear Fault in Queue
4
Clear Warning Queue
1
Clear Warning in Queue
5
Reset Faults
1
Reset Faults and Warnings
7,6
8
10,9
Direction
DPI Local/Remote
Profile
Synchronous Transfer
11
Start Profile
12
Stop Profile
15-13
Speed Command Select
7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Notes
01
Forward
10
Reverse
11
Not Used
0
Remote
All adapters can control the drive
(Full multiplexed control)
Local
Only the adapter that has been
granted permission has control of
the Drive (Includes XIO Front
Panel Selector Switch)
1
00
No Command
01
Transfer to Line
10
Transfer to Drive
11
Illegal
0
Accel 1 (Default)
1
Accel 2
0
Decel 1 (Default)
1
Decel 2
000
No Command
001
External Ref0 ( Front Panel Pot)
010
Preset 1
011
Preset 2
100
Preset 3
101
External Ref1 (Programmed Reference)
110
Manual Reference (Local DPI Adapter)
111
Not Used
Must be maintained until at
Speed.
Must be maintained until drive
stopped.
Medium Voltage Products, 135 Dundas Street, Cambridge, ON, N1R 5X1 Canada, Tel: (1) 519.740.4100, Fax: (1) 519.623.8930, www.ab.com/mvb
Publication 7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007
Copyright © 2007 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in Canada
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement